WorldWideScience

Sample records for mechanomyogram-driven switch controlled

  1. The design and testing of a novel mechanomyogram-driven switch controlled by small eyebrow movements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alves Natasha

    2010-05-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Individuals with severe physical disabilities and minimal motor behaviour may be unable to use conventional mechanical switches for access. These persons may benefit from access technologies that harness the volitional activity of muscles. In this study, we describe the design and demonstrate the performance of a binary switch controlled by mechanomyogram (MMG signals recorded from the frontalis muscle during eyebrow movements. Methods Muscle contractions, detected in real-time with a continuous wavelet transform algorithm, were used to control a binary switch for computer access. The automatic selection of scale-specific thresholds reduced the effect of artefact, such as eye blinks and head movement, on the performance of the switch. Switch performance was estimated by cued response-tests performed by eleven participants (one with severe physical disabilities. Results The average sensitivity and specificity of the switch was 99.7 ± 0.4% and 99.9 ± 0.1%, respectively. The algorithm performance was robust against typical participant movement. Conclusions The results suggest that the frontalis muscle is a suitable site for controlling the MMG-driven switch. The high accuracies combined with the minimal requisite effort and training show that MMG is a promising binary control signal. Further investigation of the potential benefits of MMG-control for the target population is warranted.

  2. Switching Between Multivariable Controllers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, Hans Henrik; Stoustrup, Jakob; Abrahamsen, Rune

    2004-01-01

    it is possible to smoothly switch between multivariable controllers with guaranteed closed-loop stability. This includes also the case where one or more controllers are unstable. The concept for smooth online changes of multivariable controllers based on the YJBK architecture can also handle the start up...

  3. Safe LPV Controller Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Trangbæk, K

    2010-01-01

    Before switching to a new controller it is crucial to assure that the new closed loop will be stable. In this paper it is demonstrated how stability can be checked with limited measurement data available from the current closed loop. The paper extends an existing method to linear parameter varying...

  4. Control synthesis of switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Zhao, Xudong; Niu, Ben; Wu, Tingting

    2017-01-01

    This book offers its readers a detailed overview of the synthesis of switched systems, with a focus on switching stabilization and intelligent control. The problems investigated are not only previously unsolved theoretically but also of practical importance in many applications: voltage conversion, naval piloting and navigation and robotics, for example. The book considers general switched-system models and provides more efficient design methods to bring together theory and application more closely than was possible using classical methods. It also discusses several different classes of switched systems. For general switched linear systems and switched nonlinear systems comprising unstable subsystems, it introduces novel ideas such as invariant subspace theory and the time-scheduled Lyapunov function method of designing switching signals to stabilize the underlying systems. For some typical switched nonlinear systems affected by various complex dynamics, the book proposes novel design approaches based on inte...

  5. Switching Between Multivariable Controllers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, H.; Stoustrup, Jakob; Abrahamsen, R.B.

    2004-01-01

    A concept for implementation of multivariable controllers is presented in this paper. The concept is based on the Youla-Jabr-Bongiorno-Kucera (YJBK) parameterization of all stabilizing controllers. By using this architecture for implementation of multivariable controllers, it is shown how...

  6. Optimal switching using coherent control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kristensen, Philip Trøst; Heuck, Mikkel; Mørk, Jesper

    2013-01-01

    that the switching time, in general, is not limited by the cavity lifetime. Therefore, the total energy required for switching is a more relevant figure of merit than the switching speed, and for a particular two-pulse switching scheme we use calculus of variations to optimize the switching in terms of input energy....

  7. Description and verification of switched control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    贺风华; 姚郁; 赵霞; 张猛

    2003-01-01

    A modeling framework has been constructed using the theory of hybrid control systems for the switched control systems (SCS) and it can be more effectively used to describe the behavior of the systems and to more easily realize the simulation of the closed loop SCS under the MATLAB environment. On the other hand, a hybrid automaton model is established to analyze and verify the switched control systems. The proposed method is illustrated by an example of switched inverted pendulum control system.

  8. Bumpless switching control for switched systems with partial actuator failures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qi, Yiwen; Bao, Wen; Zhang, Qingxin; Chang, Juntao

    2016-11-01

    This study is concerned with the bumpless transfer problem for switched systems with partial actuator failures, in order to obtain smooth system performance output transition. Taking into account that the system requires a controller switching from current sub-controller to a fault-tolerant sub-controller after actuator fault. And bumpless transfer for control input cannot be traditionally designed when the actuator fault occurs, while performance smoothing can be considered and it is actually the ultimate goal of bumpless transfer. Specifically, the actuator fault model is firstly established and partial actuator fault is considered. Then, the system performance output signal is deemed as the main design variable of bumpless transfer, and closed-loop control systems both previous and after controller switching are constructed. Moreover, by using model matching thought and the adaptive sliding mode control technique, a bumpless transfer compensator design strategy is given to drive the performance output variable (after controller switching) to track the one of reference model. At last, simulation results of numeric and application examples demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed bumpless transfer strategy.

  9. Gate-controlled conductance switching in DNA

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiang, Limin; Palma, Julio L.; Li, Yueqi; Mujica, Vladimiro; Ratner, Mark A.; Tao, Nongjian

    2017-02-01

    Extensive evidence has shown that long-range charge transport can occur along double helical DNA, but active control (switching) of single-DNA conductance with an external field has not yet been demonstrated. Here we demonstrate conductance switching in DNA by replacing a DNA base with a redox group. By applying an electrochemical (EC) gate voltage to the molecule, we switch the redox group between the oxidized and reduced states, leading to reversible switching of the DNA conductance between two discrete levels. We further show that monitoring the individual conductance switching allows the study of redox reaction kinetics and thermodynamics at single molecular level using DNA as a probe. Our theoretical calculations suggest that the switch is due to the change in the energy level alignment of the redox states relative to the Fermi level of the electrodes.

  10. Fault tolerant control for switched linear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Du, Dongsheng; Shi, Peng

    2015-01-01

    This book presents up-to-date research and novel methodologies on fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control for switched linear systems. It provides a unified yet neat framework of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control of switched systems. It can therefore serve as a useful textbook for senior and/or graduate students who are interested in knowing the state-of-the-art of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control areas, as well as recent advances in switched linear systems.  

  11. ADAPTIVE GENERALIZED PREDICTIVE CONTROL OF SWITCHED SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Yi-jing; WANG Long

    2005-01-01

    The problem of adaptive generalized predictive control which consists of output prediction errors for a class of switched systems is studied. The switching law is determined by the output predictive errors of a finite number of subsystems. For the single subsystem and multiple subsystems cases, it is proved that the given direct algorithm of generalized predictive control guarantees the global convergence of the system. This algorithm overcomes the inherent drawbacks of the slow convergence and large transient errors for the conventional adaptive control.

  12. Finite-time quantised feedback asynchronously switched control of sampled-data switched linear systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Ronghao; Xing, Jianchun; Li, Juelong; Xiang, Zhengrong

    2016-10-01

    This paper studies the problem of stabilising a sampled-data switched linear system by quantised feedback asynchronously switched controllers. The idea of a quantised feedback asynchronously switched control strategy originates in earlier work reflecting actual system characteristic of switching and quantising, respectively. A quantised scheme is designed depending on switching time using dynamic quantiser. When sampling time, system switching time and controller switching time are all not uniform, the proposed switching controllers guarantee the system to be finite-time stable by a piecewise Lyapunov function and the average dwell-time method. Simulation examples are provided to show the effectiveness of the developed results.

  13. Switching Control System Based on Robust Model Reference Adaptive Control

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HU Qiong; FEI Qing; MA Hongbin; WU Qinghe; GENG Qingbo

    2016-01-01

    For conventional adaptive control,time-varying parametric uncertainty and unmodeled dynamics are ticklish problems,which will lead to undesirable performance or even instability and nonrobust behavior,respectively.In this study,a class of discrete-time switched systems with unmodeled dynamics is taken into consideration.Moreover,nonlinear systems are here supposed to be approximated with the class of switched systems considered in this paper,and thereby switching control design is investigated for both switched systems and nonlinear systems to assure stability and performance.For robustness against unmodeled dynamics and uncertainty,robust model reference aclaptive control (RMRAC) law is developed as the basis of controller design for each individual subsystem in the switched systems or nonlinear systems.Meanwhile,two different switching laws are presented for switched systems and nonlinear systems,respectively.Thereby,the authors incorporate the corresponding switching law into the RMRAC law to construct two schemes of switching control respectively for the two kinds of controlled systems.Both closed-loop analyses and simulation examples are provided to illustrate the validity of the two proposed switching control schemes.Furthermore,as to the proposed scheme for nonlinear systems,its potential for practical application is demonstrated through simulations of longitudinal control for F-16 aircraft.

  14. Optimal Control of Switched Systems based on Bezier Control Points

    OpenAIRE

    FatemeGhomanjani; Mohammad HadiFarahi

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents a new approach for solving optimal control problems for switched systems. We focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given. For such problems, we need to seek both the optimal switching instants and the optimal continuous inputs. A Bezier control points method is applied for solving an optimal control problem which is supervised by a switched dynamic system. Two steps of approximation exist here. First, the time interval is divided into ...

  15. Magnetic switch for reactor control rod. [LMFBR

    Science.gov (United States)

    Germer, J.H.

    1982-09-30

    A magnetic reed switch assembly is described for activating an electromagnetic grapple utilized to hold a control rod in position above a reactor core. In normal operation the magnetic field of a permanent magnet is short-circuited by a magnetic shunt, diverting the magnetic field away from the reed switch. The magnetic shunt is made of a material having a Curie-point at the desired release temperature. Above that temperature the material loses its ferromagnetic properties, and the magnetic path is diverted to the reed switch which closes and short-circuits the control circuit for the control rod electro-magnetic grapple which allows the control rod to drop into the reactor core for controlling the reactivity of the core.

  16. SWITCHING CONTROL:FROM SIMPLE RULES TO COMPLEX CHAOTIC SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    L(U) Jinhu

    2003-01-01

    This paper reviews and introduces some simple switching piecewise-linear controllers, which can generate complex chaotic behaviors from simple switching systems. The mechanism of simple switching rules creating complex chaotic behaviors is further investigated.

  17. Connections Between Singular Control and Optimal Switching

    OpenAIRE

    Guo, Xin; Tomecek, Pascal

    2007-01-01

    This paper builds a new theoretical connection between singular control of finite variation and optimal switching problems. This correspondence provides a novel method for solving high-dimensional singular control problems, and enables us to extend the theory of reversible investment: sufficient conditions are derived for the existence of optimal controls and for the regularity of value functions. Consequently, our regularity result links singular controls and Dynkin games through sequential ...

  18. Switching control of an R/C hovercraft: stabilization and smooth switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tanaka, K; Iwasaki, M; Wang, H O

    2001-01-01

    This paper presents stable switching control of an radio-controlled (R/C) hovercraft that is a nonholonomic (nonlinear) system. To exactly represent its nonlinear dynamics, more importantly, to maintain controllability of the system, we newly propose a switching fuzzy model that has locally Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy models and switches them according to states, external variables, and/or time. A switching fuzzy controller is constructed by mirroring the rule structure of the switching fuzzy model of an R/C hovercraft. We derive linear matrix inequality (LMI) conditions for ensuring the stability of the closed-loop system consisting of a switching fuzzy model and controller. Furthermore, to guarantee smooth switching of control input at switching boundaries, we also derive a smooth switching condition represented in terms of LMIs. A stable switching fuzzy controller satisfying the smooth switching condition is designed by simultaneously solving both of the LMIs. The simulation and experimental results for the trajectory control of an R/C hovercraft show the validity of the switching fuzzy model and controller design, particularly, the smooth switching condition.

  19. In control of switching, motion, and organization

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, B.L.; Delden, R.A.van; Ter Wiel, M.K.J.

    2003-01-01

    Nature's solutions to control organization, switching, and linear and rotary motion are not only extremely elegant, but fascinating if one considers the design and synthesis of artificial molecular systems with such functions in order to add components to the nanotool-box. The synthesis of chiroptic

  20. ? stability of wind turbine switching control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Palejiya, Dushyant; Shaltout, Mohamed; Yan, Zeyu; Chen, Dongmei

    2015-01-01

    In order to maximise the wind energy capture, wind turbines are operated at variable speeds. Depending on the wind speed, a turbine switches between two operating modes: a low wind speed mode and a high wind speed mode. During the low wind speed mode, the control objective is to maximise wind energy capture by controlling both the blade pitch angle and the electrical generator torque. During the high wind speed mode, the control goal is to maintain the rated power generation by only adjusting the blade pitch angle. This paper establishes the stability criteria for the switching operation of wind turbines using ? gain under the nonlinear control framework. Also, the performance of the wind turbine system is analysed by using the step response, a well-known measure for second-order linear systems.

  1. A hybrid electromechanical solid state switch for ac power control

    Science.gov (United States)

    1972-01-01

    Bidirectional thyristor coupled to a series of actuator driven electromechanical contacts generates hybrid electromechanical solid state switch for ac power control. Device is useful in power control applications where zero crossover switching is required.

  2. CONTROL OF BOUNCING IN RF MEMS SWITCHES USING DOUBLE ELECTRODE

    KAUST Repository

    Abdul Rahim, Farhan

    2014-05-01

    MEMS based mechanical switches are seen to be the likely replacements for CMOS based switches due to the several advantages that these mechanical switches have over CMOS switches. Mechanical switches can be used in systems under extreme conditions and also provide more reliability and cause less power loss. A major problem with mechanical switches is bouncing. Bouncing is an undesirable characteristic which increases the switching time and causes damage to the switch structure affecting the overall switch life. This thesis proposes a new switch design that may be used to mitigate bouncing by using two voltage sources using a double electrode configuration. The effect of many switch’s tunable parameters is also discussed and an effective tuning technique is also provided. The results are compared to the current control schemes in literature and show that the double electrode scheme is a viable control option.

  3. Structural Controllability of Temporal Networks with a Single Switching Controller

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yao, Peng; Hou, Bao-Yu; Pan, Yu-Jian; Li, Xiang

    2017-01-01

    Temporal network, whose topology evolves with time, is an important class of complex networks. Temporal trees of a temporal network describe the necessary edges sustaining the network as well as their active time points. By a switching controller which properly selects its location with time, temporal trees are used to improve the controllability of the network. Therefore, more nodes are controlled within the limited time. Several switching strategies to efficiently select the location of the controller are designed, which are verified with synthetic and empirical temporal networks to achieve better control performance. PMID:28107538

  4. Optimal Control of Switched Systems based on Bezier Control Points

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    FatemeGhomanjani

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a new approach for solving optimal control problems for switched systems. We focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given. For such problems, we need to seek both the optimal switching instants and the optimal continuous inputs. A Bezier control points method is applied for solving an optimal control problem which is supervised by a switched dynamic system. Two steps of approximation exist here. First, the time interval is divided into k sub-intervals. Second, the trajectory and control functions are approximatedby Bezier curves in each subinterval. Bezier curves have been considered as piecewise polynomials of degree n, then they will be determined by n+1 control points on any subinterval. The optimal control problem is there by converted into a nonlinear programming problem (NLP, which can be solved by known algorithms. However in this paper the MATLAB optimization routine FMINCON is used for solving resulting NLP.

  5. Design of switched controllers for discrete singular bilinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xiuhua ZHANG; Qingling ZHANG

    2007-01-01

    In this paper, switched controllers are designed for a class of nonlinear discrete singular systems and a class of discrete singular bilinear systems. An invariant principle is presented for such switched nonlinear singular systems.The invariant principle and the switched controllers are used to globally stabilize a class of singular bilinear systems that are not open-loop stable.

  6. 49 CFR 236.732 - Controller, circuit; switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Controller, circuit; switch. 236.732 Section 236... § 236.732 Controller, circuit; switch. A device for opening and closing electric circuits, operated by a rod connected to a switch, derail or movable-point frog....

  7. Observer-Based Robust Control of Uncertain Switched Fuzzy Systems with Combined Switching Controller

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hong Yang

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The observer-based robust control for a class of switched fuzzy (SF time-delay systems involving uncertainties and external disturbances is investigated in this paper. A switched fuzzy system, which differs from existing ones, is firstly employed to describe a nonlinear system. Next, a combined switching controller is proposed. The designed controller based on the observer instead of the state information integrates the advantages of both the switching controllers and the supplementary controllers but eliminates their disadvantages. The proposed controller provides good performance during the transient period, and the chattering effect is removed when the system state approaches the origin. Sufficient condition for the solvability of the robust control problem is given for the case that the state of system is not available. Since convex combination techniques are used to derive the delay-independent criteria, some subsystems are allowed to be unstable. Finally, various comparisons of the elaborated examples are conducted to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control design approach.

  8. Robust dynamic output feedback control for switched polytopic systems under asynchronous switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yang Tingting

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available The robust controller design problem for switched polytopic systems under asynchronous switching is addressed. These systems exist in many aviation applications, such as dynamical systems involving rapid variations. A switched polytopic system is established to describe the highly maneuverable technology vehicle within the full flight envelope and a robust dynamic output feedback control method is designed for the switched polytopic system. Combining the Lyapunov-like function method and the average dwell time method, a sufficient condition is derived for the switched polytopic system with asynchronous switching and data dropout to be globally, uniformly and asymptotically stable in terms of linear matrix inequality. The robust dynamic output feedback controller is then applied to the highly maneuverable technology vehicle to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach. The simulation results show that the angle of attack tracking performance is acceptable over the time history and the control surface responses are all satisfying along the full flight trajectory.

  9. Robust control for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Hong YANG; Jun ZHAO

    2007-01-01

    A model of uncertain switched fuzzy systems whose subsystems are uncertain fuzzy systems is presented.Robust controllers for a class of switched fuzzy systems are designed by using the Lyapunov function method. Stability conditions for global asymptotic stability are developed and a switching strategy is proposed. An example shows the effectiveness of the method.

  10. Phase controlled dc-ac converter with high frequency switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Harada, Koosuke; Sakamoto, Hiroshi; Shoyama, Masahito

    A sinusoidal dc-ac converter is presented in which a pair of switches is placed on each side of the primary and secondary of the isolation transformer. This converter is controlled by the phase difference between the two pairs of switches. The transformer is miniaturized by making the switching frequency high. This converter is especially suitable for small uninterruptible power supply systems.

  11. Optimal control problems with switching points

    Science.gov (United States)

    Seywald, Hans

    1991-09-01

    An overview is presented of the problems and difficulties that arise in solving optimal control problems with switching points. A brief discussion of existing optimality conditions is given and a numerical approach for solving the multipoint boundary value problems associated with the first-order necessary conditions of optimal control is presented. Two real-life aerospace optimization problems are treated explicitly. These are altitude maximization for a sounding rocket (Goddard Problem) in the presence of a dynamic pressure limit, and range maximization for a supersonic aircraft flying in the vertical, also in the presence of a dynamic pressure limit. In the second problem singular control appears along arcs with active dynamic pressure limit, which in the context of optimal control, represents a first-order state inequality constraint. An extension of the Generalized Legendre-Clebsch Condition to the case of singular control along state/control constrained arcs is presented and is applied to the aircraft range maximization problem stated above. A contribution to the field of Jacobi Necessary Conditions is made by giving a new proof for the non-optimality of conjugate paths in the Accessory Minimum Problem. Because of its simple and explicit character, the new proof may provide the basis for an extension of Jacobi's Necessary Condition to the case of the trajectories with interior point constraints. Finally, the result that touch points cannot occur for first-order state inequality constraints is extended to the case of vector valued control functions.

  12. Switched-Observer-Based Adaptive Neural Control of MIMO Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unknown Control Gains.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2016-05-02

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive neural output-feedback control is addressed for a class of multi-input multioutput (MIMO) switched uncertain nonlinear systems with unknown control gains. Neural networks (NNs) are used to approximate unknown nonlinear functions. In order to avoid the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer for all subsystems, an MIMO NN switched observer is designed to estimate unmeasurable states. A new switched observer-based adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is then provided by exploiting the classical average dwell time (ADT) method and the backstepping method and the Nussbaum gain technique. It effectively handles the obstacle about the coexistence of multiple Nussbaum-type function terms, and improves the classical ADT method, since the exponential decline property of Lyapunov functions for individual subsystems is no longer satisfied. It is shown that the technique proposed is able to guarantee semiglobal uniformly ultimately boundedness of all the signals in the closed-loop system under a class of switching signals with ADT, and the tracking errors converge to a small neighborhood of the origin. The effectiveness of the approach proposed is illustrated by its application to a two inverted pendulum system.

  13. Cue-switch costs in task-switching: cue priming or control processes?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grange, James A; Houghton, George

    2010-09-01

    In the explicitly cued task-switching paradigm, two cues per task allow separation of costs associated with switching cues from costs of switching tasks. Whilst task-switch costs have become controversial, cue-switch costs are robust. The processes that contribute to cue-switch costs are under-specified in the literature: they could reflect perceptual priming of cue properties, or priming of control processes that form relevant working memory (WM) representations of task demands. Across two experiments we manipulated cue-transparency in an attention-switching design to test the contrasting hypotheses of cue-switch costs, and show that such costs emerge from control processes of establishing relevant WM representations, rather than perceptual priming of the cue itself. When the cues were maximally transparent, cue-switch costs were eradicated. We discuss the results in terms of recent theories of cue encoding, and provide a formal definition of cue-transparency in switching designs and its relation to WM representations that guide task performance.

  14. Multiple-Model Adaptive Switching Control for Uncertain Multivariable Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, Simone; Battistelli, Giorgio; Mari, Daniele; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2011-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain multi-input multi-output (MIMO) system by means of adaptive switching control schemes. In particular, the paper aims at extending the approach of multiple-model unfalsified adaptive switched control, so far restricted to single-input singl

  15. H-infinity control for switched and impulsive singular systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yujuan YIN; Jun ZHAO; Yuzhong LIU

    2008-01-01

    A new model of dynamical systems is proposed which consists of singular systems with impulsive effects, i.e., switched and impulsive singular systems (SISS). By using the switched Lyapunov functions method, a sufficient condition for the solvability of the H-infinity control problem for SISSs is given which generalizes the H-infinity control theory for singular systems to switched singular systems with impulsive effects. Then the sufficient condition of solvablity of the H-infinity control problem is presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Finally, the effectiveness of the developed approach for switched and impulsive singular systems is illustrated by a numerical example.

  16. Mode Switching Control for Personal Mobility Robot

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hirose, Noriaki; Sukigara, Kazutoshi; Kajima, Hideki; Yamaoka, Masaaki

    The present paper introduces a novel standing-up control strategy based on Initial Value Compensation (IVC) for a Personal Mobility Robot (PMR). PMRs, which are wheeled-inverted-pendulum-type mobility-assist devices, offer the following advantages: (1) they can turn at a point; (2) they can maintain a level seating posture on a slope; and (3) they have a smaller footprint than conventional electric wheelchairs with four wheels. On the other hand, the user must maintain the posture of the PMR by using additional assist wheels on the ground when mounting/dismounting the PMR and working while seated on the PMR. In order to satisfy these requirements, we propose the following approach. First, the PMR accelerates to lift its assist wheels off the ground and determines whether the assist wheels are in contact with the ground. The feedback controller is then switched to wheeled-inverted-pendulum mode using the proposed IVC. The proposed IVC is designed such that the transient responses are improved and the amplitude of the control input and the jerk component are suppressed, in order to reduce the shock felt by the driver. The effectiveness of the proposed approach has been verified by conducting numerical simulations and experiments using a prototype PMR.

  17. Vibration control via stiffness switching of magnetostrictive transducers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scheidler, Justin J.; Asnani, Vivake M.; Dapino, Marcelo J.

    2016-04-01

    In this paper, a computational study is presented of structural vibration control that is realized by switching a magneto-strictive transducer between high and low stiffness states. Switching is accomplished by either changing the applied magnetic field with a voltage excitation or changing the shunt impedance on the transducer's coil (i.e., the magneto-strictive material's magnetic boundary condition). Switched-stiffness vibration control is simulated using a lumped mass supported by a damper and the magneto-strictive transducer (mount), which is represented by a nonlinear, electromechanical model. Free vibration of the mass is calculated while varying the mount's stiffness according to a reference switched-stiffness vibration control law. The results reveal that switching the magnetic field produces the desired change in stiffness, but also an undesired actuation force that can significantly degrade the vibration control. Hence, a modified switched-stiffness control law that accounts for the actuation force is proposed and implemented for voltage-controlled stiffness switching. The influence of the magneto-mechanical bias condition is also discussed. Voltage-controlled stiffness switching is found to introduce damping equivalent to a viscous damping factor up to about 0.13; this is shown to primarily result from active vibration reduction caused by the actuation force. The merit of magneto-strictive switched-stiffness vibration control is then quantified by comparing the results of voltage- and shunt-controlled stiffness switching to the performance of optimal magneto-strictive shunt damping. For the cases considered, optimal resistive shunt damping performed considerably better than both voltage- and shunt-controlled stiffness switching.

  18. Robust controller for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YANG Hong; ZHAO Jun

    2007-01-01

    A robustness control of uncertain switched fuzzy systems is presented.Using the switching technique and the Lyapunov function method,a continuous state feedback controller is built to ensure that for all allowable uncertainties the relevant closed-loop system is asymptotically stable.Furthermore,a switching strategy that achieves system global asymptotic stability of the uncertain switched fuzzy system is given.In this model,each subsystem of the switched system is an uncertain fuzzy system,and a common parallel distributed compensation controller is presented.The main condition is given in the form of convex combinations which are more solvable.This method transforms a certain switched system and has strong robustness for various system parameters.Simulations show the feasibility and the effectiveness of this method.

  19. High-Speed Computer-Controlled Switch-Matrix System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Spisz, E.; Cory, B.; Ho, P.; Hoffman, M.

    1985-01-01

    High-speed computer-controlled switch-matrix system developed for communication satellites. Satellite system controlled by onboard computer and all message-routing functions between uplink and downlink beams handled by newly developed switch-matrix system. Message requires only 2-microsecond interconnect period, repeated every millisecond.

  20. Stability of Unfalsified Adaptive Switching Control in Noisy Environments

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Safonov, Michael G.; Tesi, Pietro

    2010-01-01

    In recent years, unfalsified adaptive switching control has emerged as a promising technique for the control of uncertain plants only on the basis of plant I/O data. This note analyzes the input-output stability of the resulting switched system in a noisy environment, and discusses the issue of equi

  1. Guaranteed cost control with constructing switching law of uncertain discrete-time switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Ying; Duan Guangren

    2007-01-01

    A guaranteed cost control problem for a class of linear discrete-time switched systems with normbounded uncertainties is considered in this article. The purpose is to construct a switching rule and design a state feedback control law, such that, the closed-loop system is asymptotically stable and the closed-loop cost function value is not more than a specified upper bound for all admissible uncertainties under the constructed switching rule.A sufficient condition for the existence of guaranteed cost controllers and switching rules is derived based on the Lyapunov theory together with the linear matrix inequality (LMI) approach. Furthermore, a convex optimization problem with LMI constraints is formulated to select the suboptimal guaranteed cost controller. A numerical example demonstrates the validity of the proposed design approach.

  2. Reduction of Switching Surge by Controlled Shunt Reactor Switching of Gas Circuit Breaker

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohyama, Haruhiko; Ito, Hiroki; Asai, Jun; Hidaka, Mikio; Yonezawa, Takashi

    Controlled switching system (CSS) with a 204kV gas circuit breaker (GCB) demonstrates to reduce an inrush current and to eliminate re-ignitions in shunt reactor switching. Target closing and opening instants for controlled switching are determined by the electrical and mechanical characteristics of GCB. Idle time dependence of the operating time, which gives a sufficient impact on controlling accuracy, is evaluated and successfully compensated by synchronous switching controller (SSC). Field operation of CSS for a year shows an effective suppression of inrush current on closing and prevention of re-ignitions on opening of shunt reactor. The operations also proved that the CSS has a satisfactory performance for electro-magnetic disturbance imposed in practical field.

  3. Optimization problems for switched systems with impulsive control

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Junhao HU; Huayou WANG; Xinzhi LIU; Bin LIU

    2005-01-01

    By using Impulsive Maximum Principal and three stage optimization method,this paper discusses optimization problems for linear impulsive switched systems with hybrid controls,which includes continuous control and impulsive control.The linear quadratic optimization problems without constraints such as optimal hybrid control,optimal stability and optimal switching instants are addressed in detail.These results are applicable to optimal control problems in economics,mechanics,and management.

  4. Hierarchical cooperative control for multiagent systems with switching directed topologies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Jianqiang; Cao, Jinde

    2015-10-01

    The hierarchical cooperative control problem is concerned for a two-layer networked multiagent system under switching directed topologies. The group cooperative objective is to achieve finite-time formation control for the upper layer of leaders and containment control for the lower layer of followers. Two kinds of cooperative strategies, including centralized-distributed control and distributed-distributed control, are proposed for two types of switching laws: 1) random switching law with the dwell time and 2) Markov switching law with stationary distribution. Utilizing the state transition matrix methods and matrix measure techniques, some sufficient conditions are derived for asymptotical containment control and exponential almost sure containment control, respectively. Finally, some numerical examples are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control schemes.

  5. Control and Interference in Task Switching--A Review

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kiesel, Andrea; Steinhauser, Marco; Wendt, Mike; Falkenstein, Michael; Jost, Kerstin; Philipp, Andrea M.; Koch, Iring

    2010-01-01

    The task-switching paradigm offers enormous possibilities to study cognitive control as well as task interference. The current review provides an overview of recent research on both topics. First, we review different experimental approaches to task switching, such as comparing mixed-task blocks with single-task blocks, predictable task-switching…

  6. Control of delay dominant systems with costs related to switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Deng, Honglian; Larsen, Lars Finn Sloth; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2010-01-01

    The objective of this paper is to extend a novel low complexity method for optimizing switch control developed by the authors earlier to work with delay dominant systems and demonstrate that the method works in practice with a refrigeration test system. The extended method solves switching problems...

  7. Motor skill experience modulates executive control for task switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Qiuhua; Chan, Chetwyn C H; Chau, Bolton; Fu, Amy S N

    2017-09-15

    This study aimed to investigate the effect of types of motor skills, including open and closed skills on enhancing proactive and reactive controls for task switching. Thirty-six athletes in open (n=18) or closed (n=18) sports and a control group (n=18) completed the task-switching paradigm and the simple reaction task. The task-switching paradigm drew on the proactive and reactive control of executive functions, whereas the simple reaction task assessed the processing speed. Significant Validity×Group effect revealed that the participants with open skills had a lower switch cost of response time compared to the other two groups when the task cue was 100% valid; whereas the participants regardless of motor skills had a lower switch cost of response time compared to the control group when the task cue was 50% valid. Hierarchical stepwise regression analysis further confirmed these findings. For the simple reaction task, there were no differences found among the three groups. These findings suggest that experience in open skills has benefits of promoting both proactive and reactive controls for task switching, which corresponds to the activity context exposed by the participants. In contrast, experience in closed skills appears to only benefit development of reactive control for task switching. The neural mechanisms for the proactive and reactive controls of executive functions between experts with open and closed skills call for future study. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  8. Switch Control between Different Speeds for a Passive Dynamic Walker

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Limei Liu

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available To make a biped robot walk stably at various speeds, a novel switch control approach is proposed to make the gaits switch smoothly between different walking speeds. The switch controller is designed based on the Lyapunov stability theory and the sufficient condition is given to make the closed-loop system stable. This controller can allow the robot to reach the stable gaits corresponding to the various speeds and improve the robustness of switch process. Potential energy compensation control has been studied in the dynamic model of a passive dynamic walking robot with knees. The functional relationship between the initial states and the walking speed is obtained. Numerical simulations are provided to verify the effectiveness of the control strategy.

  9. High-performance quantitative robust switching control for optical telescopes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lounsbury, William P.; Garcia-Sanz, Mario

    2014-07-01

    This paper introduces an innovative robust and nonlinear control design methodology for high-performance servosystems in optical telescopes. The dynamics of optical telescopes typically vary according to azimuth and altitude angles, temperature, friction, speed and acceleration, leading to nonlinearities and plant parameter uncertainty. The methodology proposed in this paper combines robust Quantitative Feedback Theory (QFT) techniques with nonlinear switching strategies that achieve simultaneously the best characteristics of a set of very active (fast) robust QFT controllers and very stable (slow) robust QFT controllers. A general dynamic model and a variety of specifications from several different commercially available amateur Newtonian telescopes are used for the controller design as well as the simulation and validation. It is also proven that the nonlinear/switching controller is stable for any switching strategy and switching velocity, according to described frequency conditions based on common quadratic Lyapunov functions (CQLF) and the circle criterion.

  10. Switch Control Between Different Speeds for a Passive Dynamic Walker

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Limei Liu

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available To make a biped robot walk stably at various speeds, a novel switch control approach is proposed to make the gaits switch smoothly between different walking speeds. The switch controller is designed based on the Lyapunov stability theory and the sufficient condition is given to make the closed‐loop system stable. This controller can allow the robot to reach the stable gaits corresponding to the various speeds and improve the robustness of switch process. Potential energy compensation control has been studied in the dynamic model of a passive dynamic walking robot with knees. The functional relationship between the initial states and the walking speed is obtained. Numerical simulations are provided to verify the effectiveness of the control strategy.

  11. Hysteresis controller with constant switching frequency

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Poulsen, Søren; Andersen, Michael Andreas E.

    2005-01-01

    Switch mode audio power amplifiers are showing up on market in still greater numbers because of advantages in form of high efficiency and low total system cost, especially for high power amplifiers. Several different modulator topologies have been made, ranging from standard PWM to various self-o...

  12. Design of adaptive switching control for hypersonic aircraft

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xin Jiao

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available This article proposes a novel adaptive switching control of hypersonic aircraft based on type-2 Takagi–Sugeno–Kang fuzzy sliding mode control and focuses on the problem of stability and smoothness in the switching process. This method uses full-state feedback to linearize the nonlinear model of hypersonic aircraft. Combining the interval type-2 Takagi–Sugeno–Kang fuzzy approach with sliding mode control keeps the adaptive switching process stable and smooth. For rapid stabilization of the system, the adaptive laws use a direct constructive Lyapunov analysis together with an established type-2 Takagi–Sugeno–Kang fuzzy logic system. Simulation results indicate that the proposed control scheme can maintain the stability and smoothness of switching process for the hypersonic aircraft.

  13. Chiral heteropoly blues and controllable switching of achiral polyoxometalate clusters.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Yizhan; Li, Haolong; Wu, Che; Yang, Yang; Shi, Lei; Wu, Lixin

    2013-04-22

    Managing the blues: Chiral heteropoly blues of achiral polyoxometalate clusters were created through an intermolecular interaction with a chiral organic compound. Controllable chiroptical switching of the cluster complexes was possible through reversible photochromism of the polyoxometalates (see picture).

  14. A switched system approach to stabilization f networked control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    A switched system approach is proposed to model networked control systems (NCSs) with communication constraints. This enables us to apply the rich theory of switched systems to analyzing such NCSs. Sufficient conditions are presented on the stabilization of NCSs. Stabilizing state/output feedback controllers can be constructed by using the feasible solutions of some linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). The merit of our proposed approach is that the behavior of the NCSs can be studied by considering switched system without augmenting the system. A simulation example is worked out to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  15. Control synthesis of linear distributed parameter switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Leping Bao; Shumin Fei; Lin Chai

    2015-01-01

    The control synthesis for switched systems is extended to distributed parameter switched systems in Hilbert space. Based on semigroup and operator theory, by means of multiple Lyapunov method incorporated average dwel time approach, sufficient con-ditions are derived in terms of linear operator inequalities frame-work for distributed parameter switched systems. Being applied to one dimensional heat propagation switched systems, these lin-ear operator inequalities are reduced to linear matrix inequalities subsequently. In particular, the state feedback gain matrices and the switching law are designed, and the state decay estimate is explicitly given whose decay coefficient completely depends on the system’s parameter and the boundary condition. Final y, two numerical examples are given to il ustrate the proposed method.

  16. Qualitative differences between bilingual language control and executive control: evidence from task switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marco eCalabria

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Previous research has shown that highly-proficient bilinguals have comparable switch costs in both directions when they switch between languages (L1 and L2, the so called ‘symmetrical switch cost’ effect. Interestingly, the same symmetry is also present when they switch between L1 and a much weaker L3. These findings suggest that highly proficient bilinguals develop a language control system that seems to be insensitive to language proficiency. In the present study, we explore whether the pattern of symmetrical switch costs in language switching tasks generalizes to a non-linguistic switching task in the same group of highly-proficient bilinguals. The end goal of this is to assess whether bilingual language control (bLC can be considered as subsidiary to domain-general executive control (EC. We tested highly-proficient Catalan-Spanish bilinguals both in a linguistic switching task and in a non-linguistic switching task. In the linguistic task, participants named pictures in L1 and L2 (Experiment 1 or L3 (Experiment 2 depending on a cue presented with the picture (a flag. In the non-linguistic task, the same participants had to switch between two card sorting rule-sets (colour and shape. Overall, participants showed symmetrical switch costs in the linguistic switching task, but not in the non-linguistic switching task. In a further analysis, we observed that in the linguistic switching task the asymmetry of the switch costs changed across blocks, while in the non-linguistic switching task an asymmetrical switch cost was observed throughout the task. The observation of different patterns of switch costs in the linguistic and the non-linguistic switching tasks suggest that the bLC system is not completely subsidiary to the domain-general EC system.

  17. State feedback control of switched linear systems: An LMI approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Montagner, V. F.; Leite, V. J. S.; Oliveira, R. C. L. F.; Peres, P. L. D.

    2006-10-01

    This paper addresses the problem of state feedback control of continuous-time switched linear systems with arbitrary switching rules. A quadratic Lyapunov function with a common matrix is used to derive a stabilizing switching control strategy that guarantees: (i) the assignment of all the eigenvalues of each linear subsystem inside a chosen circle in the left-hand half of the complex plane; (ii) a minimum disturbance attenuation level for the closed-loop switched system. The proposed design conditions are given in terms of linear matrix inequalities that encompass previous results based on quadratic stability conditions with fixed control gains. Although the quadratic stability based on a fixed Lyapunov matrix has been widely used in robust control design, the use of this condition to provide a convex design method for switching feedback gains has not been fully investigated. Numerical examples show that the switching control strategy can cope with more stringent design specifications than the fixed gain strategy, being useful to improve the performance of this class of systems.

  18. Hierarchical robust nonlinear switching control design for propulsion systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leonessa, Alexander

    1999-09-01

    The desire for developing an integrated control system- design methodology for advanced propulsion systems has led to significant activity in modeling and control of flow compression systems in recent years. In this dissertation we develop a novel hierarchical switching control framework for addressing the compressor aerodynamic instabilities of rotating stall and surge. The proposed control framework accounts for the coupling between higher-order modes while explicitly addressing actuator rate saturation constraints and system modeling uncertainty. To develop a hierarchical nonlinear switching control framework, first we develop generalized Lyapunov and invariant set theorems for nonlinear dynamical systems wherein all regularity assumptions on the Lyapunov function and the system dynamics are removed. In particular, local and global stability theorems are given using lower semicontinuous Lyapunov functions. Furthermore, generalized invariant set theorems are derived wherein system trajectories converge to a union of largest invariant sets contained in intersections over finite intervals of the closure of generalized Lyapunov level surfaces. The proposed results provide transparent generalizations to standard Lyapunov and invariant set theorems. Using the generalized Lyapunov and invariant set theorems, a nonlinear control-system design framework predicated on a hierarchical switching controller architecture parameterized over a set of moving system equilibria is developed. Specifically, using equilibria- dependent Lyapunov functions, a hierarchical nonlinear control strategy is developed that stabilizes a given nonlinear system by stabilizing a collection of nonlinear controlled subsystems. The switching nonlinear controller architecture is designed based on a generalized lower semicontinuous Lyapunov function obtained by minimizing a potential function over a given switching set induced by the parameterized system equilibria. The proposed framework provides a

  19. Switched Quantization Level Control of Networked Control Systems with Packet Dropouts

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shuo Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the relationship between the maximum allowable dropout bound and the quantization density. Networked Control System (NCS is described as a time-delay switched system with constrained switching signals. A switched dynamic output feedback controller with prescribed disturbance attenuation level is designed via a cone complement linearization approach. A novel stability criterion is obtained by switched system theory. Furthermore, finding an appropriate quantization density used when packet dropout occurs is converted to an optimization problem.

  20. Closed Loop Control of Soft Switched Interleaved Buck Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R. Shenbagalakshmi

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Design, Modeling and Simulation of a closed loop control is presented for Interleaved Buck Converter with Soft Switching. The features of the closed loop system are to reduce the switching losses and load current sharing among the parallel connected converters. The control system of the converter is designed using PWM technique. In order to improve the transient response and dynamic stability of the converters, the controller parameters are designed based on current mode control. Resonant components thus designed enable the application of zero current switching for both the converters connected in parallel thereby maintaining greater efficiency and minimizing voltage and current oscillations. The system analysis, design and performance are verified through simulation using MATLAB/Simulink environment. The simulation approach reveals the high speed dynamic performance of the closed loop system designed using robust PID controller. The laboratory prototype of the Buck converter is developed to verify the controller platform using PIC16F877A microcontroller.

  1. Controller Based Observer in Switched System with Norm Bounded Uncertainty

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mongi Besbes

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Problem statement: This study discusses the robust stabilization of norm bounded discrete switched systems. Approach: The proposed method is using the second Lyapunov approach and the poly-quadratic function concept. The stabilization conditions are written through linear matrix inequality relations. The control law is based on a static output feedback with the use of a switched observer. The synthesis conditions of the controller are written in the form of linear matrix inequalities difficult to resolve by current numerical solvers. That’s why relaxations are proposed to mitigate the pessimism of LMI conditions obtained. Results: The poly-quadratic Lyapunov approach provides a constructive way to tackle uncertainty in the switched framework. The feasibility is illustrated by the example of discrete uncertain switched systems. Conclusion: With these results, the study of stability can be achieved for arbitrary switching laws, state-dependent, time dependent or generated by a controller. However, the implementation of the control law is possible only if the switching status is well known in real time.

  2. An Electron-Beam Controlled Semiconductor Switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    1989-11-01

    of the Seventeenth Power Modulator Symposium, Seattle, WA, pp. 214-218. 1986. 21. Bovino , L., ’ioumans,R., Weiner, H., Burke, T . , "Optica lly... Bovino , R. Youmans, M. Weiner, and T. Burke, ’ ’Optically Co ntrolled Semiconducto r Switch for ~lulti-~legawatt Rep-Rated Pulse r s ," Conf. Record...p. 615. (II 1 W. N. Carr, IEEE Trans. Electron Devices, vol. ED-12, p. 531 , 1965. (121 T. Burke, M. Weiner. L. Bovino , and R. Youmans, in Proc

  3. Tracking Control for Switched Cascade Nonlinear Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaoxiao Dong

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The issue of H∞ output tracking for switched cascade nonlinear systems is discussed in this paper, where not all the linear parts of subsystems are stabilizable. The conditions of the solvability for the issue are given by virtue of the structural characteristics of the systems and the average dwell time method, in which the total activation time for stabilizable subsystems is longer than that for the unstabilizable subsystems. At last, a simulation example is used to demonstrate the validity and advantages of the proposed approach.

  4. Feedback control and output feedback control for the stabilisation of switched Boolean networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Fangfei; Yu, Zhaoxu

    2016-02-01

    This paper presents the feedback control and output feedback control for the stabilisation of switched Boolean network. A necessary condition for the existence of a state feedback controller for the stabilisation of switched Boolean networks under arbitrary switching signal is derived first, and constructive procedures for feedback control and output feedback control design are provided. An example is introduced to show the effectiveness of this paper.

  5. Multi-model unfalsified switching control of uncertain multivariable systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, S.; Battistelli, G.; Mari, D.; Mosca, E.; Tesi, P.

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain multi-input multi-output system by means of adaptive switching control schemes. In particular, the paper aims at extending the multi-model unfalsified control approach, so far restricted to single-input single-output systems, to a general

  6. A distributed implementation of a mode switching control program

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Holdgaard, Michael; Eriksen, Thomas Juul; Ravn, Anders P.

    1995-01-01

    according to the schedule, and a final one monitors the system for exceptions that shall lead to a halt. The implementation uses four transputers with a distribution of phases of the automatons over the individual processors. The main technical result of the paper is calculations that illustrate how......A distributed implementation of a mode switched control program for a robot is described. The design of the control program is given by a set of real-time automatons. One of them plans a schedule for switching between a fixed set of control functions, another dispatches the control functions...

  7. Hybrid zero-voltage switching (ZVS) control for power inverters

    Science.gov (United States)

    Amirahmadi, Ahmadreza; Hu, Haibing; Batarseh, Issa

    2016-11-01

    A power inverter combination includes a half-bridge power inverter including first and second semiconductor power switches receiving input power having an intermediate node therebetween providing an inductor current through an inductor. A controller includes input comparison circuitry receiving the inductor current having outputs coupled to first inputs of pulse width modulation (PWM) generation circuitry, and a predictive control block having an output coupled to second inputs of the PWM generation circuitry. The predictive control block is coupled to receive a measure of Vin and an output voltage at a grid connection point. A memory stores a current control algorithm configured for resetting a PWM period for a switching signal applied to control nodes of the first and second power switch whenever the inductor current reaches a predetermined upper limit or a predetermined lower limit.

  8. Robust H∞ output feedback controller design for uncertain discrete-time switched systems via switched Lyapunov functions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    The H∞ output feedback control problem for uncertain discrete-time switched systems is reasearched. A new characterization of stability and H∞ performance for the switched system under arbitrary switching is obtained by using switched Lyapunov function.Then,based on the characterization,a linear matrix inequality (LMI)approach is developed to design a switched output feedback controller which guarantees the stability and H∞ performance of the closed-loop system.A numerical example is presented to demonstrate the application of the proposed method.

  9. 49 CFR 236.207 - Electric lock on hand-operated switch; control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Electric lock on hand-operated switch; control... switch; control. Electric lock on hand-operated switch shall be controlled so that it cannot be unlocked until control circuits of signals governing movements over such switch have been opened. Approach...

  10. Optimal control of switched systems arising in fermentation processes

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Chongyang

    2014-01-01

    The book presents, in a systematic manner, the optimal controls under different mathematical models in fermentation processes. Variant mathematical models – i.e., those for multistage systems; switched autonomous systems; time-dependent and state-dependent switched systems; multistage time-delay systems and switched time-delay systems – for fed-batch fermentation processes are proposed and the theories and algorithms of their optimal control problems are studied and discussed. By putting forward novel methods and innovative tools, the book provides a state-of-the-art and comprehensive systematic treatment of optimal control problems arising in fermentation processes. It not only develops nonlinear dynamical system, optimal control theory and optimization algorithms, but can also help to increase productivity and provide valuable reference material on commercial fermentation processes.

  11. Improved Four-Switch BLDCM Direct Current Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pan Lei

    2013-08-01

    Full Text Available The main purpose of this study is to describe a low cost four-switch brushless dc motor (BLDCM drive. An improved direct current controlled scheme is designed and implemented to produce the desired dynamic and static current and speed characteristics. Eight voltage vectors are summarized, which are selected to control BLDCM in SVPWM pattern. This method avoids the undesired current distortion which is caused by uncontrollable phase. The operational principle of the four-switch BLDC motor drive and the developed control scheme are theoretically analyzed and the performance is demonstrated by both simulation and experimental results.

  12. Design and advanced control of switched reluctance motor; Design og avanceret styring af switched reluctance motor

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blaabjerg, F.; Jensen, F.; Kierkegaard, P.; Pedersen, J.K.; Rasmussen, P.O.; Simonsen, L.

    1999-03-01

    The aim of the project is to design, construct and optimise the control of Switched Reluctance Motors with and without permanent magnets. The expectation was an increased efficiency and a decreased material consumption. The project included originally three types of SR-motors, two with a nominal number of revolutions of 3.000 rpm and one motor with a nominal number of revolutions of 50.000 rpm. The project was changed to focus on one motor with a nominal number of revolutions of 6.000 rpm, one with a nominal number of revolutions of 50.000 rpm and one two-phased low-voltage motor with a nominal number of revolutions of 2.000 rpm. The motors had different outputs of 2,7 kW, 0,9 kW and 3 kW, respectively. For this purpose an advanced simulation programme for Switched Reluctance Motors is developed. The programme differs from other programmes by being able to simulate multi-disciplinary such as vibrations and acoustic noise. It is even possible to play the sound. In this connection completely new models are developed. It is also possible to simulate different grid connected converters. Input to the simulation programme is finite element calculations, geometry of the motor and calculations or data from an advanced characterisation system for Switched Reluctance Motors. New methods to control the current in Switched Reluctance Motors are developed, which particularly make quick dynamics possible in a digitally controlled current without use of special noise filters. The method will soon have industrial use. Other new methods have emerged, which secure that the system all the time works with the maximum efficiency irrespective of load. In some cases an efficiency improvement of 10 % is obtained compared to a classic control of the Switched Reluctance Motor. (EHS) EFP-94; EFP-95; EFP-98. 16 refs.

  13. Optogenetic switches for light-controlled gene expression in yeast.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Salinas, Francisco; Rojas, Vicente; Delgado, Verónica; Agosin, Eduardo; Larrondo, Luis F

    2017-04-01

    Light is increasingly recognized as an efficient means of controlling diverse biological processes with high spatiotemporal resolution. Optogenetic switches are molecular devices for regulating light-controlled gene expression, protein localization, signal transduction and protein-protein interactions. Such molecular components have been mainly developed through the use of photoreceptors, which upon light stimulation undergo conformational changes passing to an active state. The current repertoires of optogenetic switches include red, blue and UV-B light photoreceptors and have been implemented in a broad spectrum of biological platforms. In this review, we revisit different optogenetic switches that have been used in diverse biological platforms, with emphasis on those used for light-controlled gene expression in the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. The implementation of these switches overcomes the use of traditional chemical inducers, allowing precise control of gene expression at lower costs, without leaving chemical traces, and positively impacting the production of high-value metabolites and heterologous proteins. Additionally, we highlight the potential of utilizing this technology beyond laboratory strains, by optimizing it for use in yeasts tamed for industrial processes. Finally, we discuss how fungal photoreceptors could serve as a source of biological parts for the development of novel optogenetic switches with improved characteristics. Although optogenetic tools have had a strong impact on basic research, their use in applied sciences is still undervalued. Therefore, the invitation for the future is to utilize this technology in biotechnological and industrial settings.

  14. Inhibitory Control Predicts Language Switching Performance in Trilingual Speech Production

    Science.gov (United States)

    Linck, Jared A.; Schwieter, John W.; Sunderman, Gretchen

    2012-01-01

    This study investigated the role of domain-general inhibitory control in trilingual speech production. Taking an individual differences approach, we examined the relationship between performance on a non-linguistic measure of inhibitory control (the Simon task) and a multilingual language switching task for a group of fifty-six native English (L1)…

  15. Application of Fuzzy Logic in Control of Switched Reluctance Motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pavel Brandstetter

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available The flux linkage of switched reluctance motor (SRM depends on the stator current and position between the rotor and stator poles. The fact determines that during control of SRM current with the help of classical PI controllers in a wide regulation range unsatisfied results occur. The main reasons of the mentioned situation are big changes of the stator inductance depending on the stator current and rotor position. In a switched reluctance motor the stator phase inductance is a non-linear function of the stator phase current and rotor position. Fuzzy controller and fuzzy logic are generally non-linear systems; hence they can provide better performance in this case. Fuzzy controller is mostly presented as a direct fuzzy controller or as a system, which realizes continued changing parameters of other controller, so-called fuzzy supervisor. Referring to the usage of fuzzy logic as a supervisor of conventional PI controller in control of SRM possible improvement occurs.

  16. Active Molecular Plasmonics: Controlling Plasmon Resonances with Molecular Switches

    KAUST Repository

    Zheng, Yue Bing

    2009-02-11

    A gold nanodisk array, coated with bistable, redox-controllable [2]rotaxane molecules, when exposed to chemical oxidants and reductants, undergoes switching of its plasmonic properties reversibly. By contrast, (i) bare gold nanodisks and (ii) disks coated with a redox-active, but mechanically inert, control compound do not display surface-plasmon-based switching. Along with calculations based on time-dependent density functional theory, these experimental observations suggest that the nanoscale movements within surface-bound “molecular machines” can be used as the active components in plasmonic devices.

  17. Device for dynamic switching of robot control points

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2015-01-01

    The invention comprises a system for switching between control points of a robotic system involving an industrial robot including a robot arm with a number of joints and provided with a tool interest point movable in a plurality of degrees of freedom.......The invention comprises a system for switching between control points of a robotic system involving an industrial robot including a robot arm with a number of joints and provided with a tool interest point movable in a plurality of degrees of freedom....

  18. Switching Control of Wind Turbine Sub-Controllers Based on an Active Disturbance Rejection Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yancai Xiao

    2016-10-01

    Full Text Available Wind power generation systems require complex control systems with multiple working conditions and multiple controllers. Under different operating conditions, switching without disturbancebetweenthesub-controllersplaysacriticalroleinensuringthestabilityofpowersystems. The sub-controllers of two typical cases in the permanent magnet direct drive (PMDD wind turbine running process are studied, one is the proportional integral (PI controller in the maximum power points tracking (MPPT stage, the other is the fuzzy pitch angle controller in the constant power stage. The switching strategy of the two sub-controllers is the emphasis in this research. Based on the active disturbance rejection control (ADRC, the switching mode of the sub-controllers is proposed, which can effectively restrain the sudden changes of the rotor current during the switching process, and improve the quality of power generation. The feasibility and effectiveness of the sub-controller switching strategy is verified by Matlab/Simulink simulation for a 2 MW PMDD wind turbine.

  19. A fluorescence switch based on a controllable photochromic naphthopyran group

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chen Lizhen [Faculty of Chemistry, Northeast Normal University, Changchun 130024 (China); Wang Guang, E-mail: wangg923@nenu.edu.cn [Faculty of Chemistry, Northeast Normal University, Changchun 130024 (China); Zhao Xiancai [Faculty of Chemistry, Northeast Normal University, Changchun 130024 (China)

    2011-08-15

    A fluorescence switch based on photoisomerization of naphthopyran (NP) has been designed by employing 2-(pyridin-2-yl)-benzimidazole (BPI) and the naphthopyran containing two pyran rings (NP) as fluorescent dye and photochromic compound, respectively. The fluorescence switch of benzimidazole derivative can be modulated either by controlling the irradiation time of UV light or by adjusting the amount ratio of fluorescent benzimidazole derivative to photochromic naphthopyran in both solution and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) film. The experimental results indicated that the decrease of fluorescence intensity of benzimidazole derivative is attributed to the interaction of benzimidazole with naphthopyran. - Highlights: > Naphthopyran was first used to fabricate fluorescence switch with benzimidazole derivative. > Fluorescence intensity can be modulated by controlling the UV irradiation time. > Fluorescence intensity can be adjusted by changing the ratio of benzimidazole derivative to naphthopyran. > Decrease of fluorescence intensity is attributed to the interaction of benzimidazole derivative and naphthopyran.

  20. Attractor switching by neural control of chaotic neurodynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pasemann, F; Stollenwerk, N

    1998-11-01

    Chaotic attractors of discrete-time neural networks include infinitely many unstable periodic orbits, which can be stabilized by small parameter changes in a feedback control. Here we explore the control of unstable periodic orbits in a chaotic neural network with only two neurons. Analytically, a local control algorithm is derived on the basis of least squares minimization of the future deviations between actual system states and the desired orbit. This delayed control allows a consistent neural implementation, i.e. the same types of neurons are used for chaotic and controlling modules. The control signal is realized with one layer of neurons, allowing selective switching between different stabilized periodic orbits. For chaotic modules with noise, random switching between different periodic orbits is observed.

  1. AN INVESTIGATION ON SWITCHING BEHAVIOURS OF VECTOR CONTROLLED INDUCTION MOTORS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yilmaz Korkmaz

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available Field oriented control and direct torque control are the most popular methods in high performance industrial control applications for induction motors. Naturally, the strengths and weaknesses of each control method are available. Therefore, the selection of optimum control method is vitally important for many industrial applications. So, the advantages and the disadvantages of both control methods have to be well defined. In this paper, a new and different perspective has been presented regarding the comparison of the inverter switching behaviours on the FOC and the DTC drivers. For this purpose, the experimental studies have been carried out to compare the inverter switching frequencies and torque responses of induction motors in the FOC and the DTC systems. The dSPACE 1103 controller board has been programmed with Matlab/Simulink software. As expected, the experimental studies have showed that the FOC controlled motors have had a lessened torque ripple. On the other hand, the FOC controlled motor switching frequency has about 75% more than the DTC controlled.

  2. Switch Reluctance Motor Control Based on Fuzzy Logic System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Aleksandrovsky

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Due to its intrinsic simplicity and reliability, the switched reluctance motor (SRM has now become a promising candidate for variable-speed drive applications as an alternative induction motor in various industrial application. However, the SRM has the disadvantage of nonlinear characteristic and control. It is suggested to use controller based on fuzzy logic system. Design of FLS controller and simulation model presented.

  3. Design of a bistable switch to control cellular uptake.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oyarzún, Diego A; Chaves, Madalena

    2015-12-06

    Bistable switches are widely used in synthetic biology to trigger cellular functions in response to environmental signals. All bistable switches developed so far, however, control the expression of target genes without access to other layers of the cellular machinery. Here, we propose a bistable switch to control the rate at which cells take up a metabolite from the environment. An uptake switch provides a new interface to command metabolic activity from the extracellular space and has great potential as a building block in more complex circuits that coordinate pathway activity across cell cultures, allocate metabolic tasks among different strains or require cell-to-cell communication with metabolic signals. Inspired by uptake systems found in nature, we propose to couple metabolite import and utilization with a genetic circuit under feedback regulation. Using mathematical models and analysis, we determined the circuit architectures that produce bistability and obtained their design space for bistability in terms of experimentally tuneable parameters. We found an activation-repression architecture to be the most robust switch because it displays bistability for the largest range of design parameters and requires little fine-tuning of the promoters' response curves. Our analytic results are based on on-off approximations of promoter activity and are in excellent qualitative agreement with simulations of more realistic models. With further analysis and simulation, we established conditions to maximize the parameter design space and to produce bimodal phenotypes via hysteresis and cell-to-cell variability. Our results highlight how mathematical analysis can drive the discovery of new circuits for synthetic biology, as the proposed circuit has all the hallmarks of a toggle switch and stands as a promising design to control metabolic phenotypes across cell cultures. © 2015 The Author(s).

  4. In Control of Motion : From Molecular Switches to Molecular Motors

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, Bernard

    2001-01-01

    The design of molecular systems in which controlled linear and rotary motion can be achieved under the influence of an external signal is a major endeavor toward future nanoscale machinery. In this Account we describe the development of molecular switches and the discoveries that culminated in the

  5. Active switching in metamaterials using polarization control of light

    CERN Document Server

    Xu, Hua

    2010-01-01

    We demonstrate on-demand control of localized surface plasmons in metamaterials by means of incident light polarization. An asymmetric mode, selectively excited by s-polarized light, interfere destructively with a bright element, thereby allowing the incident light to propagate at a fairly low loss, corresponding to electromagnetically induced transparency (EIT) in an atomic system. In contrast, a symmetric mode, excited by p-polarized light, directly couples with the incident light, which is analogous to the switch-off of EIT. The light polarization-dependent excitation of asymmetric and symmetric plasmon modes holds potential for active switching applications of plasmon hybridization.

  6. Multistable decision switches for flexible control of epigenetic differentiation.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Raúl Guantes

    2008-11-01

    Full Text Available It is now recognized that molecular circuits with positive feedback can induce two different gene expression states (bistability under the very same cellular conditions. Whether, and how, cells make use of the coexistence of a larger number of stable states (multistability is however largely unknown. Here, we first examine how autoregulation, a common attribute of genetic master regulators, facilitates multistability in two-component circuits. A systematic exploration of these modules' parameter space reveals two classes of molecular switches, involving transitions in bistable (progression switches or multistable (decision switches regimes. We demonstrate the potential of decision switches for multifaceted stimulus processing, including strength, duration, and flexible discrimination. These tasks enhance response specificity, help to store short-term memories of recent signaling events, stabilize transient gene expression, and enable stochastic fate commitment. The relevance of these circuits is further supported by biological data, because we find them in numerous developmental scenarios. Indeed, many of the presented information-processing features of decision switches could ultimately demonstrate a more flexible control of epigenetic differentiation.

  7. New mode switching algorithm for the JPL 70-meter antenna servo controller

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nickerson, J. A.

    1988-01-01

    The design of control mode switching algorithms and logic for JPL's 70 m antenna servo controller are described. The old control mode switching logic was reviewed and perturbation problems were identified. Design approaches for mode switching are presented and the final design is described. Simulations used to compare old and new mode switching algorithms and logic show that the new mode switching techniques will significantly reduce perturbation problems.

  8. Switching Tracking Control for Planar Systems with Transient Performance Constraints

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU Qing-Yu; SUN Xi-Ming; ZHAO Jun

    2013-01-01

    This paper studies the output tracking problem for a class of planar systems with some given transient performance constraints which are determined by the overshoot and the settling time.The problem of switched static output feedback tracking with output constraints (SSOFTOC) is proposed and solved for the first time.The static output feedback controllers and a so-called conic switching law are designed under which the output of the closed-loop switched system can track the step signal asymptotically without violating the transient performance constraints.Furthermore,an optimal weighted transient performance is obtained by.solving a nonlinear programming problem.Finally,a numerical example and an application to aircraft turbofan engine are given to illustrate the effectiveness and the applicability of the proposed method.

  9. A Novel FPSM Controller for DC-DC Switching Converters

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yong Feng; Shun-Ping Wang; Ping Luo; Quan-Ming Niu; Zhao-Ji Li

    2007-01-01

    This paper presents a novel fuzzy pulse skip modulation (FPSM) controller for switching direct current to direct current (DC-DC) converters based on fuzzy ratiocination modeling approach. Owing to the optimal consideration during the design and the nonlinear characteristics of the controller, improved dynamic responses of the FPSM controller can be achieved over conventional controllers. Compared with conventional proportion integral derivative (PID) control, FPSM control has 60% lower overshoot and 10% lower setting time under the same input voltage and output load change. The presented approach is general and can be applied to other types of DC-DC converters.

  10. Position Control of Switched Reluctance Motor Using Super Twisting Algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Muhammad Rafiq Mufti

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The inherent problem of chattering in traditional sliding mode control is harmful for practical application of control system. This paper pays a considerable attention to a chattering-free control method, that is, higher-order sliding mode (super twisting algorithm. The design of a position controller for switched reluctance motor is presented and its stability is assured using Lyapunov stability theorem. In order to highlight the advantages of higher-order sliding mode controller (HOSMC, a classical first-order sliding mode controller (FOSMC is also applied to the same system and compared. The simulation results reflect the effectiveness of the proposed technique.

  11. Hacking control systems, switching lights off!

    CERN Multimedia

    Computer Security Team

    2013-01-01

    Have you ever heard about “Stuxnet”? “Stuxnet” was a very sophisticated cyber-attack against the Iranian nuclear programme. Like in a spy movie, the attackers infiltrated the uranium enrichment plant at Natanz, arranged for infected USB sticks to be inserted into local PCs, and then the USB viruses did the rest.   Not only did the virus employ four distinct - so far unknown - weaknesses in the Windows operating system, but each weakness could have been sold on the underground market for up to $250,000 each. The virus was targeted to disrupt Iran's uranium production. At first, it scanned the infected PCs for dedicated SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) software from Siemens. Once the virus hit upon that software, it tried to identify any control system components, i.e. so-called PLCs (programmable logic controllers), attached to that PC. If the PLC matched a certain brand (Siemens S7) and configuration, the virus downloaded additi...

  12. A Switching Controller System for a Wheeled Mobile Robot

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Masanori Sato; Atushi Kanda; Kazuo Ishii

    2007-01-01

    A wheeled mobile mechanism with a passive and/or active linkage mechanism for rough terrain environment is developed and evaluated. The wheeled mobile mechanism which has high mobility in rough terrain needs sophisticated system to adapt various environments.We focus on the development of a switching controller system for wheeled mobile robots in rough terrain. This system consists of two sub-systems: an environment recognition system using link angles and an adaptive control system. In the environment recognition system, we introduce a Self-Organizing Map (SOM) for clustering link angles. In the adaptive controllers, we introduce neural networks to calculate the inverse model of the wheeled mobile robot.The environment recognition system can recognize the environment in which the robot travels, and the adjustable controllers are tuned by experimental results for each environment. The dual sub-system switching controller system is experimentally evaluated. The system recognizes its environment and adapts by switching the adjustable controllers. This system demonstrates superior performance to a well-tuned single PID controller.

  13. Direct energy converter controllers for switched reluctance motor operation

    OpenAIRE

    Goodman, Andrew Simon

    2007-01-01

    There is increasing demand for simple motor drives offering high reliability and fault tolerance in applications such as the aerospace actuator industry, with the development of `more electric aircraft'. This thesis presents a motor drive employing a switched reluctance motor, the novel single sided matrix converter, and a novel double band hysteresis based control scheme for control of the converter, implemented using a field programmable gate array (FPGA). The single sided matrix co...

  14. Switched reluctance machines control with a minimized sampling frequency

    OpenAIRE

    Rain, Xavier; Hilairet, Mickaël; Arias Pujol, Antoni

    2014-01-01

    This paper is focused on reducing the Switched Reluctance Machines (SRMs) control sampling frequency in order to save processor real time resources, while keeping the stability and also the performance, in terms of average torque and torque ripple. Reducing the CPU cost either by implementing the control algorithm in a less performing CPU or more importantly reducing the percentage of the CPU demand is an attractive goal, especially for the electrical vehicle industry from where the SRM used ...

  15. Sliding mode control of switching power converters techniques and implementation

    CERN Document Server

    Tan, Siew-Chong; Tse, Chi-Kong

    2011-01-01

    Sliding Mode Control of Switching Power Converters: Techniques and Implementation is perhaps the first in-depth account of how sliding mode controllers can be practically engineered to optimize control of power converters. A complete understanding of this process is timely and necessary, as the electronics industry moves toward the use of renewable energy sources and widely varying loads that can be adequately supported only by power converters using nonlinear controllers.Of the various advanced control methods used to handle the complex requirements of power conversion systems, sliding mode c

  16. Nonlinear control of chaotic systems:A switching manifold approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin-Qing Fang

    2000-01-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, a switching manifold approach is developed for nonlinear feed-back control of chaotic systems. The design strategy is straightforward, and the nonlinear control law is the simple bang–bang control. Yet, this control method is very effective; for instance, several desired equilibria can be stabilized by using one control law with different initial conditions. Its effectiveness is verified by both theoretical analysis and numerical simulations. The Lorenz system simulation is shown for the purpose of illustration.

  17. Plasticity of executive control through task switching training in adolescents

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Katharina eZinke

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available Research has shown that cognitive training can enhance performance in executive control tasks. Current study was designed to explore whether executive control can also be trained in adolescents, what particular aspects of executive control may underlie training and transfer effects, and whether acute bouts of exercise directly prior to cognitive training enhance training effects. For that purpose, a task switching training was employed that has been shown to be effective in other age groups. A group of adolescents (10-14 years, n = 20 that received a three-week TS training was compared to a group (n = 20 that received the same TS training but who exercised on a stationary bike before each training session. Additionally, a no-contact and an exercise-only control group were included (both ns = 20. Analyses indicated that both training groups significantly reduced their switching costs over the course of the training sessions and also reduced their mixing costs in a near transfer task. The reduction in mixing costs in the near transfer task was larger in the trained groups than in the non-trained control groups. Far transfer of cognitive training was limited to a choice reaction time task and a tendency for faster reaction times in an updating task. Findings indicate that executive control can be enhanced in adolescents through training and that updating may be of particular relevance for the effects of task switching training.

  18. Interaction of multiple actuators for synchronized switching damping control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cazzulani, Gabriele; Braghin, Francesco; Mazzocchi, Fabrizio

    2016-04-01

    The semi-active Synchronized Switching Damping (SSD) family is based on a nonlinear shunting circuit applied to piezoelectric actuators, where the circuit characteristics are switched along the vibration cycles of the structure. SSD offers many advantages with respect to other vibration suppression techniques using piezoelectric actuators. Indeed, multiple modes can be suppressed with a relatively simple system and with very low power consumption. This allows the realization of self-powered control systems, without the need of wiring and external power supply. Moreover, the characteristics of this control strategy make it very robust to the variation of the dynamic characteristics of the structure, outperforming the classic passive linear shunts. Different SSD techniques have been developed, varying the circuit characteristics and the switching logic. Although this control family has been studied for many years, all the works are limited to the single actuator case, losing in generality with respect to many practical cases. For this reason, the aim of this work is to apply SSD control with multiple actuators and to study the interaction of the actuators and their shunting circuits in order to optimize the damping performance. The study will be performed numerically and then an experimental setup will be realized to test the proposed solutions.

  19. Computer Controlled Switching Device for Deep Brain Stimulation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    J. Tauchmanová

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper has two goals. The practical part deals with the design of a computer controlled switching device for an external stimulator for deep brain stimulation. The switching device is used during investigations with functional magnetic resonance for controlling signals leading to the deep brain stimulation (DBS electrode in the patient's brain. The motivation for designing this device was improve measured data quality and to enable new types of experiments.The theoretical part reports on early attempts to approach the problem of modeling and localizing the neural response of the human brain as a system identification and estimation task. The parametric identification method and real fMRI data are used for modeling the hemodynamic response.The project is in cooperation with 1st Faculty of Medicine, Charles University in Prague and Na Homolce hospital in Prague.

  20. Switch wear leveling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Hunter; Sealy, Kylee; Gilchrist, Aaron

    2015-09-01

    An apparatus for switch wear leveling includes a switching module that controls switching for two or more pairs of switches in a switching power converter. The switching module controls switches based on a duty cycle control technique and closes and opens each switch in a switching sequence. The pairs of switches connect to a positive and negative terminal of a DC voltage source. For a first switching sequence a first switch of a pair of switches has a higher switching power loss than a second switch of the pair of switches. The apparatus includes a switch rotation module that changes the switching sequence of the two or more pairs of switches from the first switching sequence to a second switching sequence. The second switch of a pair of switches has a higher switching power loss than the first switch of the pair of switches during the second switching sequence.

  1. Switched Control of a Time Delayed Compass Gait Robot

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Elyes Maherzi

    2016-07-01

    Full Text Available the analysis and control of delayed systems are becoming more and more research topics in progress. This is mainly due to the fact that the delay is frequently encountered in technological systems. Most control command laws are based on current digital computers and delays are intrinsic to the process or in the control loop caused by the transmission time control sequences, or computing time. In other hand, the controls of humanoid walking robot present a common problem in robotics because it involves physical interaction between an articulated system and its environment. This close relationship is actually a common set of fundamental problems such as the implementation of robust stable dynamic control. This paper presents acomplete approach, based on switched system theory, for the stabilization of a compass gait robot subject to time delays transmission. The multiple feedback gains designed are based on multiple linear systems governed by a switching control law. The establishment of control law in real time is affected by the unknown pounded random delay. The results obtained from this method show that the control law stabilize the compass robot walk despite a varying delay reaching six times sampling period.

  2. Control of Bouncing in MEMS Switches Using Double Electrodes

    KAUST Repository

    Abdul Rahim, Farhan

    2016-08-09

    This paper presents a novel way of controlling the bouncing phenomenon commonly present in the Radio Frequency Microelectromechanical Systems (RF MEMS) switches using a double-electrode configuration. The paper discusses modeling bouncing using both lumped parameter and beam models. The simulations of bouncing and its control are discussed. Comparison between the new proposed method and other available control techniques is also made. The Galerkin method is applied on the beam model accounting for the nonlinear electrostatic force, squeeze film damping, and surface contact effect. The results indicate that it is possible to reduce bouncing and hence beam degradation, by the use of double electrodes.

  3. Time dependent optimal switching controls in online selling models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bradonjic, Milan [Los Alamos National Laboratory; Cohen, Albert [MICHIGAN STATE UNIV

    2010-01-01

    We present a method to incorporate dishonesty in online selling via a stochastic optimal control problem. In our framework, the seller wishes to maximize her average wealth level W at a fixed time T of her choosing. The corresponding Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellmann (HJB) equation is analyzed for a basic case. For more general models, the admissible control set is restricted to a jump process that switches between extreme values. We propose a new approach, where the optimal control problem is reduced to a multivariable optimization problem.

  4. State-dependent switching control of switched positive fractional-order systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Xudong; Yin, Yunfei; Zheng, Xiaolong

    2016-05-01

    In this paper, the problem of switching stabilization for a class of continuous-time switched positive fractional-order systems is studied by using state-dependent switching. First, the asymptotic stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems with state-dependent switching is given, which is based on the fractional co-positive Lyapunov method. Moreover, by the sliding sector method, the stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems whose subsystems are possibly all unstable is obtained. A variable structure (VS) switching law with sliding sector is also proposed to guarantee the switched positive fractional-order system to be asymptotically stable. Finally, two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the advantages and effectiveness of our developed results.

  5. An improved PID switching control strategy for type 1 diabetes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marchetti, Gianni; Barolo, Massimiliano; Jovanovic, Lois; Zisser, Howard; Seborg, Dale E

    2008-03-01

    In order for an "artificial pancreas" to become a reality for ambulatory use, a practical closed-loop control strategy must be developed and validated. In this paper, an improved PID control strategy for blood glucose control is proposed and critically evaluated in silico using a physiologic model of Hovorka et al. [1]. The key features of the proposed control strategy are: 1) a switching strategy for initiating PID control after a meal and insulin bolus; 2) a novel time-varying setpoint trajectory; 3) noise and derivative filters to reduce sensitivity to sensor noise; and 4) a practical controller tuning strategy. Simulation results demonstrate that proposed control strategy compares favorably to alternatives for realistic conditions that include meal challenges, incorrect carbohydrate meal estimates, changes in insulin sensitivity, and measurement noise.

  6. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.

    2012-01-01

    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may

  7. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.

    2012-01-01

    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may de

  8. H-infinity control for cascade minimum-phase switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Shengzhi ZHAO; Jun ZHAO

    2005-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the H-infinity control problem for a class of cascade switched nonlinear systems.Each switched system in this class is composed of a zero-input asymptotically stable nonlinear part,which is also a switched system,and a linearizable part which is controllable.Conditions under which the H-infinity control problem is solvable under arbitrary switching law and under some designed switching law are derived respectively.The nonlinear state feedback and switching law are designed.We exploit the structural characteristics of the switched nonlinear systems to construct common Lyapunov functions for arbitrary switching and to find a single Lyapunov function for designed switching law.The proposed methods do not rely on the solutions of Hamilton-Jacobi inequalities.

  9. Dynamics and Control of Switched Electronic Systems Advanced Perspectives for Modeling, Simulation and Control of Power Converters

    CERN Document Server

    Iannelli, Luigi

    2012-01-01

    The increased efficiency and quality constraints imposed on electrical energy systems have inspired a renewed research interest in the study of formal approaches to the analysis and control of power electronics converters. Switched systems represent a useful framework for modeling these converters and the peculiarities of their operating conditions and control goals justify the specific classification of “switched electronic systems”. Indeed, idealized switched models of power converters introduce problems not commonly encountered when analyzing generic switched models or non-switched electrical networks. In that sense the analysis of switched electronic systems represents a source for new ideas and benchmarks for switched and hybrid systems generally. Dynamics and Control of Switched Electronic Systems draws on the expertise of an international group of expert contributors to give an overview of recent advances in the modeling, simulation and control of switched electronic systems. The reader is provided...

  10. Adaptive neuro-fuzzy controller of switched reluctance motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tahour Ahmed

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents an application of adaptive neuro-fuzzy (ANFIS control for switched reluctance motor (SRM speed. The ANFIS has the advantages of expert knowledge of the fuzzy inference system and the learning capability of neural networks. An adaptive neuro-fuzzy controller of the motor speed is then designed and simulated. Digital simulation results show that the designed ANFIS speed controller realizes a good dynamic behaviour of the motor, a perfect speed tracking with no overshoot and a good rejection of impact loads disturbance. The results of applying the adaptive neuro-fuzzy controller to a SRM give better performance and high robustness than those obtained by the application of a conventional controller (PI.

  11. Hysteresis Current Control of Switched Reluctance Motor in Aircraft Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Maged N. F. Nashed

    2014-05-01

    Full Text Available The switched reluctance motor (SRM drives have been widely used in aircraft applications due to the motor advantages like high speed operation, simple construction, no windings on rotor. But high torque ripples and acoustic noise are main disadvantages. The current hysteresis chopping control is one of the important control methods for SRM drives. These disadvantages can be limited using the hysteresis or chopping current control. This control strategy makes the torque of SRM maintained within a set of hysteresis bands by applying suitable source voltage. This paper introduces two hysteresis control modes; hard chopping and soft chopping mode. The SRM drive system is modeled in Simulink model using MATLAB/SIMULINK software package.

  12. The Design of the M-B-Quadro Optical Switch and Its Access Control Strategies

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2003-01-01

    This paper proposes a new simple contention resolution switching architecture, M-B-Quadro, and its underlying access control strategies. By incorporating delay and buffer lines, the switching node can effectively obtain very low packet deflection probability.

  13. Variable Neural Adaptive Robust Control: A Switched System Approach

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lian, Jianming; Hu, Jianghai; Zak, Stanislaw H.

    2015-05-01

    Variable neural adaptive robust control strategies are proposed for the output tracking control of a class of multi-input multi-output uncertain systems. The controllers incorporate a variable-structure radial basis function (RBF) network as the self-organizing approximator for unknown system dynamics. The variable-structure RBF network solves the problem of structure determination associated with fixed-structure RBF networks. It can determine the network structure on-line dynamically by adding or removing radial basis functions according to the tracking performance. The structure variation is taken into account in the stability analysis of the closed-loop system using a switched system approach with the aid of the piecewise quadratic Lyapunov function. The performance of the proposed variable neural adaptive robust controllers is illustrated with simulations.

  14. Robust Fault-Tolerant Tracking Control for Nonlinear Networked Control System: Asynchronous Switched Polytopic Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chaoyang Dong

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the robust fault-tolerant tracking control problem for networked control system (NCS. Firstly, considering the locally overlapped switching law widely existed in engineering applications, the NCS is modeled as a locally overlapped switched polytopic system to reduce designing conservatism and solving complexity. Then, switched parameter dependent fault-tolerant tracking controllers are constructed to deal with the asynchronous switching phenomenon caused by the updating delays of the switching signals and weighted coefficients. Additionally, the global uniform asymptotic stability in the mean (GUAS-M and desired weighted l2 performance are guaranteed by combining the switched parameter dependent Lyapunov functional method with the average dwell time (ADT method, and the feasible conditions for the fault-tolerant tracking controllers are obtained in the form of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Finally, the performance of the proposed approach is verified on a highly maneuverable technology (HiMAT vehicle’s tracking control problem. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  15. Control of Stochastic and Induced Switching in Biophysical Networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wells, Daniel K.; Kath, William L.; Motter, Adilson E.

    2015-01-01

    Noise caused by fluctuations at the molecular level is a fundamental part of intracellular processes. While the response of biological systems to noise has been studied extensively, there has been limited understanding of how to exploit it to induce a desired cell state. Here we present a scalable, quantitative method based on the Freidlin-Wentzell action to predict and control noise-induced switching between different states in genetic networks that, conveniently, can also control transitions between stable states in the absence of noise. We apply this methodology to models of cell differentiation and show how predicted manipulations of tunable factors can induce lineage changes, and further utilize it to identify new candidate strategies for cancer therapy in a cell death pathway model. This framework offers a systems approach to identifying the key factors for rationally manipulating biophysical dynamics, and should also find use in controlling other classes of noisy complex networks. PMID:26451275

  16. Control of Stochastic and Induced Switching in Biophysical Networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wells, Daniel K.; Kath, William L.; Motter, Adilson E.

    2015-07-01

    Noise caused by fluctuations at the molecular level is a fundamental part of intracellular processes. While the response of biological systems to noise has been studied extensively, there has been limited understanding of how to exploit it to induce a desired cell state. Here we present a scalable, quantitative method based on the Freidlin-Wentzell action to predict and control noise-induced switching between different states in genetic networks that, conveniently, can also control transitions between stable states in the absence of noise. We apply this methodology to models of cell differentiation and show how predicted manipulations of tunable factors can induce lineage changes, and further utilize it to identify new candidate strategies for cancer therapy in a cell death pathway model. This framework offers a systems approach to identifying the key factors for rationally manipulating biophysical dynamics, and should also find use in controlling other classes of noisy complex networks.

  17. Control switching in high performance and fault tolerant control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, Hans Henrik; Poulsen, Niels Kjølstad

    2010-01-01

    The problem of reliability in high performance control and in fault tolerant control is considered in this paper. A feedback controller architecture for high performance and fault tolerance is considered. The architecture is based on the Youla-Jabr-Bongiorno-Kucera (YJBK) parameterization. By usi...

  18. Design for aircraft engine multi-objective controllers with switching characteristics

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liu Xiaofeng

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is described and the switching control theory is introduced to solve the regulating and protecting control problems in this paper. The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is firstly described and the control problems are formulated. Secondly, the theory of the smooth switching control is devoted and a new extended scheme for the smooth switching of a switched control system is introduced. Then, for the key technologies of aero-engines switching control, a design algorithm is presented which can determine which candidate controller should be put in feedback with the plant to achieve a desired performance and the procedure to design the aircraft engine multi-loop control system is detailed. The switching performance objectives and the switching scheme are given and a family of PID controllers and compensators is designed. The simulation shows that using the switching control design method can not only improve the dynamic performance of the aircraft engine control system and reduce the switching times, but also guarantee the stability in some peculiar occasions.

  19. Design for aircraft engine multi-objective controllers with switching characteristics

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Liu Xiaofeng; Shi Jing; Qi Yiwen; Yuan Ye

    2014-01-01

    The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is described and the switching control theory is introduced to solve the regulating and protecting control problems in this paper. The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is firstly described and the control problems are formu-lated. Secondly, the theory of the smooth switching control is devoted and a new extended scheme for the smooth switching of a switched control system is introduced. Then, for the key technologies of aero-engines switching control, a design algorithm is presented which can determine which candidate controller should be put in feedback with the plant to achieve a desired performance and the procedure to design the aircraft engine multi-loop control system is detailed. The switching performance objectives and the switching scheme are given and a family of PID controllers and compensators is designed. The simulation shows that using the switching control design method can not only improve the dynamic performance of the aircraft engine control system and reduce the switching times, but also guarantee the stability in some peculiar occasions.

  20. Switching teraherz waves with gate-controlled active graphene metamaterials

    CERN Document Server

    Lee, Seung Hoon; Kim, Teun-Teun; Lee, Seungwoo; Liu, Ming; Yin, Xiaobo; Choi, Hong Kyw; Lee, Seung S; Choi, Choon-Gi; Choi, Sung-Yool; Zhang, Xiang; Min, Bumki

    2012-01-01

    The extraordinary electronic properties of graphene, such as its continuously gate-variable ambipolar field effect and the resulting steep change in resistivity, provided the main thrusts for the rapid advance of graphene electronics. The gate-controllable electronic properties of graphene provide a route to efficiently manipulate the interaction of low-energy photons with massless Dirac fermions, which has recently sparked keen interest in graphene plasmonics. However, the electro-optic tuning capability of unpatterned graphene alone is still not strong enough for practical optoelectronic applications due to its nonresonant Drude-like behaviour. Here, we experimentally demonstrate that substantial gate-induced persistent switching and linear modulation of terahertz waves can be achieved in a two-dimensional artificial material, referred to as a metamaterial, into which an atomically thin, gated two-dimensional graphene layer is integrated. The gate-controllable light-matter interaction in the graphene layer ...

  1. Optically controlled multiple switching operations of DNA biopolymer devices

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hung, Chao-You; Tu, Waan-Ting; Lin, Yi-Tzu [Institute of Photonics Technologies, National Tsing Hua University, Hsinchu 30013, Taiwan (China); Fruk, Ljiljana [Department of Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology, University of Cambridge, Pembroke Street, Cambridge CB2 3RA (United Kingdom); Hung, Yu-Chueh, E-mail: ychung@ee.nthu.edu.tw [Institute of Photonics Technologies, National Tsing Hua University, Hsinchu 30013, Taiwan (China); Department of Electrical Engineering, National Tsing Hua University, Hsinchu 30013, Taiwan (China)

    2015-12-21

    We present optically tunable operations of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) biopolymer devices, where a single high-resistance state, write-once read-many-times memory state, write-read-erase memory state, and single low-resistance state can be achieved by controlling UV irradiation time. The device is a simple sandwich structure with a spin-coated DNA biopolymer layer sandwiched by two electrodes. Upon irradiation, the electrical properties of the device are adjusted owing to a phototriggered synthesis of silver nanoparticles in DNA biopolymer, giving rise to multiple switching scenarios. This technique, distinct from the strategy of doping of pre-formed nanoparticles, enables a post-film fabrication process for achieving optically controlled memory device operations, which provides a more versatile platform to fabricate organic memory and optoelectronic devices.

  2. Fuzzy logic switching of thyristor controlled braking resistor considering coordination with SVC

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hiyama, T.; Mishiro, M.; Kihara, H. [Kumamoto Univ. (Japan). Dept. of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science; Ortmeyer, T.H. [Clarkson Univ., Potsdam, NY (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering

    1995-10-01

    This paper presents a new switching control scheme for braking resistors using a fuzzy logic to enhance overall stability of electric power systems. In addition, the coordination with an SVC is also considered to achieve a wider stable region. The braking resistor is set on one of the generator busbars, where the real power output from the generator is measured to determine the firing-angle of the thyristor switch. The switching control scheme is simple so as not to require heavy computation on the micro-computer based switching controller. An SVC is set on one of the busbars in the transmission system. The switching of the SVC is performed by using a similar fuzzy logic control scheme to the one for the BR. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed fuzzy logic switching control scheme.

  3. Advanced Electric Distribution, Switching, and Conversion Technology for Power Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Soltis, James V.

    1998-01-01

    The Electrical Power Control Unit currently under development by Sundstrand Aerospace for use on the Fluids Combustion Facility of the International Space Station is the precursor of modular power distribution and conversion concepts for future spacecraft and aircraft applications. This unit combines modular current-limiting flexible remote power controllers and paralleled power converters into one package. Each unit includes three 1-kW, current-limiting power converter modules designed for a variable-ratio load sharing capability. The flexible remote power controllers can be used in parallel to match load requirements and can be programmed for an initial ON or OFF state on powerup. The unit contains an integral cold plate. The modularity and hybridization of the Electrical Power Control Unit sets the course for future spacecraft electrical power systems, both large and small. In such systems, the basic hybridized converter and flexible remote power controller building blocks could be configured to match power distribution and conversion capabilities to load requirements. In addition, the flexible remote power controllers could be configured in assemblies to feed multiple individual loads and could be used in parallel to meet the specific current requirements of each of those loads. Ultimately, the Electrical Power Control Unit design concept could evolve to a common switch module hybrid, or family of hybrids, for both converter and switchgear applications. By assembling hybrids of a common current rating and voltage class in parallel, researchers could readily adapt these units for multiple applications. The Electrical Power Control Unit concept has the potential to be scaled to larger and smaller ratings for both small and large spacecraft and for aircraft where high-power density, remote power controllers or power converters are required and a common replacement part is desired for multiples of a base current rating.

  4. Switch probability context (in)sensitivity within the cognitive control network.

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Baene, Wouter; Brass, Marcel

    2013-08-15

    Cognitive control processes refer to the ability to flexibly adapt one's thoughts and actions in the pursuit of an internal goal. Task preparation is a central aspect of cognitive control and has generally been studied using explicitly cued task-switching paradigms. Over the last decade, numerous fMRI studies have identified a fronto-parietal network to exhibit greater activity during the preparation of task switches than during the preparation of task repetitions, which is assumed to reflect endogenous cognitive control processes. There is, however, a huge variability in preparatory switch-specific brain activity reported in the imaging literature on task-switching. One factor that might explain this heterogeneity is the difference in switch probability across studies. In the current fMRI study, we examined which preparation-related cognitive control areas are susceptible to such contextual differences by manipulating the switch probability within subjects. In the low switch probability (30% switch trials) blocks, we found the frequently observed switch-related preparatory activation in fronto-parietal areas. In the high switch probability (50% switch trials) blocks, however, only part of these areas (more particularly the (pre-) SMA, extending into the dorsal ACC and the superior parietal lobule) showed higher activation in switch compared to repeat trials. The activation levels in the other areas (the lateral prefrontal cortex, inferior parietal lobule and middle temporal gyrus) were very similar for switch and repeat trials. Our results suggest a functional dissociation within the cognitive control network with some brain areas being sensitive to the switch probability context while others are not.

  5. Observer-based robust H-infinity control for uncertain switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhengyi SONG; Jun ZHAO

    2007-01-01

    The problem of observer-based robust H-infinity control is addressed for a class of linear discrete-time switched systems with time-varying norm-bounded uncertainties by using switched Lyapunov function method. None of the individual subsystems is assumed to be robustly H-infinity solvable. A novel switched Lypunov function matrix with diagonal-block form is devised to overcome the difficulties in designing switching laws. For robust H-infinity stability analysis, two linear-matrix-inequality-based sufficient conditions are derived by only using the smallest region function strategy if some parameters are preselected. Then, the robust H-infinity control synthesis is studied using a switching state feedback and an observer-based switching dynamical output feedback. All the switching laws are simultaneously constructively designed. Finally, a simulation example is given to illustrate the validity of the results.

  6. Performance of static var compensator control type thyristor controlled reactor and thyristor switched capacitor

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Araujo, Josias M. de; Yung, Chou Shaw; Rose, Eber H.; Pantoja, Antonio L.A. [ELETRONORTE, Belem, PA (Brazil); Fouesnant, Thomas; Boissier, Luc

    1994-12-31

    This paper has the objective of presenting the philosophy of Static Var Compensator (SVC) Control as well the necessary adjustments in the project of control system to guarantee suitable performance under different operating conditions. The verification on the performance of the SVC control has been done by Transient Network Analyzer (TNA/CEPEL) studies, commissioning tests and a factory tests. The SVC is the type of Thyristor Controlled Reactor (TCR) and Thyristor Switched Capacitor (TSC). (author) 3 refs., 12 figs.

  7. Control Code for Bearingless Switched-Reluctance Motor

    Science.gov (United States)

    Morrison, Carlos R.

    2007-01-01

    A computer program has been devised for controlling a machine that is an integral combination of magnetic bearings and a switched-reluctance motor. The motor contains an eight-pole stator and a hybrid rotor, which has both (1) a circular lamination stack for levitation and (2) a six-pole lamination stack for rotation. The program computes drive and levitation currents for the stator windings with real-time feedback control. During normal operation, two of the four pairs of opposing stator poles (each pair at right angles to the other pair) levitate the rotor. The remaining two pairs of stator poles exert torque on the six-pole rotor lamination stack to produce rotation. This version is executable in a control-loop time of 40 s on a Pentium (or equivalent) processor that operates at a clock speed of 400 MHz. The program can be expanded, by addition of logic blocks, to enable control of position along additional axes. The code enables adjustment of operational parameters (e.g., motor speed and stiffness, and damping parameters of magnetic bearings) through computer keyboard key presses.

  8. Dealing with plant variations in multi-model unfalsified switching control via adaptive memory selection

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2011-01-01

    In this paper, a multi-model unfalsified adaptive switching control scheme is proposed for controlling uncertain plants subject to time variations. In the adopted approach, the switching between the candidate controllers is orchestrated according to a hysteresis logic variant wherein the memory leng

  9. Fast and controllable switching the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wen, Y.; Feng, Z.; Miao, B.F.; Cao, R.X.; Sun, L.; You, B.; Wu, D.; Zhang, W.; Jiang, Z.S. [National Laboratory of Solid State Microstructures and Department of Physics, Nanjing University, 22 Hankou Road., Nanjing 210093 (China); Cheng, R. [Department of Physics, Indiana University–Purdue University—Indianapolis, 402N Blackford St. Indianapolis, IN 46202 (United States); Ding, H.F., E-mail: hfding@nju.edu.cn [National Laboratory of Solid State Microstructures and Department of Physics, Nanjing University, 22 Hankou Road., Nanjing 210093 (China)

    2014-12-15

    We report a method to switch both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices in a controlled manner within a nanosecond utilizing micromagnetic simulations. The controllable switching is achieved with the combination of two different types of magnetic field pulses on submicron permalloy disks with heptagonal shape. When a magnetic field pulse of ∼100 mT is applied along one of the edge directions of the heptagon, the circulation of the vortex can be manipulated according to the pulse direction. When a pair of pulses with a few tens of mT in magnitude and relative delay of about 100 ps is applied in orthogonal directions, the polarity can be further controlled without influencing the circulation. The different magnitude of switching fields allows for the combination of both types of pulses in the control of both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices. The switching mechanism and the controlling parameters for disks with diameters of 500 and 700 nm are discussed. - Highlights: • We demonstrate a method to switch the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortex. • The switching is fast (<1 ns) and controllable (independent of its prior state). • The switching is achieved by the combination of two different field pulses. • The circulation is switched by a strong single pulse according to its direction. • The polarity is further switched controllably by a pair of small orthogonal pulses.

  10. All-electric-controlled spin current switching in single-molecule magnet-tunnel junctions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Zheng-Zhong; Shen Rui; Sheng Li; Wang Rui-Qiang; Wang Bai-Gen; Xing Ding-Yu

    2011-01-01

    A single-molecule magnet (SMM)coupled to two normal metallic electrodes can both switch spin-up and spindown electronic currents within two different windows of SMM gate voltage. Such spin current switching in the SMM tunnel junction arises from spin-selected single electron resonant tunneling via the lowest unoccupied molecular orbit of the SMM. Since it is not magnetically controlled but all-electrically controlled, the proposed spin current switching effect may have potential applications in future spintronics.

  11. Switching terahertz waves with gate-controlled active graphene metamaterials.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Seung Hoon; Choi, Muhan; Kim, Teun-Teun; Lee, Seungwoo; Liu, Ming; Yin, Xiaobo; Choi, Hong Kyw; Lee, Seung S; Choi, Choon-Gi; Choi, Sung-Yool; Zhang, Xiang; Min, Bumki

    2012-11-01

    The extraordinary electronic properties of graphene provided the main thrusts for the rapid advance of graphene electronics. In photonics, the gate-controllable electronic properties of graphene provide a route to efficiently manipulate the interaction of photons with graphene, which has recently sparked keen interest in graphene plasmonics. However, the electro-optic tuning capability of unpatterned graphene alone is still not strong enough for practical optoelectronic applications owing to its non-resonant Drude-like behaviour. Here, we demonstrate that substantial gate-induced persistent switching and linear modulation of terahertz waves can be achieved in a two-dimensional metamaterial, into which an atomically thin, gated two-dimensional graphene layer is integrated. The gate-controllable light-matter interaction in the graphene layer can be greatly enhanced by the strong resonances of the metamaterial. Although the thickness of the embedded single-layer graphene is more than six orders of magnitude smaller than the wavelength (metamaterial, can modulate both the amplitude of the transmitted wave by up to 47% and its phase by 32.2° at room temperature. More interestingly, the gate-controlled active graphene metamaterials show hysteretic behaviour in the transmission of terahertz waves, which is indicative of persistent photonic memory effects.

  12. Switched Control Strategies of Aggregated Commercial HVAC Systems for Demand Response in Smart Grids

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kai Ma

    2017-07-01

    Full Text Available This work proposes three switched control strategies for aggregated heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC systems in commercial buildings to track the automatic generation control (AGC signal in smart grid. The existing control strategies include the direct load control strategy and the setpoint regulation strategy. The direct load control strategy cannot track the AGC signal when the state of charge (SOC of the aggregated thermostatically controlled loads (TCLs exceeds their regulation capacity, while the setpoint regulation strategy provides flexible regulation capacity, but causes larger tracking errors. To improve the tracking performance, we took the advantages of the two control modes and developed three switched control strategies. The control strategies switch between the direct load control mode and the setpoint regulation mode according to different switching indices. Specifically, we design a discrete-time controller and optimize the controller parameter for the setpoint regulation strategy using the Fibonacci optimization algorithm, enabling us to propose two switched control strategies across multiple time steps. Furthermore, we extend the switched control strategies by introducing a two-stage regulation in a single time step. Simulation results demonstrate that the proposed switched control strategies can reduce the tracking errors for frequency regulation.

  13. Time-dependent switched discrete-time linear systems control and filtering

    CERN Document Server

    Zhang, Lixian; Shi, Peng; Lu, Qiugang

    2016-01-01

    This book focuses on the basic control and filtering synthesis problems for discrete-time switched linear systems under time-dependent switching signals. Chapter 1, as an introduction of the book, gives the backgrounds and motivations of switched systems, the definitions of the typical time-dependent switching signals, the differences and links to other types of systems with hybrid characteristics and a literature review mainly on the control and filtering for the underlying systems. By summarizing the multiple Lyapunov-like functions (MLFs) approach in which different requirements on comparisons of Lyapunov function values at switching instants, a series of methodologies are developed for the issues on stability and stabilization, and l2-gain performance or tube-based robustness for l∞ disturbance, respectively, in Chapters 2 and 3. Chapters 4 and 5 are devoted to the control and filtering problems for the time-dependent switched linear systems with either polytopic uncertainties or measurable time-varying...

  14. Switching control for post-harvest food storage

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mourik, van S.; Zwart, H.; Keesman, K.J.

    2007-01-01

    Abstract: Harvested products inside a storage room are kept cool by a fan that blows air through a heat exchanger. The air and product temperature are regulated by switching the fan on and off. The corresponding mathematical model is nonlinear and discontinuous due to the switching of the fan. For c

  15. Chaos control via feeding switching in an omnivory system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chattopadhyay, Joydev; Pal, Nikhil; Samanta, Sudip; Venturino, Ezio; Khan, Q J A

    2015-12-01

    Tanabe and Namba (Ecology, 86, 3411-3414) studied a three species Lotka-Volterra model with omnivory and explored that omnivory can create chaos. It is well documented that predator switching is a similar biological phenomenon to omnivory and likely to occur simultaneously. In the present paper, the tri-trophic Lotka-Volterra food web model with omnivory and predator switching is re-investigated. We observe that if we incorporate predator switching in the system and the intensity of predator switching increases above a threshold value, then the system will be stable from chaotic dynamics. To study the global dynamics of the system extensive numerical simulations are performed. Our analytical and numerical results suggest that predator switching mechanism enhances the stability and the persistence of a food chain system.

  16. Synchronization of Switched Neural Networks With Communication Delays via the Event-Triggered Control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wen, Shiping; Zeng, Zhigang; Chen, Michael Z Q; Huang, Tingwen

    2017-10-01

    This paper addresses the issue of synchronization of switched delayed neural networks with communication delays via event-triggered control. For synchronizing coupled switched neural networks, we propose a novel event-triggered control law which could greatly reduce the number of control updates for synchronization tasks of coupled switched neural networks involving embedded microprocessors with limited on-board resources. The control signals are driven by properly defined events, which depend on the measurement errors and current-sampled states. By using a delay system method, a novel model of synchronization error system with delays is proposed with the communication delays and event-triggered control in the unified framework for coupled switched neural networks. The criteria are derived for the event-triggered synchronization analysis and control synthesis of switched neural networks via the Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional method and free weighting matrix approach. A numerical example is elaborated on to illustrate the effectiveness of the derived results.

  17. Electrophysiological evidence for endogenous control of attention in switching between languages in overt picture naming

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Verhoef, K.M.W.; Roelofs, A.P.A.; Chwilla, D.J.

    2010-01-01

    Language switching in bilingual speakers requires attentional control to select the appropriate language, for example, in picture naming. Previous language-switch studies used the color of pictures to indicate the required language thereby confounding endogenous and exogenous control. To investigate

  18. 75 FR 37453 - Notice of Issuance of Final Determination Concerning Dimmer and Fan Speed Switch Controls

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-06-29

    ... Agreements Act of 1979; Country of Origin of Titan dimmer and fan speed switch control; substantial.... This case involves two models: the Titan model dimmer and fan speed switch control and the Harmony... components into the finished product. The titan dimmer has a total of 34 components in addition to the...

  19. Control of systems with costs related to switching: applications to air-condition systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thybo (Deng), Honglian; Larsen, Lars Finn Sloth; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2009-01-01

    The objective of this paper is to investigate a low complexity method for controlling systems with binary inputs that have costs related to switching. The control objective for this type of systems is often a trade off between the deviation from the reference and the number of switches (weariness...

  20. Discretization behavior analysis of a switching control system from a unified mathematical approach

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xinghuo YU; Ling YANG; Guanrong CHEN

    2003-01-01

    A useful unified analysis framework is proposed for exploring the intriguing behaviors of a second-order switching control system. Complex discretization behaviors of the switching control system are explored in detail, and some intrinsic relationships between the system periodic behaviors and their associated symbolic sequences are studied.

  1. Switched adaptive tracking control of robot manipulators with friction and changing loads

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Xia; Zhao, Jun

    2015-04-01

    A switched adaptive controller is designed for robot manipulators with friction and changing loads. The nonlinear friction is depicted by a nonlinear friction model, and a switched nonlinear system is used to model the parameter jump caused by load change. Hyperstability theory is used in the designing procedure, which provides more options for adaptive laws than Lyapunov theory. In the presence of friction and changing loads, asymptotic tracking is achieved under arbitrary switching, which is not able to accomplish by a non-switched adaptive controller. The proposed method is validated by a simulation of a 2 degree of freedom manipulator.

  2. Properties of Controllable Soliton Switching in Optical Lattices with Longitudinal Exponential-Asymptotic Modulation

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHOU Jun; XUE Chun-Hua; QI Yi-Hong; LOU Sen-Yue

    2008-01-01

    The properties of controllable soliton switching in Kerr-type optical lattices with different modulation are investigated theoretically and simulated numerically. The results show that the optical lattices can be available for all-optical soliton switching through utilization for length-scale competition effects. And through longitudinal exponential-asymptotic modulation for the linear refractive index, the properties of soliton switching in the optical lattices can be improved. The number of output channels of soliton switching can be controlled by the parameters such as incident angle, asymptotic rate of longitudinal modulation, guiding parameter and form factor.

  3. Proposal for all-optical controllable switch using dipole induced transparency (DIT)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eftekhari, K.; Abbasian, K.; Rostami, A.

    2010-05-01

    We propose a novel all-optical controllable switch using photonic crystal cavity. For doing this work, the dipole induced transparency phenomenon realized through interaction of light with multilevel nanocrystals is used. Multilevel nanocrystals are doped to photonic crystal rods. Using the proposed structure and applying the control field, the absorbing medium converts to transparent one and switching operation is obtained. Analytical relation for evaluation of the proposed device considering quantum optical effects is presented and studied by investigation of effects of parameters on switching characteristics. We show that high quality all-optical switching operation can be obtained.

  4. Fuzzy Controllers for Nonaffine-in-Control Singularly Perturbed Switched Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Linna Zhou

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the problem of fuzzy controller design for nonaffine-in-control singularly perturbed switched systems (NCSPSSs. First, the NCSPSS is approximated by Takagi-Sugeno (T-S models which include not only state but also control variables in the premise part of the rules. Then, a dynamic state feedback controller design method is proposed in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Under the controller, stability bound estimation problem of the closed-loop system is solved. Finally, an example is given to show the feasibility and effectiveness of the obtained methods.

  5. Open-Switch Fault Diagnosis and Fault Tolerant for Matrix Converter with Finite Control Set-Model Predictive Control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Peng, Tao; Dan, Hanbing; Yang, Jian

    2016-01-01

    To improve the reliability of the matrix converter (MC), a fault diagnosis method to identify single open-switch fault is proposed in this paper. The introduced fault diagnosis method is based on finite control set-model predictive control (FCS-MPC), which employs a time-discrete model of the MC...... topology and a cost function to select the best switching state for the next sampling period. The proposed fault diagnosis method is realized by monitoring the load currents and judging the switching state to locate the faulty switch. Compared to the conventional modulation strategies such as carrier...

  6. Atomic switches: atomic-movement-controlled nanodevices for new types of computing

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Takami Hino, Tsuyoshi Hasegawa, Kazuya Terabe, Tohru Tsuruoka, Alpana Nayak, Takeo Ohno and Masakazu Aono

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Atomic switches are nanoionic devices that control the diffusion of metal cations and their reduction/oxidation processes in the switching operation to form/annihilate a metal atomic bridge, which is a conductive path between two electrodes in the on-state. In contrast to conventional semiconductor devices, atomic switches can provide a highly conductive channel even if their size is of nanometer order. In addition to their small size and low on-resistance, their nonvolatility has enabled the development of new types of programmable devices, which may achieve all the required functions on a single chip. Three-terminal atomic switches have also been developed, in which the formation and annihilation of a metal atomic bridge between a source electrode and a drain electrode are controlled by a third (gate electrode. Three-terminal atomic switches are expected to enhance the development of new types of logic circuits, such as nonvolatile logic. The recent development of atomic switches that use a metal oxide as the ionic conductive material has enabled the integration of atomic switches with complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS devices, which will facilitate the commercialization of atomic switches. The novel characteristics of atomic switches, such as their learning and photosensing abilities, are also introduced in the latter part of this review.

  7. A fast operating magnetically controlled switch for 1 kA

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mulder, G.B.J.; Kate, ten H.H.J.; Nijhuis, A.; Klundert, van de L.J.M.

    1985-01-01

    The power of fully superconducting rectifiers can be improved by increasing either the operating frequency or the transformer primary inductance [1]. The frequency is usually limited by the recovery time of thermally controlled switches. In order to achieve a higher switching speed, magnetically con

  8. Single-Mask Fabrication of Temperature Triggered MEMS Switch for Cooling Control in SSL System

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wei, J.; Ye, H.; Van Zeijl, H.W.; Sarro, P.M.; Zhang, G.Q.

    2012-01-01

    A micro-electro-mechanical-system (MEMS) based, temperature triggered, switch is developed as a cost-effective solution for smart cooling control of solid-state-lighting systems. The switch (1.0x0.4 mm2) is embedded in a silicon substrate and fabricated with a single-mask 3D micro-machining process.

  9. Synchronization in a Random Length Ring Network for SDN-Controlled Optical TDM Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kamchevska, Valerija; Cristofori, Valentina; Da Ros, Francesco;

    2016-01-01

    . In addition, we propose a novel synchronization algorithm that enables automatic synchronization of software defined networking controlled all-optical TDM switching nodes connected in a ring network. Besides providing synchronization, the algorithm also can facilitate dynamic slot size change and failure...... multiplexing transmission and switching of data bursts when using the proposed algorithm to provide synchronization....

  10. Improved Torque Control Performance in Direct Torque Control using Optimal Switching Vectors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Muhd Zharif Rifqi Zuber Ahmadi

    2015-02-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents the significant improvement of Direct Torque Control (DTC of 3-phases induction machine using a Cascaded H-Bidge Multilevel Inverter (CHMI. The largest torque ripple and variable switching frequency are known as the major problem founded in DTC of induction motor. As a result, it can diminish the performance induction motor control. Therefore, the conventional 2-level inverter has been replaced with CHMI the in order to increase the performance of the motor either in dynamic or steady-state condition. By using the multilevel inverter, it can produce a more selection of the voltage vectors. Besides that, it can minimize the torque ripple output as well as increase the efficiency by reducing the switching frequency of the inverter. The simulation model of the proposed method has been developed and tested by using Matlab software. Its improvements were also verified via experimental results.

  11. Guest Editorial Special Issue on Recent Advances and New Directions in Switched Control Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    @@ As guest editors, it is our great honor to bring this special issue of the Journal of Control Theory and Applications devoted to Recent Advances and New Directions in Switched Control Systems. Recently, switched control systems have attracted much attention in the control systems community. Problems in this area are not only academically challenging for the inherent mathematical complexity, but also are derived or motivated from advanced applications in natural sciences, engineering, and social sciences. For survival, natural biological systems switch their survival strategies in accordance with environmental changes. For improved performance, switching has been extensively utilized/exploited in engineering systems such as automotive drive train control, electronic devices, control of power systems, etc.

  12. Adaptive fuzzy backstepping control for a class of switched nonlinear systems with actuator faults

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hou, Yingxue; Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2016-11-01

    This paper investigates the problem of fault-tolerant control (FTC) for a class of switched nonlinear systems. These systems are under arbitrary switchings and are subject to both lock-in-place and loss-of-effectiveness actuator faults. In the control design, fuzzy logic systems are used to identify the unknown switched nonlinear systems. Under the framework of the backstepping control design, FTC, fuzzy adaptive control and common Lyapunov function stability theory, an adaptive fuzzy control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the signals in the closed-loop switched system are semi-globally uniformly ultimately bounded (SGUUB) and the tracking error remains an adjustable neighbourhood of the origin. Two simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  13. Micromagnetic analysis of geometrically controlled current-driven magnetization switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    O. Alejos

    2017-05-01

    Full Text Available The magnetization dynamics induced by current pulses in a pair of two “S-shaped” ferromagnetic elements, each one consisting on two oppositely tilted tapered spikes at the ends of a straight section, is theoretically studied by means of micromagnetic simulations. Our results indicate that the magnetization reversal is triggered by thermal activation, which assists the current-induced domain nucleation and the propagation of domain walls. The detailed analysis of the magnetization dynamics reveals that the magnetization switching is only achieved when a single domain wall is nucleated in the correct corner of the element. In agreement with recent experimental studies, the switching is purely dictated by the shape, being independent of the current polarity. The statistical study points out that successful switching is only achieved within a narrow range of the current pulse amplitudes.

  14. Adaptive switching control of discrete time nonlinear systems based on multiple models

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Rui KAN

    2004-01-01

    We use the approach of "optimal" switching to design the adaptive control because the design among multiple models is intuitively more practically feasible than the traditional adaptive control in improving the performances. We prove that for a typical class of nonlinear systems disturbed by random noise, the multiple model adaptive switching control based on WLS(Weighted Least Squares) or projected-LS (Least Squares) is stable and convergent.

  15. Recent Advances in Optically Controlled Bulk Semiconductor Switches

    Science.gov (United States)

    1985-06-01

    REO!NT AIJifl,NCES IN (FTICALIX ~1Ra.LW IILK SHttiaHlOCIOR swrrams L. Bovino , T. Burke, R. Youmans, M. Weiner, J. Carter U.S. Ar~ Electronics...fabrication of all of our optically activated switches. B.e.fer.enc.es. 1. L. Bovino , R. Youmans, T. Burke, M.Weiner, "Modulator Circuits Using Q...tically Activated Switches", Record of 16th Power Modulator SYJll>o- siurn, pp 235-239, June 1984. 2. M. Weiner, T. Burke, R. Youmans, L. Bovino , J

  16. Robust reliable sampled-data control for switched systems with application to flight control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakthivel, R.; Joby, Maya; Shi, P.; Mathiyalagan, K.

    2016-11-01

    This paper addresses the robust reliable stabilisation problem for a class of uncertain switched systems with random delays and norm bounded uncertainties. The main aim of this paper is to obtain the reliable robust sampled-data control design which involves random time delay with an appropriate gain control matrix for achieving the robust exponential stabilisation for uncertain switched system against actuator failures. In particular, the involved delays are assumed to be randomly time-varying which obeys certain mutually uncorrelated Bernoulli distributed white noise sequences. By constructing an appropriate Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (LKF) and employing an average-dwell time approach, a new set of criteria is derived for ensuring the robust exponential stability of the closed-loop switched system. More precisely, the Schur complement and Jensen's integral inequality are used in derivation of stabilisation criteria. By considering the relationship among the random time-varying delay and its lower and upper bounds, a new set of sufficient condition is established for the existence of reliable robust sampled-data control in terms of solution to linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). Finally, an illustrative example based on the F-18 aircraft model is provided to show the effectiveness of the proposed design procedures.

  17. Fast and controllable switching the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wen, Y.; Feng, Z.; Miao, B. F.; Cao, R. X.; Sun, L.; You, B.; Wu, D.; Zhang, W.; Jiang, Z. S.; Cheng, R.; Ding, H. F.

    2014-12-01

    We report a method to switch both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices in a controlled manner within a nanosecond utilizing micromagnetic simulations. The controllable switching is achieved with the combination of two different types of magnetic field pulses on submicron permalloy disks with heptagonal shape. When a magnetic field pulse of ~100 mT is applied along one of the edge directions of the heptagon, the circulation of the vortex can be manipulated according to the pulse direction. When a pair of pulses with a few tens of mT in magnitude and relative delay of about 100 ps is applied in orthogonal directions, the polarity can be further controlled without influencing the circulation. The different magnitude of switching fields allows for the combination of both types of pulses in the control of both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices. The switching mechanism and the controlling parameters for disks with diameters of 500 and 700 nm are discussed.

  18. Coordination Control of Networked Euler-Lagrange Systems with Possible Switching Topology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    MINHai-Bo; LIUZhi-Guo; LIUYuan; WANGShi-Cheng; YANGYan-Li

    2013-01-01

    This paper studies adaptive coordination control of Euler-Lagrange (EL) systems with unknown parameters in system dynamics and possible switching topology.By introducing a novel adaptive control architecture,decentralized controllers are developed,which allow for parametric uncertainties.Based upon graph theory,Lyapunov theory and switching control theory,the stability of the proposed algorithms are demonstrated.A distinctive feature of this work is to address the coordination control of EL systems with unknown parameters and switching topology in a unified theoretical framework.It is shown that both static and dynamic coordinations can be reached even when the communication is switching.Simulation results are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the obtained results.

  19. Electrophysiological correlates of the cognitive control processes underpinning mixing and switching costs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tarantino, Vincenza; Mazzonetto, Ilaria; Vallesi, Antonino

    2016-09-01

    Typically, in task-switching contexts individuals are slower and less accurate when repeating a task in mixed blocks compared to single-task blocks (mixing cost) and when switching to a new task compared to repeating a previous one (switch cost). Previous research has shown that distinct electrophysiological correlates underlie these two phenomena. However, this evidence is not a consistent result. The goal of this study was to better characterize differences between the control processes involved in mixing and switch costs. To this aim, we examined event-related potentials (ERPs) evoked during a cued task-switching experiment. In order to minimize the confounding effects of cognitive demands unrelated to task-switching, we asked participants to shift between two simple tasks (a letter identity task and a letter position task). The mixing cost was defined, in terms of ERPs, by contrasting repeat and single-task trials, whereas the ERP switch cost was obtained from the comparison of switch and repeat trials. Cue-locked ERPs showed that the mixing cost was mediated by two sustained components, an early posterior positivity and a late anterior negativity. On the other hand, the switch cost was associated with two early phasic positive components, one principally distributed over centro-parietal sites and the other located over left posterior sites. In target-locked ERPs the mixing cost was expressed by a frontal positivity, whereas the switch cost was expressed by a reduced parietal P3b. Overall, the results extend previous findings by providing elucidating ERP evidence on distinct proactive and reactive control processes involved in mixing and switch costs.

  20. Control and switching synchronization of fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique

    KAUST Repository

    Radwan, A.G.

    2013-03-13

    This paper discusses the continuous effect of the fractional order parameter of the Lü system where the system response starts stable, passing by chaotic behavior then reaching periodic response as the fractional-order increases. In addition, this paper presents the concept of synchronization of different fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique. Four different synchronization cases are introduced based on the switching parameters. Also, the static and dynamic synchronizations can be obtained when the switching parameters are functions of time. The nonstandard finite difference method is used for the numerical solution of the fractional order master and slave systems. Many numeric simulations are presented to validate the concept for different fractional order parameters.

  1. Control and switching synchronization of fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.G. Radwan

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper discusses the continuous effect of the fractional order parameter of the Lü system where the system response starts stable, passing by chaotic behavior then reaching periodic response as the fractional-order increases. In addition, this paper presents the concept of synchronization of different fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique. Four different synchronization cases are introduced based on the switching parameters. Also, the static and dynamic synchronizations can be obtained when the switching parameters are functions of time. The nonstandard finite difference method is used for the numerical solution of the fractional order master and slave systems. Many numeric simulations are presented to validate the concept for different fractional order parameters.

  2. Analog self-powered harvester achieving switching pause control to increase harvested energy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Makihara, Kanjuro; Asahina, Kei

    2017-05-01

    In this paper, we propose a self-powered analog controller circuit to increase the efficiency of electrical energy harvesting from vibrational energy using piezoelectric materials. Although the existing synchronized switch harvesting on inductor (SSHI) method is designed to produce efficient harvesting, its switching operation generates a vibration-suppression effect that reduces the harvested levels of electrical energy. To solve this problem, the authors proposed—in a previous paper—a switching method that takes this vibration-suppression effect into account. This method temporarily pauses the switching operation, allowing the recovery of the mechanical displacement and, therefore, of the piezoelectric voltage. In this paper, we propose a self-powered analog circuit to implement this switching control method. Self-powered vibration harvesting is achieved in this study by attaching a newly designed circuit to an existing analog controller for SSHI. This circuit aims to effectively implement the aforementioned new switching control strategy, where switching is paused in some vibration peaks, in order to allow motion recovery and a consequent increase in the harvested energy. Harvesting experiments performed using the proposed circuit reveal that the proposed method can increase the energy stored in the storage capacitor by a factor of 8.5 relative to the conventional SSHI circuit. This proposed technique is useful to increase the harvested energy especially for piezoelectric systems having large coupling factor.

  3. Soft-switching PWM full-bridge converters topologies, control, and design

    CERN Document Server

    Ruan, Xinbo

    2014-01-01

    Soft-switching PWM full-bridge converters have been widely used in medium-to-high power dc-dc conversions for topological simplicity, easy control and high efficiency. Early works on soft-switching PWM full-bridge converter by many researchers included various topologies and modulation strategies.  However, these works were scattered, and the relationship among these topologies and modulation strategies had not been revealed. This book intends to describe systematically the soft-switching techniques for pulse-width modulation (PWM) full-bridge converters, including the topologies, control and

  4. An LMI-based variable structure control for a class of uncertain singular Markov switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    An H-infinifty variable structure control is presented for singular Markov switched systems with mismatched norm-bounded uncertainties and mismatched norm-bounded external disturbances.It iS shown that the sliding mode dynamics on the given switching surface is regular,impulse-free,and stochastically stable and satisfies H-infinity performance.A variable structure controller is designed to guarantee that the system trajectory converges to the linear switching surface in some finite time.Finally,a numencal example is solved to show the effectiveness and validness of the theoretical results.

  5. Controlled switching of single-molecule junctions by mechanical motion of a phenyl ring

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yuya Kitaguchi

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available Mechanical methods for single-molecule control have potential for wide application in nanodevices and machines. Here we demonstrate the operation of a single-molecule switch made functional by the motion of a phenyl ring, analogous to the lever in a conventional toggle switch. The switch can be actuated by dual triggers, either by a voltage pulse or by displacement of the electrode, and electronic manipulation of the ring by chemical substitution enables rational control of the on-state conductance. Owing to its simple mechanics, structural robustness, and chemical accessibility, we propose that phenyl rings are promising components in mechanical molecular devices.

  6. Sensorless speed control of switched reluctance motor using brain emotional learning based intelligent controller

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dehkordi, Behzad Mirzaeian, E-mail: mirzaeian@eng.ui.ac.i [Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, University of Isfahan, Hezar-Jerib St., Postal code 8174673441, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Parsapoor, Amir, E-mail: amirparsapoor@yahoo.co [Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, University of Isfahan, Hezar-Jerib St., Postal code 8174673441, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Moallem, Mehdi, E-mail: moallem@cc.iut.ac.i [Department of Electrical Engineering, Isfahan University of Technology, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Lucas, Caro, E-mail: lucas@ut.ac.i [Centre of Excellence for Control and Intelligent Processing, Electrical and Computer Engineering Faculty, College of Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2011-01-15

    In this paper, a brain emotional learning based intelligent controller (BELBIC) is developed to control the switched reluctance motor (SRM) speed. Like other intelligent controllers, BELBIC is model free and is suitable to control nonlinear systems. Motor parameter changes, operating point changes, measurement noise, open circuit fault in one phase and asymmetric phases in SRM are also simulated to show the robustness and superior performance of BELBIC. To compare the BELBIC performance with other intelligent controllers, Fuzzy Logic Controller (FLC) is developed. System responses with BELBIC and FLC are compared. Furthermore, by eliminating the position sensor, a method is introduced to estimate the rotor position. This method is based on Adaptive Neuro Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS). The estimator inputs are four phase flux linkages. Suggested rotor position estimator is simulated in different conditions. Simulation results confirm the accurate rotor position estimation in different loads and speeds.

  7. Average Consensus Problems in Networks of Agents with Fixed and Switching Topology and Unknown Control Direction

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Caixian Sun

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is devoted to the average consensus problems in directed networks of agents with unknown control direction. In this paper, by using Nussbaum function techniques and Laplacian matrix, novel average consensus protocols are designed for multiagent systems with unknown control direction in the cases of directed networks with fixed and switching topology. In the case of switching topology, the disagreement vector is utilized. Finally, simulation is provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of our results.

  8. H∞ Control Based on LMIs for a Class of Time-delay Switched Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chun-ming LI; Xue-min TIAN

    2010-01-01

    The problem of H∞ stability analysis and control synthesis of switched systems with delayed states under arbitrary switching laws is considered. By means of Lyapunov function and linear matrix inequality tools, sufficient condition of H∞ stability is presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Furthermore, the robust H∞ control synthesis via state feedback and output feedback is studied. Finally, a numerical example is given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  9. Stabilization Control for Linear Switching Stochastic Systems Against Time-Delay in Communication Channel

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dongfang Lv; Shen Cong

    2015-01-01

    The paper is concerned with stabilization problem for a class of stochastic switching systems with time⁃delay in the detection of switching signal. By using binomial model, Poisson process, and Wiener process to describe time⁃delay, switching signal, and exogenous disturbance, respectively, the system under investigation is entirely set in a stochastic framework. The influence of the random time⁃delay is combined into reconstructing the switching signal of overall closed⁃loop system and changes the distribution property of switching points. Therefore, based on the asymptotical behaviors of Poisson processes and Wiener processes, the almost surely exponential stability conditions are established. Furthermore, a design methodology is posed for solving the stabilization control.

  10. An improved switching control law for the optimized synchronous electric charge extraction circuit

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Weiqun; Badel, Adrien; Formosa, Fabien; Liu, Congzhi; Hu, Guangdi

    2015-12-01

    Nonlinear switching interface circuits are considered as an efficient way to improve the performance of vibration energy harvesters. Among the various approaches, OSECE (Optimized Synchronous Electric Charge Extraction) exhibits satisfying properties: simple switching strategy, good performance in low coupling cases and low load dependency. However, the overdamping induced by the voltage inversion at maximal points leads to performance degeneration in high coupling cases. This paper presents an improved switching control law for the OSECE technique. The new OSECE_PT (OSECE with switching Phase Tuning) technique presented here is to let the switches act ahead or after the maximal point with a phase tuning. Theoretical analysis and numerical simulations show that the OSECE_PT technique can improve the power performance effectively and preserves desired load independence properties.

  11. Exponential Stability of Time-Switched Two-Subsystem Nonlinear Systems with Application to Intermittent Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huang Tingwen

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper studies the exponential stability of a class of periodically time-switched nonlinear systems. Three cases of such systems which are composed, respectively, of a pair of unstable subsystems, of both stable and unstable subsystems, and of a pair of stable systems, are considered. For the first case, the proposed result shows that there exists periodically switching rule guaranteeing the exponential stability of the whole system with (sufficient small switching period if there is a Hurwitz linear convex combination of two uncertain linear systems derived from two subsystems by certain linearization. For the second case, we present two general switching criteria by means of multiple and single Lyapunov function, respectively. We also investigate the stability issue of the third case, and the switching criteria of exponential stability are proposed. The present results for the second case are further applied to the periodically intermittent control. Several numerical examples are also given to show the effectiveness of theoretical results.

  12. A concept for semi-active vibration control with a serial-stiffness-switch system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Min, Chaoqing; Dahlmann, Martin; Sattel, Thomas

    2017-09-01

    This work deals with a new semi-active vibration control concept with a serial-stiffness-switch system (SSSS), which can be seen as one and a half degree-of-freedom system. The proposed switched system is mainly composed of two serial elements, each of which consists of one spring and one switch in parallel with each other. This mechanical structure benefits from a specified switching law based on the zero crossing of velocity in order to realize vibration reduction. In contrast with conventional ways, the new system is capable of harvesting vibration energy as potential energy stored in springs, and then applies it to vibration reduction. In this paper, the concept is characterized, simulated, evaluated, and proven to be able to improve the system response. The equivalent stiffness and natural frequency of the switched system are mathematically formulated and verified.

  13. A leaky-integrator model as a control mechanism underlying flexible decision making during task switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mitani, Akinori; Sasaki, Ryo; Oizumi, Masafumi; Uka, Takanori

    2013-01-01

    The ability to switch between tasks is critical for animals to behave according to context. Although the association between the prefrontal cortex and task switching has been well documented, the ultimate modulation of sensory-motor associations has yet to be determined. Here, we modeled the results of a previous study showing that task switching can be accomplished by communication from distinct populations of sensory neurons. We proposed a leaky-integrator model where relevant and irrelevant information were stored separately in two integrators and task switching was achieved by leaking information from the irrelevant integrator. The model successfully explained both the behavioral and neuronal data. Additionally, the leaky-integrator model showed better performance than an alternative model, where irrelevant information was discarded by decreasing the weight on irrelevant information, when animals initially failed to commit to a task. Overall, we propose that flexible switching is, in part, achieved by actively controlling the amount of leak of relevant and irrelevant information.

  14. Electric field-controlled magnetization switching in Co/Pt thin-film ferromagnets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. Siddique

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available A study of dynamic and reversible voltage-controlled magnetization switching in ferromagnetic Co/Pt thin film with perpendicular magnetic anisotropy at room temperature is presented. The change in the magnetic properties of the system is observed in a relatively thick film of 15 nm. A surface charge is induced by the formation of electrochemical double layer between the metallic thin film and non-aqueous lithium LiClO4 electrolyte to manipulate the magnetism. The change in the magnetic properties occurred by the application of an external electric field. As the negative voltage was increased, the coercivity and the switching magnetic field decreased thus activating magnetization switching. The results are envisaged to lead to faster and ultra-low-power magnetization switching as compared to spin-transfer torque (STT switching in spintronic devices.

  15. A low-power circuit for piezoelectric vibration control by synchronized switching on voltage sources

    CERN Document Server

    Shen, Hui; Ji, Hongli; Zhu, Kongjun; Balsi, Marco; Giorgio, Ivan; dell'Isola, Francesco

    2010-01-01

    In the paper, a vibration damping system powered by harvested energy with implementation of the so-called SSDV (synchronized switch damping on voltage source) technique is designed and investigated. In the semi-passive approach, the piezoelectric element is intermittently switched from open-circuit to specific impedance synchronously with the structural vibration. Due to this switching procedure, a phase difference appears between the strain induced by vibration and the resulting voltage, thus creating energy dissipation. By supplying the energy collected from the piezoelectric materials to the switching circuit, a new low-power device using the SSDV technique is proposed. Compared with the original self-powered SSDI (synchronized switch damping on inductor), such a device can significantly improve its performance of vibration control. Its effectiveness in the single-mode resonant damping of a composite beam is validated by the experimental results.

  16. Planar C-Band Antenna with Electronically Controllable Switched Beams

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mariano Barba

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available The design, manufacturing, and measurements of a switchable-beam antenna at 3.5 GHz for WLL or Wimax base station antennas in planar technology are presented. This antenna performs a discrete beam scan of a 60∘ sector in azimuth and can be easily upgraded to 5 or more steps. The switching capabilities have been implemented by the inclusion of phase shifters based on PIN diodes in the feed network following a strategy that allows the reduction of the number of switches compared to a classic design. The measurements show that the design objectives have been achieved and encourage the application of the acquired experience in antennas for space applications, such as X-band SAR and Ku-band DBS.

  17. DNA Origami Rotaxanes: Tailored Synthesis and Controlled Structure Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Powell, John T; Akhuetie-Oni, Benjamin O; Zhang, Zhao; Lin, Chenxiang

    2016-09-12

    Mechanically interlocked supramolecular assemblies are appealing building blocks for creating functional nanodevices. Herein, we describe the multistep assembly of large DNA origami rotaxanes that are capable of programmable structural switching. We validated the topology and structural integrity of these rotaxanes by analyzing the intermediate and final products of various assembly routes by electrophoresis and electron microscopy. We further analyzed two structure-switching behaviors of our rotaxanes, which are both mediated by DNA hybridization. In the first mechanism, the translational motion of the macrocycle can be triggered or halted at either terminus. In the second mechanism, the macrocycle can be elongated after completion of the rotaxane assembly, giving rise to a unique structure that is otherwise difficult to access.

  18. Electro-optical switching by liquid-crystal controlled metasurfaces

    CERN Document Server

    Decker, Manuel; Minovich, Alexander; Staude, Isabelle; Miroshnichenko, Andrey E; Chigrin, Dmitry; Neshev, Dragomir N; Jagadish, Chennupati; Kivshar, Yuri S

    2013-01-01

    We study the optical response of a metamaterial surface created by a lattice of split-ring resonators covered with a nematic liquid crystal and demonstrate millisecond timescale switching between electric and magnetic resonances of the metasurface. This is achieved due to a high sensitivity of liquid-crystal molecular reorientation to the symmetry of the metasurface as well as to the presence of a bias electric field. Our experiments are complemented by numerical simulations of the liquid-crystal reorientation.

  19. A Precise Temperature-Responsive Bistable Switch Controlling Yersinia Virulence

    Science.gov (United States)

    Klein, Johannes; Bücker, René; Herbst, Katharina; Heroven, Ann Kathrin; Pisano, Fabio; Wittmann, Christoph; Münch, Richard; Müller, Johannes; Jahn, Dieter

    2016-01-01

    Different biomolecules have been identified in bacterial pathogens that sense changes in temperature and trigger expression of virulence programs upon host entry. However, the dynamics and quantitative outcome of this response in individual cells of a population, and how this influences pathogenicity are unknown. Here, we address these questions using a thermosensing virulence regulator of an intestinal pathogen (RovA of Yersinia pseudotuberculosis) as a model. We reveal that this regulator is part of a novel thermoresponsive bistable switch, which leads to high- and low-invasive subpopulations within a narrow temperature range. The temperature range in which bistability is observed is defined by the degradation and synthesis rate of the regulator, and is further adjustable via a nutrient-responsive regulator. The thermoresponsive switch is also characterized by a hysteretic behavior in which activation and deactivation occurred on vastly different time scales. Mathematical modeling accurately mirrored the experimental behavior and predicted that the thermoresponsiveness of this sophisticated bistable switch is mainly determined by the thermo-triggered increase of RovA proteolysis. We further observed RovA ON and OFF subpopulations of Y. pseudotuberculosis in the Peyer’s patches and caecum of infected mice, and that changes in the RovA ON/OFF cell ratio reduce tissue colonization and overall virulence. This points to a bet-hedging strategy in which the thermoresponsive bistable switch plays a key role in adapting the bacteria to the fluctuating conditions encountered as they pass through the host’s intestinal epithelium and suggests novel strategies for the development of antimicrobial therapies. PMID:28006011

  20. Investigation of Timing to Switch Control Mode in Powered Knee Prostheses during Task Transitions.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fan Zhang

    Full Text Available Current powered prosthetic legs require switching control modes according to the task the user is performing (e.g. level-ground walking, stair climbing, walking on slopes, etc.. To allow prosthesis users safely and seamlessly transition between tasks, it is critical to determine when to switch the prosthesis control mode during task transitions. Our previous study defined critical timings for different types of task transitions in ambulation; however, it is unknown whether it is the unique timing that allows safe and seamless transitions. The goals of this study were to (1 systematically investigate the effects of mode switch timing on the prosthesis user's performance in task transitions, and (2 identify appropriate timing to switch the prosthesis control mode so that the users can seamlessly transition between different locomotion tasks. Five able-bodied (AB and two transfemoral (TF amputee subjects were tested as they wore a powered knee prosthesis. The prosthesis control mode was switched manually at various times while the subjects performed different types of task transitions. The subjects' task transition performances were evaluated by their walking balance and success in performing seamless task transitions. The results demonstrated that there existed a time window within which switching the prosthesis control mode neither interrupted the subjects' task transitions nor disturbed their walking balance. Therefore, the results suggested the control mode switching of a lower limb prosthesis can be triggered within an appropriate time window instead of a specific timing or an individual phase. In addition, a generalized criterion to determine the appropriate mode switch timing was proposed. The outcomes of this study could provide important guidance for future designs of neurally controlled powered knee prostheses that are safe and reliable to use.

  1. Atomic switch: atom/ion movement controlled devices for beyond von-neumann computers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hasegawa, Tsuyoshi; Terabe, Kazuya; Tsuruoka, Tohru; Aono, Masakazu

    2012-01-10

    An atomic switch is a nanoionic device that controls the diffusion of metal ions/atoms and their reduction/oxidation processes in the switching operation to form/annihilate a conductive path. Since metal atoms can provide a highly conductive channel even if their cluster size is in the nanometer scale, atomic switches may enable downscaling to smaller than the 11 nm technology node, which is a great challenge for semiconductor devices. Atomic switches also possess novel characteristics, such as high on/off ratios, very low power consumption and non-volatility. The unique operating mechanisms of these devices have enabled the development of various types of atomic switch, such as gap-type and gapless-type two-terminal atomic switches and three-terminal atomic switches. Novel functions, such as selective volatile/nonvolatile, synaptic, memristive, and photo-assisted operations have been demonstrated. Such atomic switch characteristics can not only improve the performance of present-day electronic systems, but also enable development of new types of electronic systems, such as beyond von- Neumann computers. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  2. On Optimal Control of Non-Autonomous Switched Systems with a Fixed Mode Sequence

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kamgarpour, Maryam; Tomlin, Claire

    2012-01-01

    We consider differentiability with respect to the switch times of the value function of an optimal control problem for a non-autonomous switched system. The control variables are the switch times between the modes and the input in each mode. We provide a method to compute the derivative of the cost function given a nominal input. Then, we view the optimal control problem as a parametrized optimization problem in which the switch times are the parameters and the optimization is over the set of feasible inputs of each mode. From this point of view, we provide conditions under which the continuity and differentiability of the optimal value function, that is the cost function optimized over the inputs, can be guaranteed.

  3. Observed-Based Adaptive Fuzzy Tracking Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Dead-Zone.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Shaocheng; Sui, Shuai; Li, Yongming

    2015-12-01

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive fuzzy output-feedback control is investigated for a class of uncertain switched nonlinear systems in strict-feedback form. The considered switched systems contain unknown nonlinearities, dead-zone, and immeasurable states. Fuzzy logic systems are utilized to approximate the unknown nonlinear functions, a switched fuzzy state observer is designed and thus the immeasurable states are obtained by it. By applying the adaptive backstepping design principle and the average dwell time method, an adaptive fuzzy output-feedback tracking control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the variables in the closed-loop system are bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, and also that the system output can track a given reference signal as closely as possible. The simulation results are given to check the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  4. Mitigation of Power Quality Issues by Nine Switches UPQC Using PI & ANN with Hysteresis Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    D. Uma Maheswara Rao

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available A nine-switch power converter having two sets of output terminals was recently proposed in place of the traditional back-to-back power converter that uses 12 switches in total. The nine-switch converter has already been proven to have certain advantages, in addition to its component saving topological feature. Despite these advantages, the nine-switch converter has so far found limited applications due to its many perceived performance tradeoffs like requiring an oversized dc-link capacitor, limited amplitude sharing, and constrained phase shift between its two sets of output terminals. Instead of accepting these tradeoffs as limitations, a nine-switch power conditioner is proposed here that virtually ―converts‖ most of these topological short comings into interesting performance advantages. Aiming further to reduce its switching losses, Harmonics, Voltage Sag & Swell an appropriate discontinuous modulation scheme is proposed and studied here in detail to doubly ensure that maximal reduction of commutations is achieved. With an appropriately designed control scheme with PI and ANN with Hysteresis controller then incorporated, the nine-switch converter is shown to favorably raise the overall power quality in Simulation, hence justifying its role as a power conditioner at a reduced cost.

  5. Dynamical model of series-resonant converter with peak capacitor voltage predictor and switching frequency control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pietkiewicz, A.; Tollik, D.; Klaassens, J. B.

    1989-08-01

    A simple small-signal low-frequency model of an idealized series resonant converter employing peak capacitor voltage prediction and switching frequency control is proposed. Two different versions of the model describe all possible conversion modes. It is found that step down modes offer better dynamic characteristics over most important network functions than do the step-up modes. The dynamical model of the series resonant converter with peak capacitor voltage prediction and switching frequency programming is much simpler than such popular control stategies as frequency VCO (voltage controlled oscillators) based control, or diode conduction angle control.

  6. Exciter switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mcpeak, W. L.

    1975-01-01

    A new exciter switch assembly has been installed at the three DSN 64-m deep space stations. This assembly provides for switching Block III and Block IV exciters to either the high-power or 20-kW transmitters in either dual-carrier or single-carrier mode. In the dual-carrier mode, it provides for balancing the two drive signals from a single control panel located in the transmitter local control and remote control consoles. In addition to the improved switching capabilities, extensive monitoring of both the exciter switch assembly and Transmitter Subsystem is provided by the exciter switch monitor and display assemblies.

  7. Optimal control of switched linear systems based on Migrant Particle Swarm Optimization algorithm

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xie, Fuqiang; Wang, Yongji; Zheng, Zongzhun; Li, Chuanfeng

    2009-10-01

    The optimal control problem for switched linear systems with internally forced switching has more constraints than with externally forced switching. Heavy computations and slow convergence in solving this problem is a major obstacle. In this paper we describe a new approach for solving this problem, which is called Migrant Particle Swarm Optimization (Migrant PSO). Imitating the behavior of a flock of migrant birds, the Migrant PSO applies naturally to both continuous and discrete spaces, in which definitive optimization algorithm and stochastic search method are combined. The efficacy of the proposed algorithm is illustrated via a numerical example.

  8. Oxide stoichiometry-controlled TaOx-based resistive switching behaviors

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baek, Gwang Ho; Lee, Ah Rahm; Kim, Tae Yoon; Im, Hyun Sik; Hong, Jin Pyo

    2016-10-01

    We examine the influence of variable oxygen concentration in TaOx active layers on the forming process and bipolar resistive switching (BRS) features of TaOx-based resistive switching cells. TaOx active layers prepared using various rf sputtering powers were systematically analyzed to identify the relation between initial compositions and BRS behavior. Proper control of oxygen vacancy concentration was clearly identified as a basic factor in ensuring typical BRS features without affecting the structural properties. We describe the possible origins of both conduction and switching based on the variation of oxygen concentrations initially provided by the growth conditions.

  9. Distributed Consensus of Nonlinear Multi-Agent Systems on State-Controlled Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kairui Chen

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper considers the consensus problem of nonlinear multi-agent systems under switching directed topologies. Specifically, the dynamics of each agent incorporates an intrinsic nonlinear term and the interaction topology may not contain a spanning tree at any time. By designing a state-controlled switching law, we show that the multi-agent system with the neighbor-based protocol can achieve consensus if the switching topologies jointly contain a spanning tree. Moreover, an easily manageable algebraic criterion is deduced to unravel the underlying mechanisms in reaching consensus. Finally, a numerical example is exploited to illustrate the effectiveness of the developed theoretical results.

  10. Microcontroller based PWM controlled four switch three phase inverter fed induction motor drive

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohanty Kant Nalin

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents PIC microcontroller based PWM inverter controlled four switch three phase inverter (FSTPI fed Induction Motor drive. The advantage of this inverter that uses of 4 switches instead of conventional 6 switches is lesser switching losses, lower electromagnetic interference (EMI, less complexity of control algorithms and reduced interface circuits. Simulation and experimental work are carried out and results presented to demonstrate the feasibility of the proposed approach. Simulation is carried out using MATLAB SIMULINK and in the experimental work a prototype model is built to verify the simulation results. PIC microcontroller (PIC 16F877A is used to generate the PWM pulses for FSTPI to drive the 0.5 hp 3-phase Induction Motor.

  11. Simple Switching Strategy for High-Torque Control Performance utilizing Neutral Point Clamped Multilevel Inverter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nor Faezah Alias

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available Three-level Neutral Point Clamped (NPC inverter allows the configuration of switching devices to operate at high voltage and produce lower current/voltage harmonics. It is known that, DTC of induction machine which employs hysteresis controller has major drawbacks namely larger torque ripple and variable switching frequency. This paper aims to propose a suitable voltage vector selection to provide better torque regulation and lower switching frequency by employing DTC with 3-level NPC multilevel inverter. A simple switching strategy was formulated using 7-level torque hysteresis and 2-level flux hysteresis controllers to give more options in selecting an appropriate voltage vector, inherently, according the motor operation conditions. The improvements offered were verified through simulations.

  12. Control and switching of first hyperpolarizability by pH

    Science.gov (United States)

    Asselberghs, Inge; Hennrich, Gunther; Coe, Benjamin J.; Koen, Clays

    2006-08-01

    Modulating the electronic, magnetic and optical properties at the molecular level using an external trigger has been extended to the field of nonlinear optics. The switching molecule is designed to have a complexation site or a redox active unit which can guarantee electronic communication over the whole conjugated system. The alteration of the nonlinear property is then induced by the modulation of the internal charge-transfer due to the response of the molecule to the external stimulus. This can be achieved by cation binding, protonation/deprotonation or electrochemically.

  13. Cross-Platform Android/iOS-Based Smart Switch Control Middleware in a Digital Home

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Guo Jie

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available With technological and economic development, people’s lives have been improved substantially, especially their home environments. One of the key aspects of these improvements is home intellectualization, whose core is the smart home control system. Furthermore, as smart phones have become increasingly popular, we can use them to control the home system through Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GSM. This means that control with phones is more convenient and fast and now becomes the primary terminal controller in the smart home. In this paper, we propose middleware for developing a cross-platform Android/iOS-based solution for smart switch control software, focus on the Wi-Fi based communication protocols between the cellphone and the smart switch, achieved a plugin-based smart switch function, defined and implemented the JavaScript interface, and then implemented the cross-platform Android/iOS-based smart switch control software; also the scenarios are illustrated. Finally, tests were performed after the completed realization of the smart switch control system.

  14. The design of predictive control with characterized set of initial condition for constrained switched nonlinear system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU BaiLi; LI ShaoYuan; ZHU QuanMin

    2009-01-01

    Stabilization of the constrained switched nonlinear systems is an attractive research subject. Predictive control can handle variable constraints well and make the system stable. Its stability is typically based on an assumption of initial feasibility of the optimization problem; however the set of initial conditions, starting from where a given predictive formulation is guaranteed to be feasible, is not explicitly char-acterized. In this paper, a hybrid predictive control method is proposed for a class of switched nonlin-ear systems with input constraints and un-measurable states. The main idea is to design a mixed con-troller using Lyapunov functions and a state observer, which switches appropriately between a bounded feedback controller and a predictive controller, and to give an explicitly characterized set of initial conditions to stabilize each closed-loop subsystem. For the whole switched nonlinear system, a suitable switched law based on the state estimation is designed to orchestrate the transitions between the consistituent modes and their respective controllers, and to ensure the whole closed-loop system's stability. The simulation results for a chemical process show the validity of the controller proposed in this paper.

  15. The design of predictive control with characterized set of initial condition for constrained switched nonlinear system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2009-01-01

    Stabilization of the constrained switched nonlinear systems is an attractive research subject. Predictive control can handle variable constraints well and make the system stable. Its stability is typically based on an assumption of initial feasibility of the optimization problem; however the set of initial conditions, starting from where a given predictive formulation is guaranteed to be feasible, is not explicitly characterized. In this paper, a hybrid predictive control method is proposed for a class of switched nonlinear systems with input constraints and un-measurable states. The main idea is to design a mixed controller using Lyapunov functions and a state observer, which switches appropriately between a bounded feedback controller and a predictive controller, and to give an explicitly characterized set of initial conditions to stabilize each closed-loop subsystem. For the whole switched nonlinear system, a suitable switched law based on the state estimation is designed to orchestrate the transitions between the consistituent modes and their respective controllers, and to ensure the whole closed-loop system’s stability. The simulation results for a chemical process show the validity of the controller proposed in this paper.

  16. Implementation of a terminal switching network supervisor: SAURON, an interactive extension of PACX IV control techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vahle, M O; Tolendino, L F

    1982-04-01

    The rapidly growing number of interactive terminals at Sandia National Laboratories which compete for a limited number of computer ports has given rise to the development of a Terminal Switching Network. This paper describes a minicomputer-based supervisory node which interacts with the switches comprising the network and the operators. The supervisor amplifies the control capabilities of the operators, provides a realtime display of the system status, and records usage statistics.

  17. Effects of Direct Torque Control Switching Strategies on Common Voltage and Bearing Current

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohammad Taghi Sadeghzadeh

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available Bearing current sininduction motorsare considered a sone of the most damaging factors. Induced shaft voltage through the parasitic capacitors cause this type of current. Inthispaper,given the increasing importance of direct torque control of induction motorin industry, various switching tables are assessed in order to ensure the lowest common voltage while maintaining the performance characteristics of the drive. Finally best switching table based on the minimum CMV, less torque rippleand better quality out put reference tracking is proposed.

  18. Adaptive memory in multi-model switching control of uncertain plants

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2014-01-01

    This paper describes some recent results in multi-model switching control. The scheme here considered embeds a finite family of pre-designed controllers and a high-level unit which selects, at each instant of time, the candidate controller to be placed in feedback to the uncertain plant. The study c

  19. CONTROL OPTIMIZATION FOR ASYNCHRONIZED SWITCHED MOTOR OF MINE HOIST PLANT USING BELLMAN – LYAPUNOV METHOD

    OpenAIRE

    Toropov, A. V.; Toropova, L.V.

    2014-01-01

    Тhe problem of synthesis of nonlinear speed controller asynchronized switched motor is considered. To find the optimal control law by, the method of Bellman - Lyapunov by concept of "immersion" is used. Modeling and comparative analysis of the system with the standard PI - controller, as well as the synthesized regulators are made

  20. Adaptive Output-Feedback Neural Control of Switched Uncertain Nonlinear Systems With Average Dwell Time.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2015-07-01

    This paper investigates the problem of adaptive neural tracking control via output-feedback for a class of switched uncertain nonlinear systems without the measurements of the system states. The unknown control signals are approximated directly by neural networks. A novel adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is set up by exploiting the average dwell time method and backstepping. A switched filter and different update laws are designed to reduce the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer and a common update law for all subsystems. The proposed controllers of subsystems guarantee that all closed-loop signals remain bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, while the output tracking error converges to a small neighborhood of the origin. As an application of the proposed design method, adaptive output feedback neural tracking controllers for a mass-spring-damper system are constructed.

  1. Design and Analysis of a Proposed Timer Controller with Constant Switching Frequency Boost PFC Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mr. D. Lenine

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available The Proposal of this paper is to introduce a new control technique for power factor correction in ac-dc converters. The increasing of non linear loads such as thyristor rectifiers, switching-mode power supplies and adjustable speed drives, generate harmonic currents causing various problems to the other equipment connected to the point of common coupling. There is a disadvantage in the existing PFC control implementation based on conventional hysteresis current control is variable switching frequency. The proposed control technique, it combines the advantages of conventional hysteresis control strategy and the prominent characteristics of constant switching frequency. The fundamental idea consists in determining the ideal time period that exists between the moment when the input current crosses with the reference current and the converter commutation. Thus the input current can oscillate around the reference current with constant frequency of operation. The principal of operation, theoretical analysis, simulation results on a single phase boost converter are presented.

  2. Hybrid Switching Controller Design for the Maneuvering and Transit of a Training Ship

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tomera Mirosław

    2017-03-01

    Full Text Available The paper presents the design of a hybrid controller used to control the movement of a ship in different operating modes, thereby improving the performance of basic maneuvers. This task requires integrating several operating modes, such as maneuvering the ship at low speeds, steering the ship at different speeds in the course or along the trajectory, and stopping the ship on the route. These modes are executed by five component controllers switched on and off by the supervisor depending on the type of operation performed. The desired route, containing the coordinates of waypoints and tasks performed along consecutive segments of the reference trajectory, is obtained by the supervisory system from the system operator. The former supports switching between component controllers and provides them with new set-points after each change in the reference trajectory segment, thereby ensuring stable operation of the entire hybrid switching controller.

  3. Harnessing the polariton drag effect to design an electrically controlled optical switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Berman, Oleg L; Kezerashvili, Roman Ya; Kolmakov, German V

    2014-10-28

    We propose a design of a Y-shaped electrically controlled optical switch based on the studies of propagation of an exciton-polariton condensate in a patterned optical microcavity with an embedded quantum well. The polaritons are driven by a time-independent force due to the microcavity wedge shape and by a time-dependent drag force owing to the interaction of excitons in a quantum well and the electric current running in a neighboring quantum well. It is demonstrated that by applying the drag force one can direct more than 90% of the polariton flow toward the desired branch of the switch with no hysteresis. By considering the transient dynamics of the polariton condensate, we estimate the response speed of the switch as 9.1 GHz. We also propose a design of the polariton switch in a flat microcavity based on the geometrically identical Y-shaped quantum wells where the polariton flow is only induced by the drag force. The latter setup enables one to design a multiway switch that can act as an electrically controlled optical transistor with on and off functions. Finally, we performed the simulations for a microcavity with an embedded gapped graphene layer and demonstrated that in this case the response speed of the switch can be increased up to 14 GHz for the same switch size. The simulations also show that the energy gap in the quasiparticle spectrum in graphene can be utilized as an additional parameter that controls the propagation of the signals in the switch.

  4. A systematic method of smooth switching LPV controllers design for a morphing aircraft

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jiang Weilai

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with a systematic method of smooth switching linear parameter-varying (LPV controllers design for a morphing aircraft with a variable wing sweep angle. The morphing aircraft is modeled as an LPV system, whose scheduling parameter is the variation rate of the wing sweep angle. By dividing the scheduling parameter set into subsets with overlaps, output feedback controllers which consider smooth switching are designed and the controllers in overlapped subsets are interpolated from two adjacent subsets. A switching law without constraint on the average dwell time is obtained which makes the conclusion less conservative. Furthermore, a systematic algorithm is developed to improve the efficiency of the controllers design process. The parameter set is divided into the fewest subsets on the premise that the closed-loop system has a desired performance. Simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach.

  5. A systematic method of smooth switching LPV controllers design for a morphing aircraft

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiang Weilai a; Dong Chaoyang a; Wang Qing b

    2015-01-01

    This paper is concerned with a systematic method of smooth switching linear parameter-varying (LPV) controllers design for a morphing aircraft with a variable wing sweep angle. The morphing aircraft is modeled as an LPV system, whose scheduling parameter is the variation rate of the wing sweep angle. By dividing the scheduling parameter set into subsets with overlaps, output feedback controllers which consider smooth switching are designed and the controllers in over-lapped subsets are interpolated from two adjacent subsets. A switching law without constraint on the average dwell time is obtained which makes the conclusion less conservative. Furthermore, a systematic algorithm is developed to improve the efficiency of the controllers design process. The parameter set is divided into the fewest subsets on the premise that the closed-loop system has a desired performance. Simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach.

  6. Robust control of uncertain nonlinear switched genetic regulatory networks with time delays: A redesign approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moradi, Hojjatullah; Majd, Vahid Johari

    2016-05-01

    In this paper, the problem of robust stability of nonlinear genetic regulatory networks (GRNs) is investigated. The developed method is an integral sliding mode control based redesign for a class of perturbed dissipative switched GRNs with time delays. The control law is redesigned by modifying the dissipativity-based control law that was designed for the unperturbed GRNs with time delays. The switched GRNs are switched from one mode to another based on time, state, etc. Although, the active subsystem is known in any instance, but the switching law and the transition probabilities are not known. The model for each mode is considered affine with matched and unmatched perturbations. The redesigned control law forces the GRN to always remain on the sliding surface and the dissipativity is maintained from the initial time in the presence of the norm-bounded perturbations. The global stability of the perturbed GRNs is maintained if the unperturbed model is globally dissipative. The designed control law for the perturbed GRNs guarantees robust exponential or asymptotic stability of the closed-loop network depending on the type of stability of the unperturbed model. The results are applied to a nonlinear switched GRN, and its convergence to the origin is verified by simulation.

  7. Research on Adaptive Dual-Mode Switch Control Strategy for Vehicle Maglev Flywheel Battery

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hui Gao

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Because of the jamming signal is real-time changeable and control algorithm cannot timely tracking control flywheel rotor, this paper takes vehicle maglev flywheel battery as the research object. One kind of dual-model control strategy is developed based on the analysis of the vibration response impact of the flywheel battery control system. In view of the complex foundation vibration problems of electric vehicles, the nonlinear dynamic simulation model of vehicle maglev flywheel battery is solved. Through analyzing the nonlinear vibration response characteristics, one kind of dual-mode adaptive hybrid control strategy based on H∞ control and unbalance displacement feed-forward compensation control is presented and a real-time switch controller is designed. The reliable hybrid control is implemented, and the stability in the process of real-time switch is solved. The results of this project can provide important basic theory support for the research of vehicle maglev flywheel battery control system.

  8. High Voltage, Fast-Switching Module for Active Control of Magnetic Fields and Edge Plasma Currents

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ziemba, Timothy; Miller, Kenneth; Prager, James; Slobodov, Ilia

    2016-10-01

    Fast, reliable, real-time control of plasma is critical to the success of magnetic fusion science. High voltage and current supplies are needed to mitigate instabilities in all experiments as well as disruption events in large scale tokamaks for steady-state operation. Silicon carbide (SiC) MOSFETs offer many advantages over IGBTs including lower drive energy requirements, lower conduction and switching losses, and higher switching frequency capabilities; however, these devices are limited to 1.2-1.7 kV devices. As fusion enters the long-pulse and burning plasma eras, efficiency of power switching will be important. Eagle Harbor Technologies (EHT), Inc. developing a high voltage SiC MOSFET module that operates at 10 kV. This switch module utilizes EHT gate drive technology, which has demonstrated the ability to increase SiC MOSFET switching efficiency. The module will allow more rapid development of high voltage switching power supplies at lower cost necessary for the next generation of fast plasma feedback and control. EHT is partnering with the High Beta Tokamak group at Columbia to develop detailed high voltage module specifications, to ensure that the final product meets the needs of the fusion science community.

  9. Model-Free Adaptive Switching Control of Time-Varying Plants

    OpenAIRE

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Hespanha, João P.; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain time-varying plant by means of a finite family of candidate controllers supervised by an appropriate switching logic. It is assumed that, at every time, the plant consists of an uncertain single-input/single output linear system. It is shown that stability of the switched closed-loop system can be ensured provided that 1) at every time there is at least one candidate controller capable of potentially stabilizing the current time-inv...

  10. Dynamic Output Feedback Passive Control of Uncertain Switched Stochastic Systems with Time-Varying Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huimei Jia

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the issues of passivity analysis and dynamic output feedback (DOF passive control for uncertain switched stochastic systems with time-varying delay via multiple storage functions (MSFs method. Firstly, based on the MSFs method, a sufficient condition for the existence of the passivity of the underlying system is established in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Furthermore, the problem of dynamic output feedback passive control is investigated. Based on the obtained passivity condition, a sufficient condition for the existence of the desired switched passive controller is derived. Finally, a numerical example is presented to show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  11. Hybrid model predictive control applied to switching control of burner load for a compact marine boiler design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Solberg, Brian; Andersen, Palle; Maciejowski, Jan

    2008-01-01

    This paper discusses the application of hybrid model predictive control to control switching between different burner modes in a novel compact marine boiler design. A further purpose of the present work is to point out problems with finite horizon model predictive control applied to systems for w...

  12. Will seizure control improve by switching from the modified Atkins diet to the traditional ketogenic diet?

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kossoff, Eric H; Bosarge, Jennifer L; Miranda, Maria J

    2010-01-01

    It has been reported that children can maintain seizure control when the ketogenic diet (KD) is transitioned to the less-restrictive modified Atkins diet (MAD). What is unknown, however, is the likelihood of additional seizure control from a switch from the MAD to the KD. Retrospective informatio...

  13. Model-Free Adaptive Switching Control of Time-Varying Plants

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Hespanha, João P.; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain time-varying plant by means of a finite family of candidate controllers supervised by an appropriate switching logic. It is assumed that, at every time, the plant consists of an uncertain single-input/single output linear system. It is sho

  14. Event-triggered Dynamic Output Feedback Control for Switched Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Qi, Yiwen; Cao, Ming

    2016-01-01

    Switched linear systems and their control have been an active research field in the past two decades; however, no systematic results have been reported in the literature on how such systems behave when event-triggered control is introduced. While the potential advantage of introducing event-triggere

  15. Constant Switching Frequency Self-Oscillating Controlled Class-D Amplifiers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nguyen-Duy, Khiem; Knott, Arnold; Andersen, Michael A. E.

    2014-01-01

    The self-oscillating control approach has been used extensively in class-D amplifiers. It has several advantages such as high bandwidth and high audio performance. However, one of the primary disadvantages in a self-oscillating controlled system is that the switching frequency of the amplifier...

  16. Viewing angle switching of liquid crystal display using fringe-field switching to control off-axis phase retardation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lim, Young Jin; Kim, Jin Ho; Her, Jung Hwa; Lee, Seung Hee [Polymer BIN Fusion Research Center, Department of Polymer Nano-Science and Technology, Chonbuk National University, Chonju, Chonbuk 561-756 (Korea, Republic of); Park, Kyoung Ho; Lee, Joun Ho; Kim, Byeong Koo [Mobile Product Development Department, LG Display Company, Ltd, Gumi, Gyungbuk 730-350 (Korea, Republic of); Kang, Wan-Seok; Lee, Gi-Dong, E-mail: gdlee@dau.ac.k, E-mail: lsh1@chonbuk.ac.k [Department of Electronics Engineering, Dong-A University, Pusan 604-714 (Korea, Republic of)

    2010-03-03

    A viewing angle switchable liquid crystal display associated with fringe-field switching mode is proposed. In the device, one pixel is composed of a main pixel and a sub-pixel, in which both pixels are formed to generate a fringe electric field. However, the field directions are different from each other so that in the main pixel, the fringe field rotates the liquid crystal for displaying the main image, whereas it controls only the tilt angle of the liquid crystal without rotating in the sub-pixel region. In this way, phase retardation to cause leakage of light at the off-normal axis can be generated in the sub-pixel, and by utilizing the light, the main displayed image in the normal direction can be blocked in the oblique viewing direction.

  17. Adaptive Fuzzy Output Feedback Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unmodeled Dynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2017-02-01

    This paper investigates a robust adaptive fuzzy control stabilization problem for a class of uncertain nonlinear systems with arbitrary switching signals that use an observer-based output feedback scheme. The considered switched nonlinear systems possess the unstructured uncertainties, unmodeled dynamics, and without requiring the states being available for measurement. A state observer which is independent of switching signals is designed to solve the problem of unmeasured states. Fuzzy logic systems are used to identify unknown lumped nonlinear functions so that the problem of unstructured uncertainties can be solved. By combining adaptive backstepping design principle and small-gain approach, a novel robust adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization control approach is developed. The stability of the closed-loop system is proved via the common Lyapunov function theory and small-gain theorem. Finally, the simulation results are given to demonstrate the validity and performance of the proposed control strategy.

  18. Simulation and stability analysis of neural network based control scheme for switched linear systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Singh, H P; Sukavanam, N

    2012-01-01

    This paper proposes a new adaptive neural network based control scheme for switched linear systems with parametric uncertainty and external disturbance. A key feature of this scheme is that the prior information of the possible upper bound of the uncertainty is not required. A feedforward neural network is employed to learn this upper bound. The adaptive learning algorithm is derived from Lyapunov stability analysis so that the system response under arbitrary switching laws is guaranteed uniformly ultimately bounded. A comparative simulation study with robust controller given in [Zhang L, Lu Y, Chen Y, Mastorakis NE. Robust uniformly ultimate boundedness control for uncertain switched linear systems. Computers and Mathematics with Applications 2008; 56: 1709-14] is presented.

  19. Design and real time implementation of fuzzy switched controller for single phase active power filter.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Afghoul, Hamza; Krim, Fateh; Chikouche, Djamel; Beddar, Antar

    2015-09-01

    This paper proposes a novel fuzzy switched controller (FSC) integrated in direct current control (DCC) algorithm for single phase active power filter (SPAPF). The controller under study consists of conventional PI controller, fractional order PI controller (FO-PI) and fuzzy decision maker (FDM) that switches between them using reduced fuzzy logic control. The proposed controller offers short response time with low damping and deals efficiently with the external disturbances while preserving the robustness properties. To fulfill the requirements of power quality, unity power factor and harmonics limitations in active power filtering an experimental test bench has been built using dSPACE 1104 to demonstrate the feasibility and effectiveness of the proposed controller. The obtained results present high performance in steady and transient states. Copyright © 2015 ISA. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Control Method for Unified Power Quality Conditioner Using Fuzzy Based Nine-Switch Power Conditioner

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K.Gowthami

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available A nine-switch power converter having two sets of out-put terminals was recently proposed in place of the traditional back-to-back power converter that uses 12 switches in total. The nine-switch converter has already been proven to have certain advantages, in addition to its component saving topological feature. Despite these advantages, the nine-switch converter has so far found limited applications due to its many perceived performance tradeoffs like requiring an oversized dc-link capacitor, limited amplitude sharing, and constrained phase shift between its two sets of output terminals. Instead of accepting these tradeoffs as limitations, a nineswitch power conditioner is proposed here that virtually “converts” most of these topological short comings into interesting performance advantages. Aiming further to reduce its switching losses, an appropriate discontinuous modulation scheme is proposed and studied here in detail to doubly ensure that maxi-mal reduction of commutations is achieved. With an appropriately designed control scheme then incorporated, the nine-switch converter is shown to favorably raise the overall power quality in experiment, hence justifying its role as a power conditioner at a reduced semiconductor cost.

  1. A Novel Control Method for Unified Power Quality Conditioner Using Nine-Switch Power Conditioner

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    B.Narendra,

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available A nine-switch power converter having two sets of out-put terminals was recently proposed in place of the traditional back-to-back power converter that uses 12 switches in total. The nine-switch converter has already been proven to have certain advantages, in addition to its component saving topological feature. Despite these advantages, the nine-switch converter has so far found limited applications due to its many perceived performance tradeoffs like requiring an oversized dc-link capacitor, limited amplitude sharing, and constrained phase shift between its two sets of output terminals. Instead of accepting these tradeoffs as limitations, a nineswitch power conditioner is proposed here that virtually “converts” most of these topological short comings into interesting performance advantages. Aiming further to reduce its switching losses, an appropriate discontinuous modulation scheme is proposed and studied here in detail to doubly ensure that maxi-mal reduction of commutations is achieved. With an appropriately designed control scheme then incorporated, the nine-switch converter is shown to favorably raise the overall power quality in experiment, hence justifying its role as a power conditioner at a reduced semiconductor cost.

  2. Two TPX2-dependent switches control the activity of Aurora A.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xue Xu

    Full Text Available Aurora A is an important oncogenic kinase for mitotic spindle assembly and a potentially attractive target for human cancers. Its activation could be regulated by ATP cycle and its activator TPX2. To understand the activation mechanism of Aurora A, a series of 20 ns molecular dynamics (MD simulations were performed on both the wild-type kinase and its mutants. Analyzing the three dynamic trajectories (Aurora A-ATP, Aurora A-ADP, and Aurora A-ADP-TPX2 at the residue level, for the first time we find two TPX2-dependent switches, i.e., switch-1 (Lys-143 and switch-2 (Arg-180, which are tightly associated with Aurora A activation. In the absence of TPX2, Lys-143 exhibits a "closed" state, and becomes hydrogen-bonded to ADP. Once TPX2 binding occurs, switch-1 is forced to "open" the binding site, thus pulling ADP away from Aurora A. Without facilitation of TPX2, switch-2 exits in an "open" conformation which accompanies the outward-flipping movement of P·Thr288 (in an inactive conformation, leading to the crucial phosphothreonine exposed and accessible for deactivation. However, with the binding of TPX2, switch-2 is forced to undergo a "closed" movement, thus capturing P·Thr288 into a buried position and locking its active conformation. Analysis of two Aurora A (K143A and R180A mutants for the two switches further verifies their functionality and reliability in controlling Aurora activity. Our systems therefore suggest two switches determining Aurora A activation, which are important for the development of aurora kinase inhibitors.

  3. Control over variability in nonvolatile hafnium-oxide resistive-switching memory based on modeling of the switching processes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Butcher, Brian Jerad

    Resistive random access memory (ReRAM) technology presents an attractive option for embedded non-volatile (NV) memory systems if its variability (cycle-to-cycle and device-to-device) can be controlled. This dissertation has focused on investigations to identify key mechanisms and parameters which dominate ReRAM variability, and the development of subsequent experimental and simulation-based tools to address this variability. The first component of these efforts entailed identification of the modern-day non-volatile memory technological gaps that have driven the operational requirements and challenges for resistive memory as an emerging NV memory. Initial research confirmed the critical requirement of a sub-stoichiometric (HfO2-x) dielectric regarding the enablement of stable switching and suggested a defect-driven mechanism, which is discussed in detail. Preliminary experimental work was focused on the fabrication of a durable current-limiting (1T1R) testing structure; which was utilized to enable ReRAM device characterization, reduce unwanted parasitic capacitances, and overshoot-current. Initial electrical and physical characterization confirmed a filamentary based (defect-driven) mechanism based on ReRAM scalability-trends (in device sizes ranging from 50x50nm2 to 7x7microm2). Physical analysis (AFM, TEM and EELS) verified a `dominant-filament mechanism' in transmission-metal-oxide (specifically HfO2-x) based ReRAM. A novel characterization and analysis protocol for key electrical parameters affecting filament formation for HfO2-x-based ReRAMs was developed, focusing on the roles of current, voltage, and temperature. This protocol included characterization of the high-resistive-state (HRS) dependence on the maximum FORMING current (seen during 1st RESET Imax) and the characterization of low-power endurance. This characterization protocol was employed to investigate and develop an approach for ReRAM filament formation at elevated temperatures (hot FORMING) to

  4. Reactive control processes contributing to residual switch cost and mixing cost across the adult lifespan.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Whitson, Lisa R; Karayanidis, Frini; Fulham, Ross; Provost, Alexander; Michie, Patricia T; Heathcote, Andrew; Hsieh, Shulan

    2014-01-01

    In task-switching paradigms, performance is better when repeating the same task than when alternating between tasks (switch cost) and when repeating a task alone rather than intermixed with another task (mixing cost). These costs remain even after extensive practice and when task cues enable advanced preparation (residual costs). Moreover, residual reaction time mixing cost has been consistently shown to increase with age. Residual switch and mixing costs modulate the amplitude of the stimulus-locked P3b. This mixing effect is disproportionately larger in older adults who also prepare more for and respond more cautiously on these "mixed" repeat trials (Karayanidis et al., 2011). In this paper, we analyze stimulus-locked and response-locked P3 and lateralized readiness potentials to identify whether residual switch and mixing cost arise from the need to control interference at the level of stimulus processing or response processing. Residual mixing cost was associated with control of stimulus-level interference, whereas residual switch cost was also associated with a delay in response selection. In older adults, the disproportionate increase in mixing cost was associated with greater interference at the level of decision-response mapping and response programming for repeat trials in mixed-task blocks. These findings suggest that older adults strategically recruit greater proactive and reactive control to overcome increased susceptibility to post-stimulus interference. This interpretation is consistent with recruitment of compensatory strategies to compensate for reduced repetition benefit rather than an overall decline on cognitive flexibility.

  5. Effects of state anxiety on performance using a task-switching paradigm: an investigation of attentional control theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Derakshan, Nazanin; Smyth, Sinéad; Eysenck, Michael W

    2009-12-01

    Low- and high-anxious participants performed arithmetical tasks under task-switching or nontask-switching conditions. These tasks were low or high in complexity. The task on each trial was either explicitly cued or not cued. We assumed that demands on attentional control would be greater in the task-switching condition than in the nontask-switching condition, and would be greater with high-complexity tasks than with low-complexity ones. We also assumed that demands on attentional control would be greater when cues were absent rather than present. According to attentional control theory (Eysenck, Derakshan, Santos, & Calvo, 2007), anxiety impairs attentional control processes required to shift attention optimally within and between tasks. We predicted that there would be greater negative effects of high state anxiety in the task-switching condition than in the nontask-switching condition. Our theoretical predictions were supported, suggesting that state anxiety reduces attentional control.

  6. Design of a switching controller for nonlinear systems with unknown parameters based on a fuzzy logic approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lam, H K; Leung, F H F; Lee, Y S

    2004-04-01

    This paper deals with nonlinear plants subject to unknown parameters. A fuzzy model is first used to represent the plant. An equivalent switching plant model is then derived, which supports the design of a switching controller. It will be shown that the closed-loop system formed by the plant and the switching controller is a linear system. Hence, the system performance of the closed-loop system can be designed. An application example on controlling a two-inverted pendulum system on a cart will be given to illustrate the design procedure of the proposed switching controller.

  7. Temperature Control of Gas Chromatograph Based on Switched Delayed System Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiao-Liang Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available We address the temperature control problem of the gas chromatograph. We model the temperature control system of the gas chromatograph into a switched delayed system and analyze the stability by common Lyapunov functional technique. The PI controller parameters can be given based on the proposed linear matrix inequalities (LMIs condition and the designed controller can make the temperature of gas chromatograph track the reference signal asymptotically. An experiment is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the stability criterion.

  8. Digital control of high-frequency switched-mode power converters

    CERN Document Server

    Corradini, Luca; Mattavelli, Paolo; Zane, Regan

    This book is focused on the fundamental aspects of analysis, modeling and design of digital control loops around high-frequency switched-mode power converters in a systematic and rigorous manner Comprehensive treatment of digital control theory for power converters Verilog and VHDL sample codes are provided Enables readers to successfully analyze, model, design, and implement voltage, current, or multi-loop digital feedback loops around switched-mode power converters Practical examples are used throughout the book to illustrate applications of the techniques developed Matlab examples are also

  9. Formation Control for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles with Directed and Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yahui Qi

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Formation control problems for unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV swarm systems with directed and switching topologies are investigated. A general formation control protocol is proposed firstly. Then, by variable transformation, the formation problem is transformed into a consensus problem, which can be solved by a novel matrix decomposition method. Sufficient conditions to achieve formation with directed and switching topologies are provided and an explicit expression of the formation reference function is given. Furthermore, an algorithm to design the gain matrices of the protocol is presented. Finally, numerical simulations are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the theoretical results.

  10. Multi-model unfalsified adaptive switching supervisory control

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, Simone; Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2010-01-01

    The paper studies how on-line inferring stability of a potential control-loop consisting of an uncertain plant interconnected in feedback with a candidate controller using plant I/O pairs recorded while the plant is possibly driven by a different controller. In such a context, a convenient tool to w

  11. Global power system control using generator excitation, PSS, FACTS devices and capacitor switching

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Leung, Joseph S.K. [Hong Kong City Univ., Dept. of Electronic Engineering, Kowloon, Hong Kong (China); Hill, David J. [Australian National Univ., Dept. of Information Engineering, Canberra, ACT (Australia); Yixin Ni [Hong Kong Univ., Dept. of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Hong Kong (China)

    2005-07-01

    A novel power system control scheme is developed in this paper using a framework for coordinating dissimilar controllers at different locations. The control actions are formulated in the so-called global controller as a set of local controllers, namely the generator excitation controller, power system stabilizer (PSS), unified power flow controller (UPFC) and capacitor switching, which are coordinated to maintain transient angle stability, transient voltage stability and damping of long-term inter-area oscillations following a disturbance. The proposed coordinated control scheme is tested on a nine-bus example system. (Author)

  12. Output Regulation in Discrete-Time Switched Bimodal Systems Based on Youla Parameterized Stabilizing Controllers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhizheng Wu

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Motivated by a class of contact vibration control problems in mechanical systems, this paper considers a regulation problem for discrete-time switched bimodal linear systems where it is desired to achieve output regulation against partially known deterministic and unknown random exogenous signals. First, a set of observer-based Youla parameterized stabilizing controllers is constructed, based on which the regulation conditions for the switched system against the deterministic signals along with an H2 performance constraint against the unknown random signals are derived. Then a corresponding regulator synthesis algorithm is developed based on solving properly formulated linear matrix inequalities. The proposed regulator is successfully evaluated on an experimental setup involving a switched bimodal mechanical system subject to contact vibrations, hence, demonstrating the effectiveness of the proposed regulation approach.

  13. A novel adaptive switching function on fault tolerable sliding mode control for uncertain stochastic systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zahiripour, Seyed Ali; Jalali, Ali Akbar

    2014-09-01

    A novel switching function based on an optimization strategy for the sliding mode control (SMC) method has been provided for uncertain stochastic systems subject to actuator degradation such that the closed-loop system is globally asymptotically stable with probability one. In the previous researches the focus on sliding surface has been on proportional or proportional-integral function of states. In this research, from a degree of freedom that depends on designer choice is used to meet certain objectives. In the design of the switching function, there is a parameter which the designer can regulate for specified objectives. A sliding-mode controller is synthesized to ensure the reachability of the specified switching surface, despite actuator degradation and uncertainties. Finally, the simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  14. Extending mode switching to multiple degrees of freedom in hand prosthesis control is not efficient.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Amsuess, Sebastian; Goebel, Peter; Graimann, Bernhard; Farina, Dario

    2014-01-01

    In recent years, many sophisticated control strategies for multifunctional dexterous hand prostheses have been developed. It was indeed assumed that control mechanisms based on switching between degrees of freedom, which are in use since the 1960's, could not be extended to efficient control of more than two degrees of freedom. However, quantitative proof for this assumption has not been shown. In this study, we adopted the mode switching paradigm available in commercial prostheses for two degree of freedom control and we extended it for the control of seven functions (3.5 degrees of freedom) in a modern robotic hand. We compared the controllability of this scaled version of the standard method to a state of the art pattern recognition based control in an applied online study. The aim was to quantify whether multi-functional prosthetic control with mode switching outperformed pattern recognition in the control of a real prosthetic hand for daily life activities online. Although in simple grasp-release tasks the conventional method performed best, tasks requiring more complex control of multiple degrees of freedom required a more intuitive control method, such as pattern recognition, for achieving high performance.

  15. Can task-switching training enhance executive control functioning in children with attention deficit/-hyperactivity disorder?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jutta eKray

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The key cognitive impairments of children with attention deficit/-hyperactivity disorder (ADHD include executive control functions such as inhibitory control, task switching, and working memory. In this training study we examined whether task-switching training leads to improvements in these functions. Twenty children with combined type ADHD and stable methylphenidate medication performed a single-task and a task-switching training in a crossover training design. The children were randomly assigned to one of two groups. One group started with the single-task training and then performed the task-switching training and the other group vice versa. The effectiveness of the task-switching training was measured as performance improvements (relative to the single-task training on a structurally similar but new switching task and on other executive control tasks measuring inhibitory control and verbal working memory as well as on fluid intelligence (reasoning. The children in both groups showed improvements in task switching, that is, a reduction of switching costs, but not in performing the single tasks across four training sessions. Moreover, the task-switching training lead to selective enhancements in task-switching performance, that is, the reduction of task-switching costs was found to be larger after task-switching than after single-task training. Similar selective improvements were observed for inhibitory control and verbal working memory, but not for reasoning. Results of this study suggest that task-switching training is an effective cognitive intervention that helps to enhance executive control functioning in children with ADHD.

  16. Further results on switched control of linear systems with constraints

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Persis, Claudio De; Santis, Raffaella De; Morse, A. Stephen

    2002-01-01

    In a previous paper we proposed a supervisory control system to globally regulate to zero the state of a very poorly modeled, open-loop unstable but not exponentially unstable, linear process in the presence of input constraints. The process to control was unknown but assumed to belong to a finite f

  17. Lyapunov-Based Control for Switched Power Converters

    Science.gov (United States)

    1990-06-01

    up-down converter of Figure 2 which has a state- V( space averaged model of the form MWny stabilizing control schemes can be obtained by in- S= Az...straigL -forward to specify a globally stabilizing control law for performing the described measurement process, it is possible the mcdel (6) of the form

  18. Discontinuous stabilization of nonlinear systems : Quantized and switching controls

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Ceragioli, Francesca; De Persis, Claudio

    2007-01-01

    In this paper we consider the classical problem of stabilizing nonlinear systems in the case the control laws take values in a discrete set. First, we present a robust control approach to the problem. Then, we focus on the class of dissipative systems and rephrase classical results available for thi

  19. Graph-Theoretic Characterizations of Structural Controllability for Multi-Agent System with Switching Topology

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Xiaomeng; Chen, Ben M

    2012-01-01

    This paper considers the controllability problem for multi-agent systems. In particular, the structural controllability of multi-agent systems under switching topologies is investigated. The structural controllability of multi-agent systems is a generalization of the traditional controllability concept for dynamical systems, and purely based on the communication topologies among agents. The main contributions of the paper are graph-theoretic characterizations of the structural controllability for multi-agent systems. It turns out that the multi-agent system with switching topology is structurally controllable if and only if the union graph G of the underlying communication topologies is connected (single leader) or leader-follower connected (multi-leader). Finally, the paper concludes with several illustrative examples and discussions of the results and future work.

  20. Field Experiments on 10 kV Switching Shunt Capacitor Banks Using Ordinary and Phase-Controlled Vacuum Circuit Breakers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wenxia Sima

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available During the switching on/off of shunt capacitor banks in substations, vacuum circuit breakers (VCBs are required to switch off or to switch on the capacitive current. Therefore, the VCBs have to be operated under a harsh condition to ensure the reliability of the equipment. This study presents a complete comparison study of ordinary and phase-controlled VCBs on switching 10 kV shunt capacitor banks. An analytical analysis for switching 10 kV shunt capacitor banks is presented on the basis of a reduced circuit with an ungrounded neutral. A phase selection strategy for VCBs to switch 10 kV shunt capacitor banks is proposed. Switching on current waveforms and switching off overvoltage waveforms with, and without, phase selection were measured and discussed by field experiments in a 110 kV substation in Chongqing, China. Results show that the operation of phase-controlled VCBs for 10 kV switching shunt capacitor banks is stable, and phase-controlled VCBs can be used to implement the 10 kV switching on/off shunt capacitor banks to limit the transient overvoltage and overcurrent. The values of overvoltage and inrush current using phase-controlled VCBs are all below those with ordinary VCBs.

  1. Brain Circuit for Cognitive Control is Shared by Task and Language Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Baene, Wouter; Duyck, Wouter; Brass, Marcel; Carreiras, Manuel

    2015-09-01

    Controlling multiple languages during speech production is believed to rely on functional mechanisms that are (at least partly) shared with domain-general cognitive control in early, highly proficient bilinguals. Recent neuroimaging results have indeed suggested a certain degree of neural overlap between language control and nonverbal cognitive control in bilinguals. However, this evidence is only indirect. Direct evidence for neural overlap between language control and nonverbal cognitive control can only be provided if two prerequisites are met: Language control and nonverbal cognitive control should be compared within the same participants, and the task requirements of both conditions should be closely matched. To provide such direct evidence for the first time, we used fMRI to examine the overlap in brain activation between switch-specific activity in a linguistic switching task and a closely matched nonlinguistic switching task, within participants, in early, highly proficient Spanish-Basque bilinguals. The current findings provide direct evidence that, in these bilinguals, highly similar brain circuits are involved in language control and domain-general cognitive control.

  2. Comparison between Networked Control System behaviour based on CAN and Switched Ethernet networks

    OpenAIRE

    Brahimi, Belynda; Rondeau, Eric; Aubrun, Christophe

    2006-01-01

    7 pages; International audience; The distributed control systems are more and more used in many industrial applications. These systems are often referred as “Networked control systems”. The goal of this paper is to show the network influence on feedback control systems. Two networks are considered: Switched Ethernet network and CAN fieldbus. The first one represents the non deterministic network and second one represents the deterministic one. Several scenarii are studied to analyse the stabi...

  3. Seamless Mode Switching for Shared Control of Semiautonomous Vehicles Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Whether it be a crew station, the Shuttle Remote Manipulator System (SRMS), an unmanned ground rover (UGV) or air vehicle (UAV), or teams thereof, the controllers...

  4. Multi-mode controller IC for soft-switched flyback converter with high efficiency over the entire load range

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Hai CHEN; Meng-lian ZHAO; Xiao-bo WU; Xiao-lang YAN

    2008-01-01

    This paper presents a multi-mode control scheme for a soft-switched flyback converter to achieve high efficiency and excellent load regulation over the entire load range. At heavy load, critical conduction mode with valley switching (CCMVS) is employed to realize soft switching so as to reduce turn-on loss of power switch as well as conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI). At light load, the converter operates in discontinuous conduction mode (DCM) with valley switching and adaptive off-time control (AOT) to limit the switching frequency range and maintain load regulation. At extremely light load or in standby mode,burst mode operation is adopted to provide low power consumption through reducing both switching frequency and static power dissipation of the controller. The multi-mode control is implemented by an oscillator whose pulse duration is adjusted by output feedback. An accurate valley switching control circuit guarantees the minimum turn-on voltage drop of power switch. The pro-totype of the controller IC was fabricated in a 1.5um BiCMOS process and applied to a 310 V/20 V, 90 W flyback DC/DC converter circuitry. Experimental results showed that all expected functions were realized successfully. The flyback converter achieved a high efficiency of over 80% from full load down to 2.5 W, with the maximum reaching 88.8%, while the total power consumption in standby mode was about 300 mW.

  5. Horizon-Switching Predictive Set-Point Tracking under Mixed Control Saturations and Persistent Disturbances

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro; Zhang, Jingxin

    2008-01-01

    This paper extends of the horizon-switching predictive control approach, so far restricted to positional input saturation and the pure regulation problem, to the case of set-point tracking. It is proved a basic feasibility property which makes it possible to extend this approach so as to achieve off

  6. Guaranteed Cost H∞ Controller Synthesis for Switched Systems Defined on Semi-algebraic Sets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    A methodology to design guaranteed cost H∞ controllers for a class of switched systems with polynomial vector fields is proposed. To this end, we use sum of squares programming techniques. In addition, instead of the customary Carathéodory solutions, the analysis is performed in the framework...

  7. Optimal Switching Control of Burner Setting for a Compact Marine Boiler Design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Solberg, Brian; Andersen, Palle; Maciejowski, Jan M.

    2010-01-01

    This paper discusses optimal control strategies for switching between different burner modes in a novel compact  marine boiler design. The ideal behaviour is defined in a performance index the minimisation of which defines an ideal trade-off between deviations in boiler pressure and water level...

  8. Modulation of Language Switching by Cue Timing: Implications for Models of Bilingual Language Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Khateb, Asaid; Shamshoum, Rana; Prior, Anat

    2017-01-01

    The current study examines the interplay between global and local processes in bilingual language control. We investigated language-switching performance of unbalanced Arabic-Hebrew bilinguals in cued picture naming, using 5 different cuing parameters. The language cue could precede the picture, follow it, or appear simultaneously with it. Naming…

  9. 77 FR 43612 - Certain Lighting Control Devices Including Dimmer Switches and Parts Thereof (IV); Decision To...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-07-25

    ... COMMISSION Certain Lighting Control Devices Including Dimmer Switches and Parts Thereof (IV); Decision To..., 2012. The Commission also requests written submissions regarding remedy, bonding, and the public... may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at http://www.usitc.gov . The public record for...

  10. Analysis of stable isotopes in fish mucus during a controlled diet switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    We have used a controlled diet switch in steelhead trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) at the Oregon Hatchery Research Center to study the time rates of changes in stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen (13C and 15N) in epidermal mucus, a rapidly responding “tissue.” Because of the ra...

  11. Stable isotope analysis of fish mucus during a controlled diet switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    We have used a controlled diet switch in steelhead trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) at the Oregon Hatchery Research Center to study the time rates of changes in stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen (13C and 15N) in epidermal mucus, a rapidly responding “tissue.” Because of the ra...

  12. The Design of USB Interface in Stored Program Control Switching System for Teaching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wei,Lai; Wang,Xiao-yan; Dong,Yan

    2004-01-01

    This paper introduces the way using AN2131SC to implement USB interface to replace parallel interface in Stored Program Control switching system for teaching. It presents the design of hardware, firmware, device driver and client application, therefore providing an instance for USB peripheral development especially in replacing parallel interface with USB interface.

  13. Asynchronous H∞ Dynamic Output Feedback Control of Switched Time-Delay Systems with Sensor Nonlinearity and Missing Measurements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jiwei Wen

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The H∞ dynamic output feedback control problem for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems under asynchronous switching is investigated in this paper. Sensor nonlinearity and missing measurements are considered when collecting output knowledge of the system. Firstly, when there exists asynchronous switching between the switching modes and the candidate controllers, new results on the regional stability and l2 gain analysis for the underlying system are given by allowing the Lyapunov-like function (LLF to increase with a random probability. Then, a mean square stabilizing output feedback controller and a switching law subject to average dwell time (ADT are obtained with a given disturbance attenuation level. Moreover, the mean square domain of attraction could be estimated by a convex combination of a set of ellipsoids, the number of which depends on the number of switching modes. Finally, a numerical example is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  14. Design of a New Intelligent Controller with Switch Management

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Guangfu Wang

    2013-11-01

    Full Text Available This paper has a study on a new intelligent Programmable Logic Controller based on industrial Ethernet (IPLCbIE. It proposes a complete solution for the target segment: MMM, WWW, F&B, Medium Hydro power. The scopes of the solution discussed in this paper are the process and field part of the IPLCbIE architecture. For the process part the scope of our design includes the controllers, the engineering software tools (Unity Pro and the interfaces with the other equipment of this level, typically other controllers or tools like asset management, SCADA or OPC server. Safety and HSBY controllers are also part of our design. For the field part, the scope of our program includes the remote I/Os and the interfaces with the other equipment of this level, typically distributed I/Os & devices. In this paper, we make a study on the design of the controller. It includes the system architecture of IPLCbIE, the application of network module. And it focuses on the discussion of design for the kernel module of the PLC - network module NOC. Our design also includes the interfaces with the operation & management tools. The hardware design is especially introduced in detail in my paper.  

  15. Robust Stability and H∞ Control of Uncertain Piecewise Linear Switched Systems with Filippov Solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the robust stability and control problem of uncertain piecewise linear switched systems where, instead of the conventional Carathe ́odory solutions, we allow for Filippov solutions. In other words, in contrast to the previous studies, solutions with infinite switching in finite...... time along the facets and on faces of arbitrary dimensions are also taken into account. Firstly, based on earlier results, the stability problem of piecewise linear systems with Filippov solutions is translated into a number of linear matrix inequality feasibility tests. Subsequently, a set of matrix...

  16. DamX Controls Reversible Cell Morphology Switching in Uropathogenic Escherichia coli

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Khandige, Surabhi; Antoinette Asferg, Cecilie; Rasmussen, Karina Juhl

    2016-01-01

    of infection, in which the bacterium transiently adopts alternative morphologies ranging from rod shaped to coccoid and filamentous, rendering it better at immune evasion and host epithelium adhesion. This penchant for morphotype switching might in large measure account for UPEC's success as a pathogen....... In aiming to uncover genes underlying the phenomenon of UPEC morphotype switching, this study identifies damX, a cell division gene, as a mediator of reversible filamentation during UTI. DamX-mediated filamentation represents an additional pathway for bacterial cell shape control, an alternative to Sul...

  17. Adaptive fuzzy switched control design for uncertain nonholonomic systems with input nonsmooth constraint

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2016-10-01

    In this paper, a fuzzy adaptive switched control approach is proposed for a class of uncertain nonholonomic chained systems with input nonsmooth constraint. In the control design, an auxiliary dynamic system is designed to address the input nonsmooth constraint, and an adaptive switched control strategy is constructed to overcome the uncontrollability problem associated with x0(t0) = 0. By using fuzzy logic systems to tackle unknown nonlinear functions, a fuzzy adaptive control approach is explored based on the adaptive backstepping technique. By constructing the combination approximation technique and using Young's inequality scaling technique, the number of the online learning parameters is reduced to n and the 'explosion of complexity' problem is avoid. It is proved that the proposed method can guarantee that all variables of the closed-loop system converge to a small neighbourhood of zero. Two simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed control approach.

  18. A switched energy saving position controller for variable-pressure electro-hydraulic servo systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tivay, Ali; Zareinejad, Mohammad; Rezaei, S Mehdi; Baghestan, Keivan

    2014-07-01

    The electro-hydraulic servo system (EHSS) demonstrates a relatively low level of efficiency compared to other available actuation methods. The objective of this paper is to increase this efficiency by introducing a variable supply pressure into the system and controlling this pressure during the task of position tracking. For this purpose, an EHSS structure with controllable supply pressure is proposed and its dynamic model is derived from the basic laws of physics. A switching control structure is then proposed to control both the supply pressure and the cylinder position at the same time, in a way that reduces the overall energy consumption of the system. The stability of the proposed switching control system is guaranteed by proof, and its performance is verified by experimental testing.

  19. Optical switches for remote and noninvasive control of cell signaling.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gorostiza, Pau; Isacoff, Ehud Y

    2008-10-17

    Although the identity and interactions of signaling proteins have been studied in great detail, the complexity of signaling networks cannot be fully understood without elucidating the timing and location of activity of individual proteins. To do this, one needs a means for detecting and controlling specific signaling events. An attractive approach is to use light, both to report on and control signaling proteins in cells, because light can probe cells in real time with minimal damage. Although optical detection of signaling events has been successful for some time, the development of the means for optical control has accelerated only recently. Of particular interest is the development of chemically engineered proteins that are directly sensitive to light.

  20. An Electronically Controlled 8-Element Switched Beam Planar Array

    KAUST Repository

    Sharawi, Mohammad S.

    2015-02-24

    An 8-element planar antenna array with electronically controlled switchable-beam pattern is proposed. The planar antenna array consists of patch elements and operates in the 2.45 GHz ISM band. The array is integrated with a digitally controlled feed network that provides the required phases to generate 8 fixed beams covering most of the upper hemisphere of the array. Unlike typical switchable beam antenna arrays, which operate only in one plane, the proposed design is the first to provide full 3D switchable beams with simple control. Only a 3-bit digital word is required for the generation of the 8 different beams. The integrated array is designed on a 3-layer PCB on a Taconic substrate (RF60A). The total dimensions of the fabricated array are 187.1 × 261.3 × 1.3mm3.

  1. Optical switching of electric charge transfer pathways in porphyrin: a light-controlled nanoscale current router.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thanopulos, Ioannis; Paspalakis, Emmanuel; Yannopapas, Vassilios

    2008-11-05

    We introduce a novel molecular junction based on a thiol-functionalized porphyrin derivative with two almost energetically degenerate equilibrium configurations. We show that each equilibrium structure defines a pathway of maximal electric charge transfer through the molecular junction and that these two conduction pathways are spatially orthogonal. We further demonstrate computationally how to switch between the two equilibrium structures of the compound by coherent light. The optical switching mechanism is presented in the relevant configuration subspace of the compound, and the corresponding potential and electric dipole surfaces are obtained by ab initio methods. The laser-induced isomerization takes place in two steps in tandem, while each step is induced by a two-photon process. The effect of metallic electrodes on the electromagnetic irradiation driving the optical switching is also investigated. Our study demonstrates the potential for using thiol-functionalized porphyrin derivatives for the development of a light-controlled nanoscale current router.

  2. Light controlled prebreakdown characteristics of a semi-insulating GaAs photoconductive switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ma Xiangrong; Shi Wei; Ji Weili; Xue Hong

    2011-01-01

    A 4 mm gap semi-insulating(SI)GaAs photoconductive switch(PCSS)was triggered by a pulse laser with a wavelength of 1064 nm and a pulse energy of 0.5 mJ.In the experiment,when the bias field was 4 kV,the switch did not induce self-maintained discharge but worked in nonlinear(lock-on)mode.The phenomenon is analyzed as follows:an exciton effect contributes to photoconduction in the generation and dissociation of excitons.Collision ionization,avalanche multiplication and the exciton effect can supply carrier concentration and energy when an outside light source was removed.Under the combined influence of these factors,the SI-GaAs PCSS develops into self-maintained discharge rather than just in the light-controlled prebreakdown status.The characteristics of the filament affect the degree of damage to the switch.

  3. Light controlled prebreakdown characteristics of a semi-insulating GaAs photoconductive switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiangrong, Ma; Wei, Shi; Weili, Ji; Hong, Xue

    2011-12-01

    A 4 mm gap semi-insulating (SI) GaAs photoconductive switch (PCSS) was triggered by a pulse laser with a wavelength of 1064 nm and a pulse energy of 0.5 mJ. In the experiment, when the bias field was 4 kV, the switch did not induce self-maintained discharge but worked in nonlinear (lock-on) mode. The phenomenon is analyzed as follows: an exciton effect contributes to photoconduction in the generation and dissociation of excitons. Collision ionization, avalanche multiplication and the exciton effect can supply carrier concentration and energy when an outside light source was removed. Under the combined influence of these factors, the SI-GaAs PCSS develops into self-maintained discharge rather than just in the light-controlled prebreakdown status. The characteristics of the filament affect the degree of damage to the switch.

  4. Controlling the Resistive Switching Behavior in Starch-Based Flexible Biomemristors.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Raeis-Hosseini, Niloufar; Lee, Jang-Sik

    2016-03-23

    Implementation of biocompatible materials in resistive switching memory (ReRAM) devices provides opportunities to use them in biomedical applications. We demonstrate a robust, nonvolatile, flexible, and transparent ReRAM based on potato starch. We also introduce a biomolecular memory device that has a starch-chitosan composite layer. The ReRAM behavior can be controlled by mixing starch with chitosan in the resistive switching layer. Whereas starch-based biomemory devices which show abrupt changes in current level; the memory device with mixed biopolymers undergoes gradual changes. Both devices exhibit uniform and robust programmable memory properties for nonvolatile memory applications. The explicated source of the bipolar resistive switching behavior is assigned to formation and rupture of carbon-rich filaments. The gradual set/reset behavior in the memory device based on a starch-chitosan mixture makes it suitable for use in neuromorphic devices.

  5. Chaos in Switching Converters for Power Management Designing for Prediction and Control

    CERN Document Server

    Rodríguez Vilamitjana, Enric; Alarcón, Eduard

    2013-01-01

    This book addresses the need for models and techniques to predict stability boundaries, given trends toward miniaturization of switching power supplies in battery-operated portable devices, which lead to the exhibition of fast-scale chaotic instabilities.  The authors describe a method to predict stability boundaries from a design-oriented perspective, which captures the effect of the different parameters of the system upon the particular boundary.  Unlike previous methods involving complex analysis based on the discrete-time mathematical model, the method introduced here allows for prediction of the overall stability boundaries within the complete design space and is based upon a simple design-oriented index. Provides a valuable reference to the field of nonlinear dynamical behavior and bifurcation analysis and control of switch-mode power supplies. Shows limitations of existing models for predicting chaotic instabilities in switching power converters; Describes a new approach to predict  instabilities fr...

  6. Deterministic control of ferroelastic switching in multiferroic materials

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Balke, N.; Choudhury, S.; Jesse, S.; Huijben, M.; Chu, Y.-H.; Baddorf, A.P.; Chen, L.Q.; Ramesh, R.; Kalinin, S.V.

    2009-01-01

    Multiferroic materials showing coupled electric, magnetic and elastic orderings provide a platform to explore complexity and new paradigms for memory and logic devices. Until now, the deterministic control of non-ferroelectric order parameters in multiferroics has been elusive. Here, we demonstrate

  7. Direct switching control of DC-DC power electronic converters using hybrid system theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhao, J.; Lin, F. [Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering; Wang, C. [Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering; Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Div. of Engineering Technology

    2010-07-01

    A direct switching control (DSC) scheme for power electronics converters was described. The system was designed for use in both traditional and renewable energy applications as well as in electric drive vehicles. The proposed control scheme was based on a detailed hybrid system converter model that used model predictive control (MPC), piecewise affine (PWA) approximations and constrained optimal control methods. A DC-DC converter was modelled as a hybrid machine. Switching among different modes of the DC-DC converter were modelled as discrete events controlled by the hybrid controller. The modelling scheme was applied to a Buck converter. The DSC was used to control the switch of the power converter based on a hybrid machine model. Results of the study showed that the method can be used to regulate output voltage and inductor currents. The method also provides fast transient responses and effectively regulates both currents and voltage. The controller can be used to provide immediate responses to dynamic disturbances and output voltage fluctuations. 23 refs., 7 figs.

  8. Controlling the switches: Rho GTPase regulation during animal cell mitosis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zuo, Yan; Oh, Wonkyung; Frost, Jeffrey A

    2014-12-01

    Animal cell division is a fundamental process that requires complex changes in cytoskeletal organization and function. Aberrant cell division often has disastrous consequences for the cell and can lead to cell senescence, neoplastic transformation or death. As important regulators of the actin cytoskeleton, Rho GTPases play major roles in regulating many aspects of mitosis and cytokinesis. These include centrosome duplication and separation, generation of cortical rigidity, microtubule-kinetochore stabilization, cleavage furrow formation, contractile ring formation and constriction, and abscission. The ability of Rho proteins to function as regulators of cell division depends on their ability to cycle between their active, GTP-bound and inactive, GDP-bound states. However, Rho proteins are inherently inefficient at fulfilling this cycle and require the actions of regulatory proteins that enhance GTP binding (RhoGEFs), stimulate GTPase activity (RhoGAPs), and sequester inactive Rho proteins in the cytosol (RhoGDIs). The roles of these regulatory proteins in controlling cell division are an area of active investigation. In this review we will delineate the current state of knowledge of how specific RhoGEFs, RhoGAPs and RhoGDIs control mitosis and cytokinesis, and highlight the mechanisms by which their functions are controlled.

  9. Reactive control processes contributing to residual switch cost and mixing cost in young and old adults

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lisa Rebecca Whitson

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available In task-switching paradigms, performance is better when repeating the same task than when alternating between tasks (switch cost and when repeating a task alone rather than intermixed with another task (mixing cost. These costs remain even after extensive practice and when task cues enable advanced preparation (residual costs. Moreover, residual RT mixing cost has been consistently shown to increase with age. Residual switch and mixing costs modulate the amplitude of the stimulus-locked P3b. This mixing effect is disproportionately larger in older adults who also prepare more for and respond more cautiously on these ‘mixed’ repeat trials (Karayanidis et al., 2011. In this study, we examine stimulus-locked and response-locked P3 and lateralized readiness potentials to identify whether residual switch and mixing cost arise from the need to control interference at the level of stimulus processing or response processing. Residual mixing cost was associated with control of stimulus-level interference, whereas residual switch cost was also associated with a delay in response selection. In older adults, the disproportionate increase in mixing cost was associated with greater interference at the level of decision-response mapping and response programming for repeat trials in mixed-task blocks. We argue that, together with evidence of greater proactive control and more cautious responding for these trials, these findings suggest that older adults strategically recruit greater proactive and reactive control to overcome increased susceptibility to post-stimulus interference. This interpretation is consistent with recruitment of compensatory strategies to compensate for reduced repetition benefit rather than an overall decline on cognitive flexibility.

  10. Optical control of a rhodopsin-based switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ovryn, Ben; Li, Xiang; Chiel, Hillel; Herlitze, Stefan

    2004-07-01

    A preliminary result supports the feasibility of using visible light to modulate the membrane potential of a cell. Human embryonic kidney cells (HEK293) were transfected with vertebrate rhodopsin and a gradient inward rectifying potassium (GIRK) channel. Whole cell patch clamp recordings of HEK293 cells exposed to 9-cis retinal showed that illumination increases the potassium current compared with recordings obtained in the dark. When combined with a rapid scanning device, this approach has the potential to control the activity of many neurons.

  11. Design and Advanced Control of Switched Reluctance Motors

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rasmussen, Peter Omand

    with SR technology is the reputation of the high acoustic noise emission compared to other electrical machines. Therefore, extra focus to analyze this specific subject is done. The major origin to the high level of acoustic noise is due to highly concentrated normal forces with a high harmonic content...... with the control strategy and the output is the sound pressure at the top of the stator yoke. This is presented as both a technical A-weighted value and as a subjective value in form of the sound from the PC having the SRDaS program installed. The developed acoustic models are also verified in practice on several...

  12. Morphological control and polarization switching in polymer dispersed liquid crystal materials and devices

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    K K Raina; Pankaj Kumar; Praveen Malik

    2006-11-01

    Liquid crystals dispersed in polymer systems constitute novel class of optical materials. The precise control of the liquid crystal droplet morphology in the polymer matrix is essentially required to meet the prerequisites of display device. Experiments have been carried out to investigate and identify the material properties and processing conditions required for the precise control of the droplet morphology of the dispersed liquid crystal systems. Polarization switching has been studied. Aligned liquid crystal dispersed systems showed higher polarization over unaligned ones.

  13. 最优转换控制问题的平均化%AVERAGING IN OPTIMAL SWITCHING CONTROL PROBLEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    The averaging in optimal switching control problems is considered under the following two cases: the switching cost does not depend on ε and the switching cost vanishes as ε tends to zero. The value function of the original fast problem converges locally uniformly to the value function of the averaged problem under both cases. The ways of averaging turn out to be different between both cases.

  14. Silicon Carbide MOSFET-Based Switching Power Amplifier for Precision Magnet Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miller, Kenneth; Ziemba, Timothy; Prager, James; Picard, Julian

    2016-10-01

    Eagle Harbor Technologies, Inc. (EHT) is using the latest in solid-state switching technologies to advance the state-of-the-art in magnet control for fusion science. Silicon carbide (SiC) MOSFETs offer advantages over IGBTs including lower drive energy requirements, lower conduction and switching losses, and higher switching frequency capabilities. When comparing SiC and traditional silicon-based MOSFETs, SiC MOSFETs provide higher current carrying capability allowing for smaller package weights and sizes and lower operating temperature. To validate the design, EHT has developed a low-power switching power amplifier (SPA), which has been used for precision control of magnetic fields, including rapidly changing the fields in coils. This design has been incorporated in to a high power SPA, which has been bench tested. This high power SPA will be tested at the Helicity Injected Torus (HIT) at the University of Washington. Following successful testing, EHT will produce enough SiC MOSFET-based SPAs to replace all of the units at HIT, which allows for higher frequency operation and an overall increase in pulsed current levels.

  15. Adaptive Sliding Mode Control of Mobile Manipulators with Markovian Switching Joints

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liang Ding

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The hybrid joints of manipulators can be switched to either active (actuated or passive (underactuated mode as needed. Consider the property of hybrid joints, the system switches stochastically between active and passive systems, and the dynamics of the jump system cannot stay on each trajectory errors region of subsystems forever; therefore, it is difficult to determine whether the closed-loop system is stochastically stable. In this paper, we consider stochastic stability and sliding mode control for mobile manipulators using stochastic jumps switching joints. Adaptive parameter techniques are adopted to cope with the effect of Markovian switching and nonlinear dynamics uncertainty and follow the desired trajectory for wheeled mobile manipulators. The resulting closed-loop system is bounded in probability and the effect due to the external disturbance on the tracking errors can be attenuated to any preassigned level. It has been shown that the adaptive control problem for the Markovian jump nonlinear systems is solvable if a set of coupled linear matrix inequalities (LMIs have solutions. Finally, a numerical example is given to show the potential of the proposed techniques.

  16. A programming environment to control switching networks based on STC104 packet routing chip

    Science.gov (United States)

    Legrand, I. C.; Schwendicke, U.; Leich, H.; Medinnis, M.; Koehler, A.; Wegner, P.; Sulanke, K.; Dippel, R.; Gellrich, A.

    1997-02-01

    The software environment used to control a large switching architecture based on SGS-Thomson STC104 (an asynchronous 32-way dynamic packet routing chip) is presented. We are evaluating this switching technology for large scale, real-time parallel systems. A Graphical User Interface (GUI) written as a multi-thread application in Java allows to set the switch configuration and to continuously monitor the state of each link. This GUI connects to a multi-thread server via TCP/IP sockets. The server is running on a PC-Linux system and implements the virtual channel protocol in communicating with the STC104 switching units using the Data Strobe link or the VME bus. Linux I/O drivers to control the Data Strobe link parallel adaptor (STC101) were developed. For each client the server creates a new thread and allocates a new socket for communications. The Java code of the GUI may be transferred to any client using the http protocol providing a user friendly interface to the system with real-time monitoring which is also platform independent.

  17. Analysis of AC Switch Machine in Switch Control Circuit%交流转辙机道岔控制电路重点解析

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王渝

    2012-01-01

    This paper systematically sorts out and summarizes the key circuits in the switch control circuits of AC switch machine,including the starting circuit,the cutting off circuit,and the failure button relay circuit.And the author analyzes the key points of related designs,which are instructive to the design of AC switch control circuit in the future.%对交流转辙机道岔控制电路中启动电路、切断电路及故障按钮继电器电路等重点电路进行系统梳理和总结,并对相关的设计要点进行分析,对今后交流转辙机道岔控制电路的设计具有一定的指导意义。

  18. Graphene as a photothermal switch for controlled drug release

    Science.gov (United States)

    Matteini, Paolo; Tatini, Francesca; Cavigli, Lucia; Ottaviano, Stefania; Ghini, Giacomo; Pini, Roberto

    2014-06-01

    Graphene has recently emerged as a novel material in the biomedical field owing to its optical properties, biocompatibility, large specific surface area and low cost. In this paper, we provide the first demonstration of the possibility of using light to remotely trigger the release of drugs from graphene in a highly controlled manner. Different drugs including chemotherapeutics and proteins are firmly adsorbed onto reduced graphene oxide (rGO) nanosheets dispersed in a biopolymer film and then released by individual millisecond-long light pulses generated by a near infrared (NIR) laser. Here graphene plays the dual role of a versatile substrate for temporary storage of drugs and an effective transducer of NIR-light into heat. Drug release appears to be narrowly confined within the size of the laser spot under noninvasive conditions and can be precisely dosed depending on the number of pulses. The approach proposed paves the way for tailor-made pharmacological treatments of chronic diseases, including cancer, anaemia and diabetes.Graphene has recently emerged as a novel material in the biomedical field owing to its optical properties, biocompatibility, large specific surface area and low cost. In this paper, we provide the first demonstration of the possibility of using light to remotely trigger the release of drugs from graphene in a highly controlled manner. Different drugs including chemotherapeutics and proteins are firmly adsorbed onto reduced graphene oxide (rGO) nanosheets dispersed in a biopolymer film and then released by individual millisecond-long light pulses generated by a near infrared (NIR) laser. Here graphene plays the dual role of a versatile substrate for temporary storage of drugs and an effective transducer of NIR-light into heat. Drug release appears to be narrowly confined within the size of the laser spot under noninvasive conditions and can be precisely dosed depending on the number of pulses. The approach proposed paves the way for tailor

  19. A conformational switch controls hepatitis delta virus ribozyme catalysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ke, Ailong; Zhou, Kaihong; Ding, Fang; Cate, Jamie H D; Doudna, Jennifer A

    2004-05-13

    Ribozymes enhance chemical reaction rates using many of the same catalytic strategies as protein enzymes. In the hepatitis delta virus (HDV) ribozyme, site-specific self-cleavage of the viral RNA phosphodiester backbone requires both divalent cations and a cytidine nucleotide. General acid-base catalysis, substrate destabilization and global and local conformational changes have all been proposed to contribute to the ribozyme catalytic mechanism. Here we report ten crystal structures of the HDV ribozyme in its pre-cleaved state, showing that cytidine is positioned to activate the 2'-OH nucleophile in the precursor structure. This observation supports its proposed role as a general base in the reaction mechanism. Comparison of crystal structures of the ribozyme in the pre- and post-cleavage states reveals a significant conformational change in the RNA after cleavage and that a catalytically critical divalent metal ion from the active site is ejected. The HDV ribozyme has remarkable chemical similarity to protein ribonucleases and to zymogens for which conformational dynamics are integral to biological activity. This finding implies that RNA structural rearrangements control the reactivity of ribozymes and ribonucleoprotein enzymes.

  20. An acetylation switch controls TDP-43 function and aggregation propensity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cohen, Todd J.; Hwang, Andrew W.; Restrepo, Clark R.; Yuan, Chao-Xing; Trojanowski, John Q.; Lee, Virginia M.Y.

    2015-01-01

    TDP-43 pathology is a disease hallmark that characterizes amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and frontotemporal lobar degeneration (FTLD-TDP). Although a critical role for TDP-43 as an RNA-binding protein has emerged, the regulation of TDP-43 function is poorly understood. Here we identify lysine acetylation as a novel post-translational modification controlling TDP-43 function and aggregation. We provide evidence that TDP-43 acetylation impairs RNA-binding and promotes accumulation of insoluble, hyper-phosphorylated TDP-43 species that largely resemble pathological inclusions in ALS and FTLD-TDP. Moreover, biochemical and cell-based assays identify oxidative stress as a signaling cue that promotes acetylated TDP-43 aggregates that are readily engaged by the cellular defense machinery. Importantly, acetylated TDP-43 lesions are found in ALS patient spinal cord, indicating that aberrant TDP-43 acetylation and loss of RNA binding are linked to TDP-43 proteinopathy. Thus, modulating TDP-43 acetylation represents a plausible strategy to fine-tune TDP-43 activity, which could provide new therapeutic avenues for TDP-43 proteinopathies. PMID:25556531

  1. Guaranteed cost control with pole constraints for uncertain discrete-time switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ying ZHANG; Guangren DUAN; Liyan CHEN

    2009-01-01

    For a class of discrete-time switched systems with norm-bounded uncertainties and a quadratic cost index, the problem of designing a guaranteed cost state feedback controller with pole constraints is considered. A sufficient condition on the existence of robust guaranteed controllers is derived by a quadratic Lyapunov function approach together with linear matrix inequality (LMI)technique. Based on a constructed switching law, the closed-loop system is quadratic D-stable and the closedloop cost function value is not more than a specified upper bound. Furthermore, the design of suboptimal guaranteed cost controllers is turned into a convex optimization problem with linear matrix inequalities constraints. A numerical example demonstrates the effect of the proposed design approach.

  2. Fano resonance control in a photonic crystal structure and its application to ultrafast switching

    CERN Document Server

    Yu, Yi; Hu, Hao; Xue, Weiqi; Peucheret, Christophe; Chen, Yaohui; Oxenløwe, Leif Katsuo; Yvind, Kresten; Mørk, Jesper

    2014-01-01

    Fano resonances appear in quantum mechanical as well as classical systems as a result of the interference between two paths: one involving a discrete resonance and the other a continuum. Compared to a conventional resonance, characterized by a Lorentzian spectral response, the characteristic asymmetric and sharp spectral response of a Fano resonance is suggested to enable photonic switches and sensors with superior characteristics. While experimental demonstrations of the appearance of Fano resonances have been made in both plasmonic and photonic-crystal structures, the control of these resonances is experimentally challenging, often involving the coupling of near-resonant cavities. Here, we experimentally demonstrate two simple structures that allow surprisingly robust control of the Fano spectrum. One structure relies on controlling the amplitude of one of the paths and the other uses symmetry breaking. Short-pulse dynamic measurements show that besides drastically increasing the switching contrast, the tra...

  3. Investigation on TCP/IP Congestion Control in Optical Burst Switched (OBS Network

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ms. Payal Daryani

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available Transport Control Protocol (TCP is the dominant protocol in modern communication networks, in which the issues of reliability, flow, and congestion control must be handled efficiently. In this review paper an analytical switching is used to exploit the huge bandwidth of optical fibers for future high speed internet backbone. It carries multiple packets, in their turn. Different aggregation schemes have been considered and evaluated.TCP performance greatly depends on the TCP congestion window behavior that is related to loss events occurring in the optical burst switched network, there is a special term called traffic shaping by which we control over the network according to the network load .that means we increase or decrease the send rate according to the network demand.

  4. Application of Theory of Hybrid Systems to Control the Switching of Buck Converter

    KAUST Repository

    Benmiloud, Mohammed

    2013-08-01

    The field of power electronics poses challenging control problems that can’t be treated in a complete manner using traditional modeling. In this paper, the buck converter operating in Continuous Conduction Mode (CCM) is represented analytically by hybrid automaton model and graphically representation is also given. The hybrid trajectory and the model behavior are presented. The control problem of buck switching converters is transformed to a guard selection problem. The guard selection calculation formulas of buck converter are derived from the basic circuit laws. The stability of the switching is established analytically by the use of multiple Lyapunov functions to ensure the convergence and Poincare map to assess the local stability of the limit cycle. Numerical results clearly bring out the advantages and effectiveness of the proposed control law under varying line voltage and load conditions. Simulation studies are carried out in Matlab/Simulink/Stateflow.

  5. A unified model-free controller for switching minimum phase, non-minimum phase and time-delay systems

    CERN Document Server

    Michel, Loïc

    2012-01-01

    This preliminary work presents a simple derivation of the standard model-free control in order to control switching minimum phase, non-minimum phase and time-delay systems. The robustness of the proposed method is studied in simulation.

  6. Non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost control for a class of uncertain switched linear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper focuses on the problem of non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost control for a class of uncertain switched linear systems. The controller gain to be designed is assumed to have additive gain variations. Based on multiple-Lyapunov function technique, the design of non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost controllers is derived to make the corresponding closed-loop system asymptotically stable for all admissible uncertainties. Furthermore, a convex optimization approach with LMIs constraints is introduced to select the optimal non-fragile guaranteed cost controllers. Finally, a simulation example illustrates the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  7. Attitude tracking control for spacecraft formation with time-varying delays and switching topology

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Hongjiu; You, Xiu; Hua, Changchun

    2016-09-01

    This paper investigates attitude dynamic tracking control for spacecraft formation in the presence of unmeasurable velocity information with time-varying delays and switching topology. Based on an extended state observer, a nonlinear attitude tracking control approach is developed for spacecraft attitude model formulated by Euler-Lagrangian equations. The attitude tracking controller allows for external disturbances and absence of angular velocity information. Both auto-stable region techniques and a Lyapunov function approach are developed to prove ultimately bounded tracking. Simulation results demonstrate effectiveness of the nonlinear control techniques proposed in this paper.

  8. A switching control law approach for cancer immunotherapy of an evolutionary tumor growth model.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Doban, Alina I; Lazar, Mircea

    2017-02-01

    We propose a new approach for tumor immunotherapy which is based on a switching control strategy defined on domains of attraction of equilibria of interest. For this, we consider a recently derived model which captures the effects of the tumor cells on the immune system and viceversa, through predator-prey competition terms. Additionally, it incorporates the immune system's mechanism for producing hunting immune cells, which makes the model suitable for immunotherapy strategies analysis and design. For computing domains of attraction for the tumor nonlinear dynamics, and thus, for deriving immunotherapeutic strategies we employ rational Lyapunov functions. Finally, we apply the switching control strategy to destabilize an invasive tumor equilibrium and steer the system trajectories to tumor dormancy. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  9. Robust Hinf control of uncertain switched systems defined on polyhedral sets with Filippov solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    This paper considers the control problem of a class of uncertain switched systems defined on polyhedral sets known as piecewise linear systems where, instead of the conventional Carathe ́odory solutions, Filippov solutions are studied. In other words, in contrast to the previous studies, solutions...... with infinite switching in finite time along the facets and on faces of arbitrary dimensions are also taken into account. Firstly, established upon previous studies, a set of linear matrix inequalities are brought forward which determines the asymptotic stability of piecewise linear systems with Filippov...... solutions. Subsequently, bilinear matrix inequality conditions for synthesizing a robust controller with a guaranteed Hinf performance are presented. Furthermore, these results has been generalized to the case of piecewise affine systems. Finally, a V–K iteration algorithm is proposed to deal...

  10. Direct Instantaneous Torque Control of 4 Phase 8/6 Switched Reluctance Motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Srinivas Pratapgiri

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available The applications of Switched Reluctance Motor Drives has increased  in the recent past because of advantages like simple structure, no rotor winding, high torque to weight ratio, adaptability to harsh environments like coal mining etc. But the main disadvantage is that torque ripple is high because of the double saliency. This paper presents a high dynamic control technique called Direct Instantaneous Torque Control (DITC where in the torque is maintained within a hysteresis band by changing the switching states of the phases between 1, 0 or -1.Thus torque ripple minimization is an inherent property of DITC. DITC based SRM drive is simulated in MATLAB/SIMULINK environment and results are discussed elaborately

  11. Visual Attention Allocation Between Robotic Arm and Environmental Process Control: Validating the STOM Task Switching Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wickens, Christopher; Vieanne, Alex; Clegg, Benjamin; Sebok, Angelia; Janes, Jessica

    2015-01-01

    Fifty six participants time shared a spacecraft environmental control system task with a realistic space robotic arm control task in either a manual or highly automated version. The former could suffer minor failures, whose diagnosis and repair were supported by a decision aid. At the end of the experiment this decision aid unexpectedly failed. We measured visual attention allocation and switching between the two tasks, in each of the eight conditions formed by manual-automated arm X expected-unexpected failure X monitoring- failure management. We also used our multi-attribute task switching model, based on task attributes of priority interest, difficulty and salience that were self-rated by participants, to predict allocation. An un-weighted model based on attributes of difficulty, interest and salience accounted for 96 percent of the task allocation variance across the 8 different conditions. Task difficulty served as an attractor, with more difficult tasks increasing the tendency to stay on task.

  12. Planning and Control of COP-Switch-Based Planar Biped Walking

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    X. Luo; W. Li; C. Zhu

    2011-01-01

    Efficient walking is one of the main goals of researches on biped robots. A feasible way is to translate the understanding from human walking into robot walking, for example, an artificial control approach on a human like walking structure. In this paper, a walking pattern based on Center of Pressure (COP) switched and modeled after human walking is introduced firstly.Then, a parameterization method for the proposed walking gait is presented. In view of the complication, a multi-space planning method which divides the whole planning task into three sub-spaces, including simplified model space, work space and joint space, is proposed. Furthermore, a finite-state-based control method is also developed to implement the proposed walking pattern. The state switches of this method are driven by sensor events. For convincing verification, a 2D simulation system with a 9-link planar biped robot is developed. The simulation results exhibit an efficient walking gait.

  13. High-order sliding mode control of a DC motor drive via a switched controlled multi-cellular converter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Djemaï, M.; Busawon, K.; Benmansour, K.; Marouf, A.

    2011-11-01

    In this article, we present a high-order sliding mode controller of a DC motor drive connected to a multi-cellular converter. More specifically, we design a second-order (super-twisting) control algorithm for the speed regulation of a DC motor. For this, a switching control for the multi-cellular converter is derived in order to supply the correct reference value for the speed regulation. A practical implementation of the controller is realised using a laboratory set-up. The performance and the validity of the controller are shown experimentally.

  14. Design of a constant-voltage and constant-current controller with dual-loop and adaptive switching frequency control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yingping, Chen; Zhiqian, Li

    2015-05-01

    A 5.0-V 2.0-A flyback power supply controller providing constant-voltage (CV) and constant-current (CC) output regulation without the use of an optical coupler is presented. Dual-close-loop control is proposed here due to its better regulation performance of tolerance over process and temperature compared with open loop control used in common. At the same time, the two modes, CC and CV, could switch to each other automatically and smoothly according to the output voltage level not sacrificing the regulation accuracy at the switching phase, which overcomes the drawback of the digital control scheme depending on a hysteresis comparator to change the mode. On-chip compensation using active capacitor multiplier technique is applied to stabilize the voltage loop, eliminate an additional package pin, and save on the die area. The system consumes as little as 100 mW at no-load condition without degrading the transient response performance by utilizing the adaptive switching frequency control mode. The proposed controller has been implemented in a commercial 0.35-μm 40-V BCD process, and the active chip area is 1.5 × 1.0 mm2. The total error of the output voltage due to line and load variations is less than ±1.7%.

  15. Design of practical sliding-mode controllers with constant switching frequency for power converters

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Navarro-Lopez, Eva M. [School of Computer Science, Centre for Interdisciplinary Computational and Dynamical Analysis, The University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Kilburn Building, Manchester M13 9PL (United Kingdom); Cortes, Domingo [Seccion de Mecatronica, Departamento de Ingenieria Electrica, CINVESTAV-IPN, Av. IPN 2508, Col. San Pedro Zacatenco, 07360 Mexico City (Mexico); Castro, Christian [Centro de Investigacion en Computacion del IPN, Av. Jose Othon de Mendizabal s/n, Col. Nueva Industrial Vallejo, 07738 Mexico City (Mexico)

    2009-05-15

    A novel experimentally motivated method in order to design a family of easy-to-implement sliding-mode controllers for power converters is proposed. Two main results are presented. First, the relation between sliding-mode control and average control is reinterpreted so that the limitation of the switching frequency for the closed-loop system is achieved in a more direct way than other methods so far reported in the literature. For this purpose, a class of sliding surfaces which makes the associated equivalent control be the system average control is proposed. Second, the achievement of a constant switching frequency in the controlled system is assured without requiring the sliding-mode-based controller to be modified, unlike most previous works. As a result, the proposed sliding surfaces-type can be directly implemented via a pulse-width modulator. The control methodology is implemented for the voltage control in a boost converter prototype in which the load is considered unknown. Experimental results confirm high performance and robustness under parameters variation. Furthermore, the solution proposed is easy to implement and well-suited for other power converters. (author)

  16. Design of two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear systems with mismatched switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dan MA

    2014-01-01

    A two-layer switching architecture and a two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear control systems are proposed, under which the mismatched switching between switched systems and their candidate hybrid controllers can be allowed. In the low layer, a state-dependent switching rule with a dwell time constraint to exponentially stabilize switched linear systems is given;in the high layer, supervisory conditions on the mismatched switching frequency and the mismatched switching ratio are presented, under which the closed-loop switched system is still exponentially stable in case of the candidate controller switches delay with respect to the subsystems. Different from the traditional switching rule, the two-layer switching architecture and switching rule have robustness, which in some extend permit mismatched switching between switched subsystems and their candidate controllers.

  17. Self-tuning fuzzy logic control of a switched reluctance generator for wind energy applications

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Park, Kiwoo; Chen, Zhe

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents a new self-tuning fuzzy logic control (FLC) based speed controller of a switched reluctance generator (SRG) for wind power applications. Due to its doubly salient structure and magnetic saturation, the SRG possesses an inherent characteristic of strong nonlinearity. In addition...... has better adaptability than a traditional controller so that it provides better performance over a wide range of operating conditions. The current controller is basically a hysteresis controller which controls the phase current in accordance with the turn-on and turn-off angles. Simulation results......, its flux linkage, inductance, and torque are highly coupled with the rotor position and phase current. All these features make the application of traditional controllers to the SRG difficult and unsatisfactory. The proposed controller consists of three main parts: turn-on and turn-off angle...

  18. Coordinated control for regulation/protection mode-switching of ducted rockets

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qi, Yiwen; Bao, Wen; Zhao, Jun; Chang, Juntao

    2014-05-01

    This study is concerned with the coordinated control problem for regulation/protection mode-switching of a ducted rocket, in order to obtain the maximum system performance while ensuring safety. The proposed strategy has an inner/outer loop control structure which decomposes the contradiction between performance and safety into two modes of regulation and protection. Specifically, first, the mathematical model including the actuator (gas regulating system) and the plant (ducted rocket engine) is introduced. Second, taking the inlet buzz for instance, the ducted rocket coordinated control problem for thrust regulation and inlet buzz limit protection is formulated and discussed. Third, to solve the problem, based on the main inner loop, a limit protection controller (outer loop) design method is developed utilizing a linear quadratic optimal control technique, and a coordinated control logic is then presented. At last, the whole coordinated control strategy is applied to the ducted rocket control model, and simulation results demonstrate its effectiveness.

  19. Guaranteed Cost Finite-Time Control of Fractional-Order Positive Switched Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Leipo Liu

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available The problem of guaranteed cost finite-time control of fractional-order positive switched systems (FOPSS is considered in this paper. Firstly, a new cost function is defined. Then, by constructing linear copositive Lyapunov functions and using the average dwell time (ADT approach, a state feedback controller and a static output feedback controller are constructed, respectively, and sufficient conditions are derived to guarantee that the corresponding closed-loop systems are guaranteed cost finite-time stable (GCFTS. Such conditions can be easily solved by linear programming. Finally, two examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  20. COMMUNICATION: Improving correct switching rates in a 'hands-free' environmental control system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Craig, Ashley; Tran, Yvonne; Craig, Daniel; Thuraisingham, Ranjit

    2005-12-01

    One potential negative impact on the quality of life of a spinal cord injured person is the loss of the ability to control devices in their immediate environment. Consequently, research and development has been conducted on technology designed to restore some measure of independence by providing means of control over these devices. A previous assistive device using changes in brain signals from eye closure as its switching system was created. Brain signals were processed using spectral analysis and although this was a successful technique, there were limitations that resulted in higher than desired switching errors. This paper presents results of an alternative method for processing brain signals as the basis for switching, called fractal dimension. In comparison to the spectral technique, the fractal dimension technique was successful in reducing the number of false positive and false negative errors. Additionally, it eliminated the need for a baseline setup for this system. This suggests that fractal dimension is a potentially viable method for analysing brain signals for use in assistive control systems.

  1. Intrinsic Noise Profoundly Alters the Dynamics and Steady State of Morphogen-Controlled Bistable Genetic Switches.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ruben Perez-Carrasco

    2016-10-01

    Full Text Available During tissue development, patterns of gene expression determine the spatial arrangement of cell types. In many cases, gradients of secreted signalling molecules-morphogens-guide this process by controlling downstream transcriptional networks. A mechanism commonly used in these networks to convert the continuous information provided by the gradient into discrete transitions between adjacent cell types is the genetic toggle switch, composed of cross-repressing transcriptional determinants. Previous analyses have emphasised the steady state output of these mechanisms. Here, we explore the dynamics of the toggle switch and use exact numerical simulations of the kinetic reactions, the corresponding Chemical Langevin Equation, and Minimum Action Path theory to establish a framework for studying the effect of gene expression noise on patterning time and boundary position. This provides insight into the time scale, gene expression trajectories and directionality of stochastic switching events between cell states. Taking gene expression noise into account predicts that the final boundary position of a morphogen-induced toggle switch, although robust to changes in the details of the noise, is distinct from that of the deterministic system. Moreover, the dramatic increase in patterning time close to the boundary predicted from the deterministic case is substantially reduced. The resulting stochastic switching introduces differences in patterning time along the morphogen gradient that result in a patterning wave propagating away from the morphogen source with a velocity determined by the intrinsic noise. The wave sharpens and slows as it advances and may never reach steady state in a biologically relevant time. This could explain experimentally observed dynamics of pattern formation. Together the analysis reveals the importance of dynamical transients for understanding morphogen-driven transcriptional networks and indicates that gene expression noise can

  2. Dynamic Sliding Mode Control Based on Multi-model Switching Laws for the Depth Control of an Autonomous Underwater Vehicle

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huanyin Zhou

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available This manuscript presents an improved control algorithm, called Dynamic Sliding Mode Control based on Multiple Models Switching Laws (DSMC-MMSL, for the control of the depth of the studied Autonomous Underwater Vehicle (AUV system, the diving plane controller of which faces disturbances arising from the coupled states. The diving plane model is strongly coupled with the state variables, such as surge speeds and course angles. To achieve the desired dynamic performance, the proposed algorithm consists of two parts: the diving plane control part and the pitch control part, which is used to avoid large pitch angles. Some direct switching control laws are used for the two parts to avoid some impulse phenomena on the control executions. The error-states exponential decay is recommended to eliminate the chattering on the sliding surface. The DSMC-MMSL controller was successfully implemented and experimentally validated with the studied AUV system designed and built by Shenyang Institute of Automation. The results of some lake trials demonstrated that the depth control performances of the AUV system were as desired, and that the AUV system was robust enough for the coupled state variables under the DSMCMMSL algorithm control.

  3. Dynamic Sliding Mode Control Based on Multi-Model Switching Laws for the Depth Control of an Autonomous Underwater Vehicle

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huanyin Zhou

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available This manuscript presents an improved control algorithm, called Dynamic Sliding Mode Control based on Multiple Models Switching Laws (DSMC-MMSL, for the control of the depth of the studied Autonomous Underwater Vehicle (AUV system, the diving plane controller of which faces disturbances arising from the coupled states. The diving plane model is strongly coupled with the state variables, such as surge speeds and course angles. To achieve the desired dynamic performance, the proposed algorithm consists of two parts: the diving plane control part and the pitch control part, which is used to avoid large pitch angles. Some direct switching control laws are used for the two parts to avoid some impulse phenomena on the control executions. The error-states exponential decay is recommended to eliminate the chattering on the sliding surface. The DSMC-MMSL controller was successfully implemented and experimentally validated with the studied AUV system designed and built by Shenyang Institute of Automation. The results of some lake trials demonstrated that the depth control performances of the AUV system were as desired, and that the AUV system was robust enough for the coupled state variables under the DSMC-MMSL algorithm control.

  4. Variable Structure Controller with Time-Varying Switching Surface under the Bound of Input using Evolution Strategy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lee, Min Jung; Choi, Young Kiu [Pusan National University (Korea); Kim, Hyun Sik [Agency for Defense Development (Korea); Jeon, Seong Jeub [Pukyong National University (Korea)

    1999-04-01

    Variable structure control law is well known to be a robust control algorithm and evolution strategy is used as an effective search algorithm in optimization problems. In this paper, we propose a variable structure controller with time-varying switching surface. We calculate the maximum value of switching surface gradient under the bound of input. To enhance the robustness, we choose a time-varying switching surface gradient that is of the 3 rd order polynomial form. Evolution strategy is used to optimize the parameters of the switching surface gradient. Finally, the proposed method is applied to position tracking control for BLDC motor. Experimental results show that the proposed method is more useful than the conventional variable structure control. (author). 8 refs., 16 figs., 1 tab.

  5. Output Tracking Control of Switched Hybrid Systems: A Fliess Functional Expansion Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fenghua He

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The output tracking problem is investigated for a nonlinear affine system with multiple modes of continuous control inputs. We convert the family of nonlinear affine systems under consideration into a switched hybrid system by introducing a multiple-valued logic variable. The Fliess functional expansion is adopted to express the input and output relationship of the switched hybrid system. The optimal switching control is determined for a multiple-step output tracking performance index. The proposed approach is applied to a multitarget tracking problem for a flight vehicle aiming for one real target with several decoys flying around it in the terminal guidance course. These decoys appear as apparent targets and have to be distinguished with the approaching of the flight vehicle. The guidance problem of one flight vehicle versus multiple apparent targets should be considered if no large miss distance might be caused due to the limitation of the flight vehicle maneuverability. The target orientation at each time interval is determined. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  6. Reduction of current chopping noise with DSP controller in switched reluctance motor drive system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    郭伟; 詹琼华; 马志源

    2002-01-01

    A novel current chopping mode was used in a switched reluctance motor drive system to make full use of the characteristics of digital signal processor (DSP) TMS320F240. The necessity of this 180° phase-shift current control (PSCC) mode is introduced first and then the principle of PSCC covering both hardware requirement and software programming is described in detail. The analysis made indicated that with this mode, the chopping frequency in winding can reach 20 kHz with 10 kHz power switches and the control frequency can reach 40 kHz at the same time. Subsequently, based on the linear and nonlinear mathematical models of the switched reluctance motor ( SRM), some simulation work has been done. The simulation results show that when this mode is applied to SRM drive (SRD) system, the current waveform becomes better. So the ripple of the torque is reduced simultaneously and the vibration and acoustic noise are reduced involuntarily. Stationary tests show that the acoustic noise is greatly diminished. Finally, some experiments were made using a 50 kW SRD system for electric vehicle (EV). Experimental results indicate that this mode can be implemented feasibly and it has a good action on the SRD system.

  7. Influence of a Circuit Breaker's Grading Capacitor on Controlled Transformer Switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Corrodi, Yves; Kamei, Kenji; Kohyama, Haruhiko; Ito, Hiroki

    Controlled switching, taking into account the residual flux level within a transformer core, can effectively eliminate inrush currents. Many switching sequences assume the residual flux as a constant value, which can be obtained by a measurement after a transformer de-energization. However, in case of a transformer system that is switched by a circuit breaker equipped with a grading capacitor, the residual flux characteristic cannot be considered as constant. A source voltage will feed the deenergized transformer system through the grading capacitor, which will change the residual flux level and let oscillations appear. It follows that the optimal re-energization targets change and inrush currents might not be optimally minimized. Further, transient voltages based on line failures can influence the residual flux through a grading capacitor as well. At first, this paper evaluates the influence of a grading capacitor on the residual flux characteristic analytically. Further, measurements of two transformer systems at a varied de-energization instant and for different grading capacitors provide actual information for the development of future controller systems.

  8. Poly(A)-tail profiling reveals an embryonic switch in translational control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Subtelny, Alexander O.; Eichhorn, Stephen W.; Chen, Grace R.; Sive, Hazel; Bartel, David P.

    2014-04-01

    Poly(A) tails enhance the stability and translation of most eukaryotic messenger RNAs, but difficulties in globally measuring poly(A)-tail lengths have impeded greater understanding of poly(A)-tail function. Here we describe poly(A)-tail length profiling by sequencing (PAL-seq) and apply it to measure tail lengths of millions of individual RNAs isolated from yeasts, cell lines, Arabidopsis thaliana leaves, mouse liver, and zebrafish and frog embryos. Poly(A)-tail lengths were conserved between orthologous mRNAs, with mRNAs encoding ribosomal proteins and other `housekeeping' proteins tending to have shorter tails. As expected, tail lengths were coupled to translational efficiencies in early zebrafish and frog embryos. However, this strong coupling diminished at gastrulation and was absent in non-embryonic samples, indicating a rapid developmental switch in the nature of translational control. This switch complements an earlier switch to zygotic transcriptional control and explains why the predominant effect of microRNA-mediated deadenylation concurrently shifts from translational repression to mRNA destabilization.

  9. Switches of stimulus tagging frequencies interact with the conflict-driven control of selective attention, but not with inhibitory control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scherbaum, Stefan; Frisch, Simon; Dshemuchadse, Maja

    2016-01-01

    Selective attention and its adaptation by cognitive control processes are considered a core aspect of goal-directed action. Often, selective attention is studied behaviorally with conflict tasks, but an emerging neuroscientific method for the study of selective attention is EEG frequency tagging. It applies different flicker frequencies to the stimuli of interest eliciting steady state visual evoked potentials (SSVEPs) in the EEG. These oscillating SSVEPs in the EEG allow tracing the allocation of selective attention to each tagged stimulus continuously over time. The present behavioral investigation points to an important caveat of using tagging frequencies: The flicker of stimuli not only produces a useful neuroscientific marker of selective attention, but interacts with the adaptation of selective attention itself. Our results indicate that RT patterns of adaptation after response conflict (so-called conflict adaptation) are reversed when flicker frequencies switch at once. However, this effect of frequency switches is specific to the adaptation by conflict-driven control processes, since we find no effects of frequency switches on inhibitory control processes after no-go trials. We discuss the theoretical implications of this finding and propose precautions that should be taken into account when studying conflict adaptation using frequency tagging in order to control for the described confounds.

  10. Fault Detection for Wireless Networked Control Systems with Stochastic Switching Topology and Time Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pengfei Guo

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper deals with the fault detection problem for a class of discrete-time wireless networked control systems described by switching topology with uncertainties and disturbances. System states of each individual node are affected not only by its own measurements, but also by other nodes’ measurements according to a certain network topology. As the topology of system can be switched in a stochastic way, we aim to design H∞ fault detection observers for nodes in the dynamic time-delay systems. By using the Lyapunov method and stochastic analysis techniques, sufficient conditions are acquired to guarantee the existence of the filters satisfying the H∞ performance constraint, and observer gains are derived by solving linear matrix inequalities. Finally, an illustrated example is provided to verify the effectiveness of the theoretical results.

  11. Reversible Control of Interfacial Magnetism through Ionic-Liquid-Assisted Polarization Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Herklotz, Andreas; Guo, Er-Jia; Wong, Anthony T; Meyer, Tricia L; Dai, Sheng; Ward, T Zac; Lee, Ho Nyung; Fitzsimmons, Michael R

    2017-03-08

    The ability to control magnetism of materials via electric field enables a myriad of technological innovations in information storage, sensing, and computing. We use ionic-liquid-assisted ferroelectric switching to demonstrate reversible modulation of interfacial magnetism in a multiferroic heterostructure composed of ferromagnetic (FM) La0.8Sr0.2MnO3 and ferroelectric (FE) PbZr0.2Ti0.8O3. It is shown that ionic liquids can be used to persistently and reversibly switch a large area of a FE film. This is a prerequisite for polarized neutron reflectometry (PNR) studies that are conducted to directly probe magnetoelectric coupling of the FE polarization to the interfacial magnetization.

  12. Phase controllable terahertz switch in a Landau-quantized graphene nanostructure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiri, J.; Malakzadeh, A.

    2017-01-01

    The optical properties of a weak probe light by applying coupling fields in Landau-quantized graphene nanostructure is investigated. In this structure the electromagnetic field of terahertz-infrared radiations interfere with the electromagnetic field of the short-wavelength probe field and this effect changes the absorption and dispersion characteristics of the probe field. The linear dynamical properties of the graphene by means of perturbation theory and density matrix method are discussed. We show that the group velocity of a light pulse can be switched from superluminal to subluminal or vice versa by controlling the coupling field’s intensities and relative phase of the applied fields. Therefore, this model can be used as an all-optical switch which is suitable for next generation of future all optical quantum communicational system and networks.

  13. Switching individual quantum dot emission through electrically controlling resonant energy transfer to graphene.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Jiye; Bao, Wei; Ju, Long; Schuck, P James; Wang, Feng; Weber-Bargioni, Alexander

    2014-12-10

    Electrically controlling resonant energy transfer of optical emitters provides a novel mechanism to switch nanoscale light sources on and off individually for optoelectronic applications. Graphene's optical transitions are tunable through electrostatic gating over a broad wavelength spectrum, making it possible to modulate energy transfer from a variety of nanoemitters to graphene at room temperature. We demonstrate photoluminescence switching of individual colloidal quantum dots by electrically tuning their energy transfer to graphene. The gate dependence of energy transfer modulation confirms that the transition occurs when the Fermi level is shifted over half the emitter's excitation energy. The modulation magnitude decreases rapidly with increasing emitter-graphene distance (d), following the 1/d(4) rate trend unique to the energy transfer process to two-dimensional materials.

  14. Nonlinear Speed Control of Switched Reluctance Motor Drives Taking into Account Mutual Inductance

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Alrifai

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available A speed control algorithm is proposed for variable speed switched reluctance motor (SRM drives taking into account the effects of mutual inductances. The control scheme adopts two-phase excitation; exciting two adjacent phases can overcome the problems associated with single-phase excitation such as large torque ripple, increased acoustic noise, and rotor shaft fatigues. The effects of mutual coupling between two adjacent phases and their contribution to the generated electromagnetic torque are considered in the design of the proposed control scheme for the motor. The proposed controller guarantees the convergence of the currents and the rotor speed of the motor to their desired values. Simulation results are given to illustrate the developed theory; the simulation studies show that the proposed controller works well. Moreover, the simulation results indicate that the proposed controller is robust to changes in the parameters of the motor and to changes in the load torque.

  15. Electric-field-controlled suppression of Walker breakdown and chirality switching in magnetic domain wall motion

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Hong-Bo; Li, You-Quan

    2016-07-01

    We theoretically study the dynamics of a magnetic domain wall controlled by an electric field in the presence of the spin flexoelectric interaction. We reveal that this interaction generates an effective spin torque and results in significant changes in the current-driven domain wall motion. In particular, the electric field can stabilize the domain wall motion, leading to strong suppression of the current-induced Walker breakdown and thus allowing a higher maximum wall velocity. We can furthermore use this electric-field control to efficiently switch the chirality of a moving domain wall in the steady regime.

  16. An Improved Fixed Switching Frequency Direct Torque Control of Induction Motor Drives Fed by Direct Matrix Converter

    CERN Document Server

    Taib, Nabil; Francois, Bruno

    2010-01-01

    A few papers have been interested by the fixed switching frequency direct torque control fed by direct matrix converters, where we can find just the use of direct torque controlled space vector modulated method. In this present paper, we present an improved method used for a fixed switching frequency direct torque control (DTC) using a direct matrix converter (DMC). This method is characterized by a simple structure, a fixed switching frequency which causes minimal torque ripple and a unity input power factor. Using this strategy, we combine the direct matrix converters advantages with those of direct torque control (DTC) schemes. The used technique for constant frequency is combined with the input current space vector to create the switching table of direct matrix converter (DMC). Simulation results clearly demonstrate a better dynamic and steady state performances of the proposed method.

  17. Adaptive Fuzzy Output-Feedback Stabilization Control for a Class of Switched Nonstrict-Feedback Nonlinear Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2016-03-16

    This paper proposes an fuzzy adaptive output-feedback stabilization control method for nonstrict feedback uncertain switched nonlinear systems. The controlled system contains unmeasured states and unknown nonlinearities. First, a switched state observer is constructed in order to estimate the unmeasured states. Second, a variable separation approach is introduced to solve the problem of nonstrict feedback. Third, fuzzy logic systems are utilized to identify the unknown uncertainties, and an adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization controller is set up by exploiting the backstepping design principle. At last, by applying the average dwell time method and Lyapunov stability theory, it is proven that all the signals in the closed-loop switched system are bounded, and the system output converges to a small neighborhood of the origin. Two examples are given to further show the effectiveness of the proposed switched control approach.

  18. White-light-controlled resistive switching chearacteristics of TiO2/Cu2O composite nanorods array

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Bai; Liu, Yonghong; Lou, Fangming; Chen, Peng

    2015-08-01

    TiO2/Cu2O composite nanorods array were grown on fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO) substrate by hydrothermal process, and white-light-controlled resistive switching characteristics of Ag/[TiO2/Cu2O]/FTO structure were further investigated. The current-voltage characteristics of the composite nanorods array represent a good rectifying property and bipolar resistive switching behavior. Specially, the resistive switching behavior can be regulated by white-light illuminating at room temperature. This study is helpful for exploring the memory materials and their applications in nonvolatile light-controlled memory devices.

  19. Synchronization Algorithm for SDN-controlled All-Optical TDM Switching in a Random Length Ring Network

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kamchevska, Valerija; Cristofori, Valentina; Da Ros, Francesco

    2016-01-01

    We propose and demonstrate an algorithm that allows for automatic synchronization of SDN-controlled all-optical TDM switching nodes connected in a ring network. We experimentally show successful WDM-SDM transmission of data bursts between all ring nodes.......We propose and demonstrate an algorithm that allows for automatic synchronization of SDN-controlled all-optical TDM switching nodes connected in a ring network. We experimentally show successful WDM-SDM transmission of data bursts between all ring nodes....

  20. Hybrid InGaAsP-InP Mach-Zehnder Racetrack Resonator for Thermooptic Switching and Coupling Control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Green, William; Lee, Reginald; Derose, Guy; Scherer, Axel; Yariv, Amnon

    2005-03-07

    An InGaAsP-InP optical switch geometry based on electrical control of waveguide-resonator coupling is demonstrated. Thermooptic tuning of a Mach-Zehnder interferometer integrated with a racetrack resonator is shown to result in switching with ON-OFF contrast up to 18.5 dB. The optical characteristics of this unique design enable a substantial reduction of the switching power, to a value of 26 mW in comparison with 40 mW for a conventional Mach-Zehnder interferometer switch. Modulation response measurements reveal a 3 dB bandwidth of 400 kHz and a rise time of 1.8 micros, comparing favorably with current state-of-the-art thermooptic switches.

  1. Electric Drive Discrete Control System with Automatic Switching-On Reserve for Autonomous Settlement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tsytovich L.I.

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available The paper aims at developing of control the water supply system’s electric drives for autonomous settlement. The system provides automatic switching to a reserve control channel at refusal of any of the functional elements of the working regulation channel. Usually, such systems have a test signal generator and analyzer to system response to their impact. This result to an increase in the structural redundancy of the system, increase its cost and increase the requirements for the staff qualification. A specific feature of the system is its ability to self-diagnosis of catastrophic malfunctions of scheme’s components and an automatic switching-on the reserve control channels, without applying any test signals to the whole complex of electrical equipment. Multi-zone integrating regulator with frequency-pulse-width modulation realizes this technical solution. Control system structure and signals timing diagrams are presented. The construction principle of adaptive interval-code synchronization device with improved noise stability to control the voltage regulators serving for smooth start-up of asynchronous motors of water pumps is considered as well. Such solution allowing increase noise stability and reliability work of the system in conditions of limited power electrical networks, which is characteristic for the autonomous settlements. The article may be of interest to specialists in the field of power electronics and information electronics, electric drives and process automation.

  2. Antagonistic control of a dual-input mammalian gene switch by food additives.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xie, Mingqi; Ye, Haifeng; Hamri, Ghislaine Charpin-El; Fussenegger, Martin

    2014-08-01

    Synthetic biology has significantly advanced the design of mammalian trigger-inducible transgene-control devices that are able to programme complex cellular behaviour. Fruit-based benzoate derivatives licensed as food additives, such as flavours (e.g. vanillate) and preservatives (e.g. benzoate), are a particularly attractive class of trigger compounds for orthogonal mammalian transgene control devices because of their innocuousness, physiological compatibility and simple oral administration. Capitalizing on the genetic componentry of the soil bacterium Comamonas testosteroni, which has evolved to catabolize a variety of aromatic compounds, we have designed different mammalian gene expression systems that could be induced and repressed by the food additives benzoate and vanillate. When implanting designer cells engineered for gene switch-driven expression of the human placental secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP) into mice, blood SEAP levels of treated animals directly correlated with a benzoate-enriched drinking programme. Additionally, the benzoate-/vanillate-responsive device was compatible with other transgene control systems and could be assembled into higher-order control networks providing expression dynamics reminiscent of a lap-timing stopwatch. Designer gene switches using licensed food additives as trigger compounds to achieve antagonistic dual-input expression profiles and provide novel control topologies and regulation dynamics may advance future gene- and cell-based therapies.

  3. Sensorless Control of Low-cost Single-phase Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor Drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jakobsen, Uffe; Lu, Kaiyuan; Rasmussen, Peter Omand

    2015-01-01

    This paper presents a sensorless-controlled, low-cost, low-power, and variable-speed drive system suitable for fan and pump applications. The main advantages of this drive system are the low system cost, simple converter structure, and simple but robust sensorless control technique. The drive motor...... is a special hybrid switched reluctance motor. The proposed sensorless control method beneficially utilizes the stator side PM field and its performance is motor parameter independent. The unique low-cost drive system solution, simple and robust sensorless control features of this drive system, is demonstrated...... in detail in this paper. Important design details for practical implementation of the sensorless control algorithm are included. The complete drive system performance is validated using a prototype drive system....

  4. Sensorless control of low-cost single-phase hybrid switched reluctance motor drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jakobsen, Uffe; Lu, Kaiyuan; Rasmussen, Peter Omand

    2013-01-01

    This paper presents a sensorless-controlled, low-cost, low-power, variable-speed drive system suitable for fan and pump applications. The main advantages of this drive system are the low system cost, simple converter structure, and simple but robust sensorless control technique. The drive motor...... is a special Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor (HSRM). The proposed sensorless control method utilizes beneficially the stator side permanent magnet field and its performance is motor parameter independent. The unique low-cost drive system solution, simple and robust sensorless control features of this drive...... system, is demonstrated in detail in this paper. Important design details for practical implementation of the sensorless control algorithm are included. The complete drive system performance is validated using a prototype drive system....

  5. Sensorless control of low-cost single-phase hybrid switched reluctance motor drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jakobsen, Uffe; Lu, Kaiyuan; Rasmussen, Peter Omand;

    2013-01-01

    This paper presents a sensorless-controlled, low-cost, low-power, variable-speed drive system suitable for fan and pump applications. The main advantages of this drive system are the low system cost, simple converter structure, and simple but robust sensorless control technique. The drive motor...... is a special Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor (HSRM). The proposed sensorless control method utilizes beneficially the stator side permanent magnet field and its performance is motor parameter independent. The unique low-cost drive system solution, simple and robust sensorless control features of this drive...... system, is demonstrated in detail in this paper. Important design details for practical implementation of the sensorless control algorithm are included. The complete drive system performance is validated using a prototype drive system....

  6. A biphasic epigenetic switch controls immunoevasion, virulence and niche adaptation in non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atack, John M.; Srikhanta, Yogitha N.; Fox, Kate L.; Jurcisek, Joseph A.; Brockman, Kenneth L.; Clark, Tyson A.; Boitano, Matthew; Power, Peter M.; Jen, Freda E.-C.; McEwan, Alastair G.; Grimmond, Sean M.; Smith, Arnold L.; Barenkamp, Stephen J.; Korlach, Jonas; Bakaletz, Lauren O.; Jennings, Michael P.

    2015-01-01

    Non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae contains an N6-adenine DNA-methyltransferase (ModA) that is subject to phase-variable expression (random ON/OFF switching). Five modA alleles, modA2, modA4, modA5, modA9 and modA10, account for over two-thirds of clinical otitis media isolates surveyed. Here, we use single molecule, real-time (SMRT) methylome analysis to identify the DNA-recognition motifs for all five of these modA alleles. Phase variation of these alleles regulates multiple proteins including vaccine candidates, and key virulence phenotypes such as antibiotic resistance (modA2, modA5, modA10), biofilm formation (modA2) and immunoevasion (modA4). Analyses of a modA2 strain in the chinchilla model of otitis media show a clear selection for ON switching of modA2 in the middle ear. Our results indicate that a biphasic epigenetic switch can control bacterial virulence, immunoevasion and niche adaptation in an animal model system. PMID:26215614

  7. A biphasic epigenetic switch controls immunoevasion, virulence and niche adaptation in non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atack, John M; Srikhanta, Yogitha N; Fox, Kate L; Jurcisek, Joseph A; Brockman, Kenneth L; Clark, Tyson A; Boitano, Matthew; Power, Peter M; Jen, Freda E-C; McEwan, Alastair G; Grimmond, Sean M; Smith, Arnold L; Barenkamp, Stephen J; Korlach, Jonas; Bakaletz, Lauren O; Jennings, Michael P

    2015-07-28

    Non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae contains an N(6)-adenine DNA-methyltransferase (ModA) that is subject to phase-variable expression (random ON/OFF switching). Five modA alleles, modA2, modA4, modA5, modA9 and modA10, account for over two-thirds of clinical otitis media isolates surveyed. Here, we use single molecule, real-time (SMRT) methylome analysis to identify the DNA-recognition motifs for all five of these modA alleles. Phase variation of these alleles regulates multiple proteins including vaccine candidates, and key virulence phenotypes such as antibiotic resistance (modA2, modA5, modA10), biofilm formation (modA2) and immunoevasion (modA4). Analyses of a modA2 strain in the chinchilla model of otitis media show a clear selection for ON switching of modA2 in the middle ear. Our results indicate that a biphasic epigenetic switch can control bacterial virulence, immunoevasion and niche adaptation in an animal model system.

  8. The Minimum Requirements of Language Control: Evidence from Sequential Predictability Effects in Language Switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Declerck, Mathieu; Koch, Iring; Philipp, Andrea M.

    2015-01-01

    The current study systematically examined the influence of sequential predictability of languages and concepts on language switching. To this end, 2 language switching paradigms were combined. To measure language switching with a random sequence of languages and/or concepts, we used a language switching paradigm that implements visual cues and…

  9. Aircraft Loss-of-Control Accident Prevention: Switching Control of the GTM Aircraft with Elevator Jam Failures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, Bor-Chin; Kwatny, Harry G.; Belcastro, Christine; Belcastro, Celeste

    2008-01-01

    Switching control, servomechanism, and H2 control theory are used to provide a practical and easy-to-implement solution for the actuator jam problem. A jammed actuator not only causes a reduction of control authority, but also creates a persistent disturbance with uncertain amplitude. The longitudinal dynamics model of the NASA GTM UAV is employed to demonstrate that a single fixed reconfigured controller design based on the proposed approach is capable of accommodating an elevator jam failure with arbitrary jam position as long as the thrust control has enough control authority. This paper is a first step towards solving a more comprehensive in-flight loss-of-control accident prevention problem that involves multiple actuator failures, structure damages, unanticipated faults, and nonlinear upset regime recovery, etc.

  10. Model Predictive Controlled Active NPC Inverter for Voltage Stress Balancing Among the Semiconductor Power Switches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Parvez Akter, Md.; Dah-Chuan Lu, Dylan

    2017-07-01

    This paper presents a model predictive controlled three-level three-phase active neutral-point-clamped (ANPC) inverter for distributing the voltage stress among the semiconductor power switches as well as balancing the neutral-point voltage. The model predictive control (MPC) concept uses the discrete variables and effectively operates the ANPC inverter by avoiding any linear controller or modulation techniques. A 4.0 kW three-level three-phase ANPC inverter is developed in the MATLAB/Simulink environment to verify the effectiveness of the proposed MPC scheme. The results confirm that the proposed model predictive controlled ANPC inverter equally distributes the voltage across all the semiconductor power switches and provides lowest THD (0.99%) compared with the traditional NPC inverter. Moreover, the neutral-point voltage balancing is accurately maintained by the proposed MPC algorithm. Furthermore, this MPC concept shows the robustness capability against the parameter uncertainties of the system which is also analyzed by MATLAB/Simulink.

  11. Brain mechanisms for predictive control by switching internal models: implications for higher-order cognitive functions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Imamizu, Hiroshi; Kawato, Mitsuo

    2009-07-01

    Humans can guide their actions toward the realization of their intentions. Flexible, rapid and precise realization of intentions and goals relies on the brain learning to control its actions on external objects and to predict the consequences of this control. Neural mechanisms that mimic the input-output properties of our own body and other objects can be used to support prediction and control, and such mechanisms are called internal models. We first summarize functional neuroimaging, behavioral and computational studies of the brain mechanisms related to acquisition, modular organization, and the predictive switching of internal models mainly for tool use. These mechanisms support predictive control and flexible switching of intentional actions. We then review recent studies demonstrating that internal models are crucial for the execution of not only immediate actions but also higher-order cognitive functions, including optimization of behaviors toward long-term goals, social interactions based on prediction of others' actions and mental states, and language processing. These studies suggest that a concept of internal models can consistently explain the neural mechanisms and computational principles needed for fundamental sensorimotor functions as well as higher-order cognitive functions.

  12. Inductance and Active Phase Vector Based Torque Control for Switched Reluctance Motor Drives.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kalpathi, Ramani Raman

    The Switched Reluctance Motor (SRM) drive technology has developed significantly over the last few years. The simplicity in both motor design and power converter requirement along with the availability of high frequency, high power semiconductor switches have made SRMs compete with conventional adjustable speed drive technologies. The subject of winding current control in switched reluctance machines has always been associated with the shaft position information. The use of inductance for direct commutation control is the central subject of this dissertation. In contrast to the conventional methods based on position commutation, new methods of control based on inductance commutation are presented. The object of a commutation algorithm is to switch the currents in the phase coils, in order to provide continuous energy conversion with maximum torque output for a given unit of input current. Since torque production in a SRM is based on the concept of variable reluctance, it makes more sense to observe the instantaneous phase inductance or reluctance instead of estimating the rotor position. The inductance sensors observe the machine parameters and provide sufficient information on the electrical characteristics of the coils. This control strategy avoids the inductance to position transformation blocks conventionally used in SRM control systems. In a typical SRM, the phase coils have a nonlinear behavior of inductance due to effects of current saturation. Also the parameters of one phase coil differ from those of the other due to manufacturing tolerances or due to bearing wear. In such cases, the algorithms written during the stage of manufacturing may not be valid after parameter changes. Optimizing torque production in the event of phase asymmetry and saturation is developed in this research. Indirect sensors connected to the active phase coil of the SRM are based on sensing the flux level in the active coil. New commutation algorithms based on flux sensing concepts

  13. Output Feedback Based Admissible Control of Switched Linear Singular Systems%切换线性奇异系统输出反馈容许控制

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    孟斌; 张纪峰

    2006-01-01

    The admissibility analysis and robust admissible control problem of the uncertain discretetime switched linear singular (SLS) systems for arbitrary switching laws are investigated. Based on linear matrix inequalities, some sufficient conditions are given for: A) the existence of generalized common Lyapunov solution and the admissibility of the SLS systems for arbitrary switching laws,B) the existence of static output feedback control laws ensuring the admissibility of the closed-loop SLS systems for arbitrary switching laws and norm-bounded uncertainties.

  14. 有限时区非线性系统的最优切换控制%Optimal Switching Control for Nonlinear Systems in A Finite Duration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    慕小武; 刘海军

    2006-01-01

    This paper proposes a optimal control problem for a general nonlinear systems with finitely many admissible control settings and with costs assigned to switching of controls. With dynamic programming and viscosity solution theory we show that the switching lower-value function is a viscosity solution of the appropriate systems of quasi-variational inequalities(the appropriate generalization of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation in this context)and that the minimal such switching-storage function is equal to the continuous switching lower-value for the game. With the lower value function a optimal switching control is designed for minimizing the cost of running the systems.

  15. Inversionless light amplification and optical switching controlled by state-dependent alignment of molecules

    CERN Document Server

    Popov, A K

    2003-01-01

    We propose a method to achieve amplification without population inversion by anisotropic molecules whose orientation by an external electric field is state-dependent. It is based on decoupling of the lower-state molecules from the resonant light while the excited ones remain emitting. The suitable class of molecules is discussed, the equation for the gain factor is derived, and the magnitude of the inversionless amplification is estimated for the typical experimental conditions. Such switching of the sample from absorbing to amplifying via transparent state is shown to be possible both with the aid of dc and ac control electric fields.

  16. Optical switching and inversionless amplification controlled by state-dependent alignment of molecules

    CERN Document Server

    Popov, A K

    2005-01-01

    Switching anisotropic molecules from strongly-absorbing to strongly-amplifying through a transparent state is shown to be possible by application of dc or ac control electric fields without the requirement of the population inversion. It is based on decoupling of the lower-level molecules from the resonant light while the excited ones remain emitting due to their state-dependent alignment. The amplification index may become dependent only on a number of excited molecules and not on the population of the lower state. A suitable class of molecules and applications in optoelectronics, fiberoptics and nanophotonics are outlined.

  17. A Nanostructured Composites Thermal Switch Controls Internal and External Short Circuit in Lithium Ion Batteries

    Science.gov (United States)

    McDonald, Robert C.; VanBlarcom, Shelly L.; Kwasnik, Katherine E.

    2013-01-01

    A document discusses a thin layer of composite material, made from nano scale particles of nickel and Teflon, placed within a battery cell as a layer within the anode and/or the cathode. There it conducts electrons at room temperature, then switches to an insulator at an elevated temperature to prevent thermal runaway caused by internal short circuits. The material layer controls excess currents from metal-to-metal or metal-to-carbon shorts that might result from cell crush or a manufacturing defect

  18. Voltage-Controlled Square/Triangular Wave Generator with Current Conveyors and Switching Diodes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Martin Janecek

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available A novel relaxation oscillator based on integrating the diode-switched currents and Schmitt trigger is presented. It is derived from a known circuit with operational amplifiers where these active elements were replaced by current conveyors. The circuit employs only grounded resistances and capacitance and is suitable for high frequency square and triangular signal generation. Its frequency can be linearly and accurately controlled by voltage that is applied to a high-impedance input. Computer simulation with a model of a manufactured conveyor prototype verifies theoretic assumptions.

  19. Data-based virtual unmodeled dynamics driven multivariable nonlinear adaptive switching control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chai, Tianyou; Zhang, Yajun; Wang, Hong; Su, Chun-Yi; Sun, Jing

    2011-12-01

    For a complex industrial system, its multivariable and nonlinear nature generally make it very difficult, if not impossible, to obtain an accurate model, especially when the model structure is unknown. The control of this class of complex systems is difficult to handle by the traditional controller designs around their operating points. This paper, however, explores the concepts of controller-driven model and virtual unmodeled dynamics to propose a new design framework. The design consists of two controllers with distinct functions. First, using input and output data, a self-tuning controller is constructed based on a linear controller-driven model. Then the output signals of the controller-driven model are compared with the true outputs of the system to produce so-called virtual unmodeled dynamics. Based on the compensator of the virtual unmodeled dynamics, the second controller based on a nonlinear controller-driven model is proposed. Those two controllers are integrated by an adaptive switching control algorithm to take advantage of their complementary features: one offers stabilization function and another provides improved performance. The conditions on the stability and convergence of the closed-loop system are analyzed. Both simulation and experimental tests on a heavily coupled nonlinear twin-tank system are carried out to confirm the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  20. Regulation for Switched Bimodal Systems with the Application to the Flying Height Control in Data Storage Devices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Zhizheng

    This paper considers a regulation problem for discrete-time switched bimodal linear systems where it is desired to achieve regulation against partially known disturbance or reference signals. First, a set of observer-based Q - parameterized stabilizing controllers for the switched system is constructed. Then a sufficient regulation condition for the switched system is obtained, and a regulator synthesis method is derived based on solving a set of properly formulated linear matrix inequalities. Finally, the proposed regulator design method is evaluated on an experimental setup motivated by the flying height regulation problem in data storage devices.

  1. Application of multi-model switching predictive functional control on the temperature system of an electric heating furnace.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Weide; Zhang, Junfeng; Zhang, Ridong

    2017-05-01

    A method of multi-model switching based predictive functional control is proposed and applied to the temperature control system of an electric heating furnace. The control strategies provide the effective and independent control modes of the electric heating furnace temperature in order to obtain improved control performance. The method depends on conventional implementation of the multi-model switching state, which requires some endeavors to tune the switching model in the model predictive control and allows a reduction of the calculation compared with the weighted multiple model algorithms. In order to test the advantage of the proposed method, experimental equipment is set up and experiments are done on the temperature process of a heating furnace, which verify the validity and effectiveness of the proposed algorithm. Copyright © 2017 ISA. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  2. Review and Simulation of Fixed and Adaptive Hysteresis Current Control Considering Switching Losses and High-Frequency Harmonics

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hani Vahedi

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Hysteresis Current Control (HCC is widely used due to its simplicity in implementation, fast and accurate response. However, the main issue is its variable switching frequency which leads to extraswitching losses and injecting high-frequency harmonics into the system current. To solve this problem, adaptive hysteresis current control (AHCC has been introduced which produces hysteresis bandwidth which instantaneously results in smoother and constant switching frequency. In this paper the instantaneous power theory is used to extract the harmonic components of system current. Then fixed-band hysteresis current control is explained. Because of fixed-band variable frequency disadvantages, the adaptive hysteresis current control is explained that leads to fixing the switching frequency and reducing the high-frequency components in source current waveform. Due to these advantages of AHCC, the switching frequency and switching losses will be diminished appropriately. Some simulations are done in MATLAB/Simulink. The Fourier Transform and THD results of source and load currents and the instantaneous switching frequency diagram are discussed to prove the efficiency of this method. The Fourier Transform and THD results of source and load currents are discussed to prove the validity of this method.

  3. Upper Bounds for the Distance between a Controllable Switched Linear System and the Set of Uncontrollable Ones

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Josep Clotet

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The set of controllable switched linear systems is an open and dense set in the space of all switched linear systems. Therefore it makes sense to compute the distance from a controllable system to the nearest uncontrollable one. In the case of a standard system, x˙t=Axt+But, R. Eising, D. Boley, and W. S. Lu obtain some results for this distance, both in the complex and real cases. In this work we explore this distance, for switched linear systems in the real case, obtaining upper bounds for it. The main contribution of the paper is to prove that a natural generalization of the upper bound obtained by D. Boley and W. S. Lu is true in the case of switched linear systems.

  4. Effect of switching control strategies on the energy performance of electrochromic windows

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sullivan, R.; Lee, E.S.; Papamichael, K.; Rubin, M.; Selkowitz, S. [Lawrence Berkeley Lab., CA (United States). Building Technologies Program

    1994-04-01

    This paper presents the results of a study investigating the energy performance of electrochromic windows under a variety of state-switching control strategies. The authors used the DOE-2.1E energy simulation program to analyze the annual cooling, lighting, and total electricity use and peak demand as a function of glazing type, size, and electrochromic control strategy. They simulated a prototypical commercial office building module located in the cooling-dominated location of Blythe, California. Control strategies analyzed were based on daylight illuminance, incident total solar radiation, and space cooling load. Their results show that when a daylighting strategy is used to reduce electrical lighting requirements, control algorithms based on daylight illuminance results in the best overall annual energy performance. If daylighting is not a design option, controls based on space cooling load yield the best performance through solar heat gain reduction. The performance of the incident total solar radiation control strategies varies as a function of the values of solar radiation which trigger the bleached and colored states of the electrochromic (setpoint range); for small to moderate window sizes which result in small to moderate solar gains, a large setpoint-range was best since it provides increased illuminance for daylighting without much cooling penalty; for larger window sizes, which provide adequate daylight, a small setpoint-range was best to reduce unwanted solar heat gains and the consequential increased cooling requirement. Of particular importance is the fact that reduction in peak electric demand was found to be independent of the type of control strategy used for electrochromic switching. This is because the electrochromics are generally in their most colored state under peak conditions, and the mechanism used for achieving such a state is not important.

  5. Challenges and implementation aspects of switched-mode power supplies with digital control for automotive applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    Quenzer-Hohmuth, Samuel; Rosahl, Thoralf; Ritzmann, Steffen; Wicht, Bernhard

    2016-09-01

    Switched-mode power supplies (SMPS) convert an input DC-voltage into a higher or lower output voltage. In automotive, analog control is mostly used in order to keep the required output voltages constant and resistant to disturbances. The design of robust analog control for SMPS faces parameter variations of integrated and external passive components. Using digital control, parameter variations can be eliminated and the required area for the integrated circuit can be reduced at the same time. Digital control design bears challenges like the prevention of limit cycle oscillations and controller-wind-up. This paper reviews how to prevent these effects. Digital control loops introduce new sources for dead times in the control loop, for example the latency of the analog-to-digital-converter (ADC). Dead times have negative influence on the stability of the control loop, because they lead to phase delays. Consequently, low latency is one of the key requirements for analog-to-digital-converters in digitally controlled SMPS. Exploiting the example of a 500 kHz-buck converter with a crossover frequency of 70 kHz, this paper shows that the 5 µs-latency of a ΔΣ-analog-to-digital-converter leads to a reduction in phase margin of 126°. The latency is less critical for boost converters because of their inherent lower crossover frequencies. Finally, the paper shows a comparison between analog and digital control of SMPS with regard to chip area and test costs.

  6. Does the macaque monkey provide a good model for studying human executive control? A comparative behavioral study of task switching.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Luana Caselli

    Full Text Available The ability to swiftly and smoothly switch from one task set to another is central to intelligent behavior, because it allows an organism to flexibly adapt to ever changing environmental conditions and internal needs. For this reason, researchers interested in executive control processes have often relied on task-switching paradigms as powerful tools to uncover the underlying cognitive and brain architecture. In order to gather fundamental information at the single-cell level, it would be greatly helpful to demonstrate that non-human primates, especially the macaque monkey, share with us similar behavioral manifestations of task-switching and therefore, in all likelihood, similar underlying brain mechanisms. Unfortunately, prior attempts have provided negative results (e.g., Stoet & Snyder, 2003b, in that it was reported that macaques do not show the typical signature of task-switching operations at the behavioral level, represented by switch costs. If confirmed, this would indicate that the macaque cannot be used as a model approach to explore human executive control mechanisms by means of task-switching paradigms. We have therefore decided to re-explore this issue, by conducting a comparative experiment on a group of human participants and two macaque monkeys, whereby we measured and compared performance costs linked to task switching and resistance to interference across the two species. Contrary to what previously reported, we found that both species display robust task switching costs, thus supporting the claim that macaque monkeys provide an exquisitely suitable model to study the brain mechanisms responsible for maintaining and switching task sets.

  7. Does the macaque monkey provide a good model for studying human executive control? A comparative behavioral study of task switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Caselli, Luana; Chelazzi, Leonardo

    2011-01-01

    The ability to swiftly and smoothly switch from one task set to another is central to intelligent behavior, because it allows an organism to flexibly adapt to ever changing environmental conditions and internal needs. For this reason, researchers interested in executive control processes have often relied on task-switching paradigms as powerful tools to uncover the underlying cognitive and brain architecture. In order to gather fundamental information at the single-cell level, it would be greatly helpful to demonstrate that non-human primates, especially the macaque monkey, share with us similar behavioral manifestations of task-switching and therefore, in all likelihood, similar underlying brain mechanisms. Unfortunately, prior attempts have provided negative results (e.g., Stoet & Snyder, 2003b), in that it was reported that macaques do not show the typical signature of task-switching operations at the behavioral level, represented by switch costs. If confirmed, this would indicate that the macaque cannot be used as a model approach to explore human executive control mechanisms by means of task-switching paradigms. We have therefore decided to re-explore this issue, by conducting a comparative experiment on a group of human participants and two macaque monkeys, whereby we measured and compared performance costs linked to task switching and resistance to interference across the two species. Contrary to what previously reported, we found that both species display robust task switching costs, thus supporting the claim that macaque monkeys provide an exquisitely suitable model to study the brain mechanisms responsible for maintaining and switching task sets.

  8. Thermo-optic control of dielectric-loaded plasmonic Mach-Zehnder interferometers and directional coupler switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Gosciniak, J.; Markey, L.; Dereux, A.

    2012-01-01

    We report detailed experimental studies of compact fiber-coupled dielectric-loaded plasmonic waveguide components-Mach-Zehnder interferometers (MZIs) and directional couplers (DCs)-whose operation at telecom wavelengths is controlled via the thermo-optic effect by electrically heating the gold st......, and wavelength dependent low power (similar to 0.92 mW) rerouting is achieved with DC switches. Furthermore, simulations were performed to confirm the switching characteristics of the components....

  9. Does the Macaque Monkey Provide a Good Model for Studying Human Executive Control? A Comparative Behavioral Study of Task Switching

    OpenAIRE

    2011-01-01

    The ability to swiftly and smoothly switch from one task set to another is central to intelligent behavior, because it allows an organism to flexibly adapt to ever changing environmental conditions and internal needs. For this reason, researchers interested in executive control processes have often relied on task-switching paradigms as powerful tools to uncover the underlying cognitive and brain architecture. In order to gather fundamental information at the single-cell level, it would be gre...

  10. Photochromic Spatiotemporal Control of Bubble-Propelled Micromotors by a Spiropyran Molecular Switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moo, James Guo Sheng; Presolski, Stanislav; Pumera, Martin

    2016-03-22

    Controlling the environment in which bubble-propelled micromotors operate represents an attractive strategy to influence their motion, especially when the trigger is as simple as light. We demonstrate that spiropyrans, which isomerize to amphiphilic merocyanines under UV irradiation, can act as molecular switches that drastically affect the locomotion of the micrometer-sized engines. The phototrigger could be either a point or a field source, thus allowing different modes of control to be executed. A whole ensemble of micromotors was repeatedly activated and deactivated by just altering the spiropyran-merocyanine ratio with light. Moreover, the velocity of individual micromotors was altered using a point irradiation source that caused only localized changes in the environment. Such selective manipulation, achieved here with an optical microscope and a photochromic additive in the medium, reveals the ease of the methodology, which can allow micro- and nanomotors to reach their full potential of not just stochastic, but directional controlled motion.

  11. Observer-Based Robust Tracking Control for a Class of Switched Nonlinear Cascade Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ben Niu

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is devoted to robust output feedback tracking control design for a class of switched nonlinear cascade systems. The main goal is to ensure the global input-to-state stable (ISS property of the tracking error nonlinear dynamics with respect to the unknown structural system uncertainties and external disturbances. First, a nonlinear observer is constructed through state transformation to reconstruct the unavailable states, where only one parameter should be determined. Then, by virtue of the nonlinear sliding mode control (SMC, a discontinuous nonlinear output feedback controller is designed using a backstepping like design procedure to ensure the ISS property. Finally, an example is provided to show the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  12. A high repetition rate passively Q-switched microchip laser for controllable transverse laser modes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dong, Jun; Bai, Sheng-Chuang; Liu, Sheng-Hui; Ueda, Ken-Ichi; Kaminskii, Alexander A.

    2016-05-01

    A Cr4+:YAG passively Q-switched Nd:YVO4 microchip laser for versatile controllable transverse laser modes has been demonstrated by adjusting the position of the Nd:YVO4 crystal along the tilted pump beam direction. The pump beam diameter-dependent asymmetric saturated inversion population inside the Nd:YVO4 crystal governs the oscillation of various Laguerre-Gaussian, Ince-Gaussian and Hermite-Gaussian modes. Controllable transverse laser modes with repetition rates over 25 kHz and up to 183 kHz, depending on the position of the Nd:YVO4 crystal, have been achieved. The controllable transverse laser beams with a nanosecond pulse width and peak power over hundreds of watts have been obtained for potential applications in optical trapping and quantum computation.

  13. The Autophagy Machinery Controls Cell Death Switching between Apoptosis and Necroptosis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Goodall, Megan L; Fitzwalter, Brent E; Zahedi, Shadi; Wu, Min; Rodriguez, Diego; Mulcahy-Levy, Jean M; Green, Douglas R; Morgan, Michael; Cramer, Scott D; Thorburn, Andrew

    2016-05-23

    Although autophagy controls cell death and survival, underlying mechanisms are poorly understood, and it is unknown whether autophagy affects only whether or not cells die or also controls other aspects of programmed cell death. MAP3K7 is a tumor suppressor gene associated with poor disease-free survival in prostate cancer. Here, we report that Map3k7 deletion in mouse prostate cells sensitizes to cell death by TRAIL (TNF-related apoptosis-inducing ligand). Surprisingly, this death occurs primarily through necroptosis, not apoptosis, due to assembly of the necrosome in association with the autophagy machinery, mediated by p62/SQSTM1 recruitment of RIPK1. The mechanism of cell death switches to apoptosis if p62-dependent recruitment of the necrosome to the autophagy machinery is blocked. These data show that the autophagy machinery can control the mechanism of programmed cell death by serving as a scaffold rather than by degrading cargo.

  14. Improvement of Hydraulic Edge Position Control System by Proportion Sliding Mode of Self-tuning Switching Gain

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin Baoquan

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available Aiming at the problem of tracking performance degradation of hydraulic EPC system caused by time-varying inertia parameters, nonlinear and external disturbances, the proportion sliding mode control of fuzzy self-tuning gain was proposed. The EPC system state space model on deviation parameters was established and the main feedback sliding mode switching algorithm was designed. The fuzzy method was used to dynamically adjust the proportion sliding mode switching gain by product of the switching function and its derivative state and to adaptive compensate for the uncertainty of the system. At the same time to ensure the effectiveness of the design strategy, the controller model and physical model worked together to simulate the actual conditions. The fixed switching gain switch was, respectively greater and smaller and compared with the fuzzy self-tuning gain, in which the latter achieves a fast and coordinated control of chattering. The results show that after comprehensive consideration all interference the system is stable, fast response, high accuracy and to solve chattering problem caused by the traditional large switching gain of proportion sliding mode.

  15. Allosteric control of an ionotropic glutamate receptor with an optical switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Volgraf, Matthew; Gorostiza, Pau; Numano, Rika; Kramer, Richard H; Isacoff, Ehud Y; Trauner, Dirk

    2006-01-01

    The precise regulation of protein activity is fundamental to life. The allosteric control of an active site by a remote regulatory binding site is a mechanism of regulation found across protein classes, from enzymes to motors to signaling proteins. We describe a general approach for manipulating allosteric control using synthetic optical switches. Our strategy is exemplified by a ligand-gated ion channel of central importance in neuroscience, the ionotropic glutamate receptor (iGluR). Using structure-based design, we have modified its ubiquitous clamshell-type ligand-binding domain to develop a light-activated channel, which we call LiGluR. An agonist is covalently tethered to the protein through an azobenzene moiety, which functions as the optical switch. The agonist is reversibly presented to the binding site upon photoisomerization, initiating clamshell domain closure and concomitant channel gating. Photoswitching occurs on a millisecond timescale, with channel conductances that reflect the photostationary state of the azobenzene at a given wavelength. Our device has potential uses not only in biology but also in bioelectronics and nanotechnology.

  16. Switching EKF technique for rotor and stator resistance estimation in speed sensorless control of IMs

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Barut, Murat; Bogosyan, Seta [University of Alaska Fairbanks, Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Fairbanks, AK 99775 (United States); Gokasan, Metin [Istanbul Technical University, Electrical and Electronic Engineering Faculty, 34390 Istanbul (Turkey)

    2007-12-15

    High performance speed sensorless control of induction motors (IMs) calls for estimation and control schemes that offer solutions to parameter uncertainties as well as to difficulties involved with accurate flux/velocity estimation at very low and zero speed. In this study, a new EKF based estimation algorithm is proposed for the solution of both problems and is applied in combination with speed sensorless direct vector control (DVC). The technique is based on the consecutive execution of two EKF algorithms, by switching from one algorithm to another at every n sampling periods. The number of sampling periods, n, is determined based on the desired system performance. The switching EKF approach, thus applied, provides an accurate estimation of an increased number of parameters than would be possible with a single EKF algorithm. The simultaneous and accurate estimation of rotor, R{sub r}{sup '} and stator, R{sub s} resistances, both in the transient and steady state, is an important challenge in speed sensorless IM control and reported studies achieving satisfactory results are few, if any. With the proposed technique in this study, the sensorless estimation of R{sub r}{sup '} and R{sub s} is achieved in transient and steady state and in both high and low speed operation while also estimating the unknown load torque, velocity, flux and current components. The performance demonstrated by the simulation results at zero speed, as well as at low and high speed operation is very promising when compared with individual EKF algorithms performing either R{sub r}{sup '} or R{sub s} estimation or with the few other approaches taken in past studies, which require either signal injection and/or a change of algorithms based on the speed range. The results also motivate utilization of the technique for multiple parameter estimation in a variety of control methods. (author)

  17. High-performance flat data center network architecture based on scalable and flow-controlled optical switching system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Calabretta, Nicola; Miao, Wang; Dorren, Harm

    2016-03-01

    Traffic in data centers networks (DCNs) is steadily growing to support various applications and virtualization technologies. Multi-tenancy enabling efficient resource utilization is considered as a key requirement for the next generation DCs resulting from the growing demands for services and applications. Virtualization mechanisms and technologies can leverage statistical multiplexing and fast switch reconfiguration to further extend the DC efficiency and agility. We present a novel high performance flat DCN employing bufferless and distributed fast (sub-microsecond) optical switches with wavelength, space, and time switching operation. The fast optical switches can enhance the performance of the DCNs by providing large-capacity switching capability and efficiently sharing the data plane resources by exploiting statistical multiplexing. Benefiting from the Software-Defined Networking (SDN) control of the optical switches, virtual DCNs can be flexibly created and reconfigured by the DCN provider. Numerical and experimental investigations of the DCN based on the fast optical switches show the successful setup of virtual network slices for intra-data center interconnections. Experimental results to assess the DCN performance in terms of latency and packet loss show less than 10^-5 packet loss and 640ns end-to-end latency with 0.4 load and 16- packet size buffer. Numerical investigation on the performance of the systems when the port number of the optical switch is scaled to 32x32 system indicate that more than 1000 ToRs each with Terabit/s interface can be interconnected providing a Petabit/s capacity. The roadmap to photonic integration of large port optical switches will be also presented.

  18. Effects of caffeine on anticipatory control processes : Evidence from a cued task-switch paradigm

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Tieges, Zoe; Snel, Jan; Kok, Albert; Plat, Niels; Ridderinkhof, Richard

    2007-01-01

    Effects of caffeine on task switching were studied using ERPs in a cued task-switch paradigm. The need for advance preparation was manipulated by varying the number of task-set aspects that required switching. In a double-blind, within-subjects experiment, caffeine reduced shift costs compared to pl

  19. Pigeon interaction mode switch-based UAV distributed flocking control under obstacle environments.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qiu, Huaxin; Duan, Haibin

    2017-07-28

    Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) flocking control is a serious and challenging problem due to local interactions and changing environments. In this paper, a pigeon flocking model and a pigeon coordinated obstacle-avoiding model are proposed based on a behavior that pigeon flocks will switch between hierarchical and egalitarian interaction mode at different flight phases. Owning to the similarity between bird flocks and UAV swarms in essence, a distributed flocking control algorithm based on the proposed pigeon flocking and coordinated obstacle-avoiding models is designed to coordinate a heterogeneous UAV swarm to fly though obstacle environments with few informed individuals. The comparative simulation results are elaborated to show the feasibility, validity and superiority of our proposed algorithm. Copyright © 2017 ISA. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Will seizure control improve by switching from the modified Atkins diet to the traditional ketogenic diet?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kossoff, Eric H; Bosarge, Jennifer L; Miranda, Maria J; Wiemer-Kruel, Adelheid; Kang, Hoon Chul; Kim, Heung Dong

    2010-12-01

    It has been reported that children can maintain seizure control when the ketogenic diet (KD) is transitioned to the less-restrictive modified Atkins diet (MAD). What is unknown, however, is the likelihood of additional seizure control from a switch from the MAD to the KD. Retrospective information was obtained from 27 patients who made this dietary change from four different institutions. Ten (37%) patients had ≥10% additional seizure reduction with the KD over the MAD, of which five became seizure-free. The five children who did not improve on the MAD failed to improve when transitioned to the KD. A higher incidence of improvement with the KD occurred for those with myoclonic-astatic epilepsy (70% vs. 12% for all other etiologies, p = 0.004), including all who became seizure-free. These results suggest that the KD probably represents a "higher dose" of dietary therapy than the MAD, which may particularly benefit those with myoclonic-astatic epilepsy.

  1. Fault Tolerant Operation of ISOP Multicell Dc-Dc Converter Using Active Gate Controlled SiC Protection Switch

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yusuke Hayashi

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available An active gate controlled semiconductor protection switch using SiC-MOSFET is proposed to achieve the fault tolerant operation of ISOP (Input Series and Output Parallel connected multicell dc-dc converter. The SiC-MOSFET with high temperature capability simplifies the configuration of the protection circuit, and its on-resistance control by the active gate controller realizes the smooth protection without the voltage and the current surges. The first laboratory prototype of the protection switch is fabricated by using a SiC-MOSFET with a high frequency buck chopper for the active gate controller. The effectiveness of the proposed protection switch is verified, taking the impact of the volume reduction into account.

  2. Optimal control problems with switching points. Ph.D. Thesis, 1990 Final Report

    Science.gov (United States)

    Seywald, Hans

    1991-01-01

    An overview is presented of the problems and difficulties that arise in solving optimal control problems with switching points. A brief discussion of existing optimality conditions is given and a numerical approach for solving the multipoint boundary value problems associated with the first-order necessary conditions of optimal control is presented. Two real-life aerospace optimization problems are treated explicitly. These are altitude maximization for a sounding rocket (Goddard Problem) in the presence of a dynamic pressure limit, and range maximization for a supersonic aircraft flying in the vertical, also in the presence of a dynamic pressure limit. In the second problem singular control appears along arcs with active dynamic pressure limit, which in the context of optimal control, represents a first-order state inequality constraint. An extension of the Generalized Legendre-Clebsch Condition to the case of singular control along state/control constrained arcs is presented and is applied to the aircraft range maximization problem stated above. A contribution to the field of Jacobi Necessary Conditions is made by giving a new proof for the non-optimality of conjugate paths in the Accessory Minimum Problem. Because of its simple and explicit character, the new proof may provide the basis for an extension of Jacobi's Necessary Condition to the case of the trajectories with interior point constraints. Finally, the result that touch points cannot occur for first-order state inequality constraints is extended to the case of vector valued control functions.

  3. Pinning lag synchronization of drive-response complex networks via intermittent control with two different switched periods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Jian-an; Ma, Xiaohui; Wen, Xinyu; Sun, Qianlai

    2016-11-01

    This paper develops an intermittent control with two switched periods to study the pinning lag synchronization problem of drive-response complex networks. These two switched periods may have different control rates. By designing appropriate adaptive intermittent pinning controllers and using Lyapunov stability theory, some sufficient conditions for ensuring the lag synchronization between two coupled networks are derived. The minimum number of pinned nodes is determined by node dynamics, coupling strength, inner coupling matrix and a design parameter. Two simple pinning lag synchronization criteria are obtained from the proposed conditions. A numerical example is provided to illustrate the feasibility of the theoretical results.

  4. 49 CFR 236.13 - Spring switch; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... circuits through circuit controller. 236.13 Section 236.13 Transportation Other Regulations Relating to...; selection of signal control circuits through circuit controller. The control circuits of signals governing... circuit controller, or through the contacts of relay repeating the position of such circuit...

  5. Control of Switching Characteristics of Silicon-based Semiconductor Diode Using High Energy Linear Accelerator

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    N. Harihara Krishnan

    2013-05-01

    Full Text Available This paper reports control of switching characteristics of silicon-based semiconductor diode using electron beam produced using linear accelerator. Conventionally, p-n junction chips of diode are exposed to gamma rays from a radioactive source or electron beam from a microtron, depending upon the required level of correction. High energy linear accelerators featuring simultaneous exposure of multiple chips are recent advancements in radiation technology. The paper presents the results of the radiation process using a 10 MeV linear accelerator as applied in industrial manufacturing of a high voltage diode (2600 V. The achieved values of reverse recovery time were found to be within the design limits. The suitability of the new process was verified by constructing the trade-off curve between the switching and conduction parameters of the diode for the complete range using large number of experimental samples. The paper summarizes the advantages of the new process over the conventional methods specifically with reference to industrial requirements. The developed process has been successfully implemented in semiconductor manufacturing.

  6. Parameters controlling microstructures and resistance switching of electrodeposited cuprous oxide thin films

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yazdanparast, Sanaz

    2016-12-01

    Cuprous oxide (Cu2O) thin films were electrodeposited cathodically from a highly alkaline bath using tartrate as complexing agent. Different microstructures for Cu2O thin films were achieved by varying the applied potential from -0.285 to -0.395 V versus a reference electrode of Ag/AgCl at 50 °C in potentiostatic mode, and separately by changing the bath temperature from 25 to 50 °C in galvanostatic mode. Characterization experiments showed that both grain size and orientation of Cu2O can be controlled by changing the applied potential. Applying a high negative potential of -0.395 V resulted in smaller grain size of Cu2O thin films with a preferred orientation in [111] direction. An increase in the bath temperature in galvanostatic electrodeposition increased the grain size of Cu2O thin films. All the films in Au/Cu2O/Au-Pd cell showed unipolar resistance switching behavior after an initial FORMING process. Increasing the grain size of Cu2O thin films and decreasing the top electrode area increased the FORMING voltage and decreased the current level of high resistance state (HRS). The current in low resistance state (LRS) was independent of the top electrode area and the grain size of deposited films, suggesting a filamentary conduction mechanism in unipolar resistance switching of Cu2O.

  7. Control system of mutually coupled switched reluctance motor drive of mining machines in generator mode

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ivanov, A. S.; Kalanchin, I. Yu; Pugacheva, E. E.

    2017-09-01

    One of the first electric motors, based on the use of electromagnets, was a reluctance motor in the XIX century. Due to the complexities in the implementation of control system the development of switched reluctance electric machines was repeatedly initiated only in 1960 thanks to the development of computers and power electronic devices. The main feature of these machines is the capacity to work both in engine mode and in generator mode. Thanks to a simple and reliable design in which there is no winding of the rotor, commutator, permanent magnets, a reactive gate-inductor electric drive operating in the engine mode is actively being introduced into various areas such as car industry, production of household appliances, wind power engineering, as well as responsible production processes in the oil and mining industries. However, the existing shortcomings of switched reluctance electric machines, such as nonlinear pulsations of electromagnetic moment, the presence of three or four phase supply system and sensor of rotor position prevent wide distribution of this kind of electric machines.

  8. A Switching Mechanism in Doxorubicin Bioactivation Can Be Exploited to Control Doxorubicin Toxicity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Finn, Nnenna A.; Findley, Harry W.; Kemp, Melissa L.

    2011-01-01

    Although doxorubicin toxicity in cancer cells is multifactorial, the enzymatic bioactivation of the drug can significantly contribute to its cytotoxicity. Previous research has identified most of the components that comprise the doxorubicin bioactivation network; however, adaptation of the network to changes in doxorubicin treatment or to patient-specific changes in network components is much less understood. To investigate the properties of the coupled reduction/oxidation reactions of the doxorubicin bioactivation network, we analyzed metabolic differences between two patient-derived acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL) cell lines exhibiting varied doxorubicin sensitivities. We developed computational models that accurately predicted doxorubicin bioactivation in both ALL cell lines at high and low doxorubicin concentrations. Oxygen-dependent redox cycling promoted superoxide accumulation while NADPH-dependent reductive conversion promoted semiquinone doxorubicin. This fundamental switch in control is observed between doxorubicin sensitive and insensitive ALL cells and between high and low doxorubicin concentrations. We demonstrate that pharmacological intervention strategies can be employed to either enhance or impede doxorubicin cytotoxicity in ALL cells due to the switching that occurs between oxygen-dependent superoxide generation and NADPH-dependent doxorubicin semiquinone formation. PMID:21935349

  9. Robust H∞ Control for a Class of Uncertain Switched Fuzzy Time-Delay Systems Based on T-S Models

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yang Cui

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The problem of robust H∞ control for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy time-delay systems is discussed for system described by T-S fuzzy model with Lyapunov stable theory and linear matrix inequality approach. A sufficient condition in terms of the LMI is derived such that the stability of the closed-loop systems is guaranteed. The continuous state feedback controller is built to ensure the asymptotically stable closed-loop system for all allowable uncertainties, with the switching law designed to implement the global asymptotic stability of uncertain switched fuzzy time-delay systems. In this model, each and every subsystem of the switched systems is an uncertain fuzzy one to which the parallel distributed compensation (PDC controller of each sub fuzzy system system is proposed with its main condition given in a more solvable form of convex combinations. Such a switched control system is highly robust to varying parameters. A simulation shows the feasibility and effectiveness of the design method.

  10. Effective variable switching point predictive current control for ac low-voltage drives

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stolze, Peter; Karamanakos, Petros; Kennel, Ralph; Manias, Stefanos; Endisch, Christian

    2015-07-01

    This paper presents an effective model predictive current control scheme for induction machines driven by a three-level neutral point clamped inverter, called variable switching point predictive current control. Despite the fact that direct, enumeration-based model predictive control (MPC) strategies are very popular in the field of power electronics due to their numerous advantages such as design simplicity and straightforward implementation procedure, they carry two major drawbacks. These are the increased computational effort and the high ripples on the controlled variables, resulting in a limited applicability of such methods. The high ripples occur because in direct MPC algorithms the actuating variable can only be changed at the beginning of a sampling interval. A possible remedy for this would be to change the applied control input within the sampling interval, and thus to apply it for a shorter time than one sample. However, since such a solution would lead to an additional overhead which is crucial especially for multilevel inverters, a heuristic preselection of the optimal control action is adopted to keep the computational complexity at bay. Experimental results are provided to verify the potential advantages of the proposed strategy.

  11. Study on Application of T-S Fuzzy Observer in Speed Switching Control of AUVs Driven by States

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xun Zhang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Considering the inherent strongly nonlinear and coupling performance of autonomous underwater vehicles (AUVs, the speed switching control method for AUV driven by states is presented. By using T-S fuzzy observer to estimate the states of AUV, the speed control strategies in lever plane, vertical plane, and speed kept are established, respectively. Then the adaptive switching law is introduced to switch the speed control strategies designed in real time. In the simulation, acoustic Doppler current profile/side scan sonar (ADCP/SSS observation case is employed to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method. The results show that the efficiency of AUV was improved, the trajectory tracking error was reduced, and the steady-state ability was enhanced.

  12. Exponential Admissibility and Dynamic Output Feedback Control of Switched Singular Systems with Interval Time-Varying Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jinxing Lin

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the problems of exponential admissibility and dynamic output feedback (DOF control for a class of continuous-time switched singular systems with interval time-varying delay. A full-order, dynamic, synchronously switched DOF controller is considered. First, by using the average dwell time approach, a delay-range-dependent exponential admissibility criterion for the unforced switched singular time-delay system is established in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Then, based on this criterion, a sufficient condition on the existence of a desired DOF controller, which guarantees that the closed-loop system is regular, impulse free and exponentially stable, is proposed by employing the LMI technique. Finally, some illustrative examples are given to show the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  13. SWITCH: a dynamic CRISPR tool for genome engineering and metabolic pathway control for cell factory construction in Saccharomyces cerevisiae.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Vanegas, Katherina García; Lehka, Beata Joanna; Mortensen, Uffe Hasbro

    2017-02-08

    The yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae is increasingly used as a cell factory. However, cell factory construction time is a major obstacle towards using yeast for bio-production. Hence, tools to speed up cell factory construction are desirable. In this study, we have developed a new Cas9/dCas9 based system, SWITCH, which allows Saccharomyces cerevisiae strains to iteratively alternate between a genetic engineering state and a pathway control state. Since Cas9 induced recombination events are crucial for SWITCH efficiency, we first developed a technique TAPE, which we have successfully used to address protospacer efficiency. As proof of concept of the use of SWITCH in cell factory construction, we have exploited the genetic engineering state of a SWITCH strain to insert the five genes necessary for naringenin production. Next, the naringenin cell factory was switched to the pathway control state where production was optimized by downregulating an essential gene TSC13, hence, reducing formation of a byproduct. We have successfully integrated two CRISPR tools, one for genetic engineering and one for pathway control, into one system and successfully used it for cell factory construction.

  14. Local digital control of power electronic converters in a dc microgrid based on a-priori derivation of switching surfaces

    Science.gov (United States)

    Banerjee, Bibaswan

    In power electronic basedmicrogrids, the computational requirements needed to implement an optimized online control strategy can be prohibitive. The work presented in this dissertation proposes a generalized method of derivation of geometric manifolds in a dc microgrid that is based on the a-priori computation of the optimal reactions and trajectories for classes of events in a dc microgrid. The proposed states are the stored energies in all the energy storage elements of the dc microgrid and power flowing into them. It is anticipated that calculating a large enough set of dissimilar transient scenarios will also span many scenarios not specifically used to develop the surface. These geometric manifolds will then be used as reference surfaces in any type of controller, such as a sliding mode hysteretic controller. The presence of switched power converters in microgrids involve different control actions for different system events. The control of the switch states of the converters is essential for steady state and transient operations. A digital memory look-up based controller that uses a hysteretic sliding mode control strategy is an effective technique to generate the proper switch states for the converters. An example dcmicrogrid with three dc-dc boost converters and resistive loads is considered for this work. The geometric manifolds are successfully generated for transient events, such as step changes in the loads and the sources. The surfaces corresponding to a specific case of step change in the loads are then used as reference surfaces in an EEPROM for experimentally validating the control strategy. The required switch states corresponding to this specific transient scenario are programmed in the EEPROM as a memory table. This controls the switching of the dc-dc boost converters and drives the system states to the reference manifold. In this work, it is shown that this strategy effectively controls the system for a transient condition such as step changes

  15. An inductance Fourier decomposition-based current-hysteresis control strategy for switched reluctance motors

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hua, Wei; Qi, Ji; Jia, Meng

    2017-05-01

    Switched reluctance machines (SRMs) have attracted extensive attentions due to the inherent advantages, including simple and robust structure, low cost, excellent fault-tolerance and wide speed range, etc. However, one of the bottlenecks limiting the SRMs for further applications is its unfavorable torque ripple, and consequently noise and vibration due to the unique doubly-salient structure and pulse-current-based power supply method. In this paper, an inductance Fourier decomposition-based current-hysteresis-control (IFD-CHC) strategy is proposed to reduce torque ripple of SRMs. After obtaining a nonlinear inductance-current-position model based Fourier decomposition, reference currents can be calculated by reference torque and the derived inductance model. Both the simulations and experimental results confirm the effectiveness of the proposed strategy.

  16. Finite-time stabilization control for discontinuous time-delayed networks: New switching design.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Ling-Ling; Huang, Li-Hong; Cai, Zuo-Wei

    2016-03-01

    This paper discusses the finite-time stabilization problem for time-varying delayed neural networks (DNNs) with discontinuous activation functions. By using fixed point theory and set-valued analysis, we establish the existence theorem of equilibrium point. In order to stabilize the states of this class of discontinuous DNNs in finite time, we design two different kinds of switching controllers which are described by discontinuous functions. Under the framework of Filippov solutions, several new and effective criteria are derived to realize finite-time stabilization of discontinuous DNNs based on the famous finite-time stability theory. Besides, the upper bounds of the settling time of stabilization are estimated. Numerical examples are finally provided to illustrate the correctness of the proposed design method and theoretical results.

  17. Robust consensus tracking control for multiagent systems with initial state shifts, disturbances, and switching topologies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Meng, Deyuan; Jia, Yingmin; Du, Junping

    2015-04-01

    This paper deals with the consensus tracking control issues of multiagent systems and aims to solve them as accurately as possible over a finite time interval through an iterative learning approach. Based on the iterative rule, distributed algorithms are proposed for every agent using its nearest neighbor knowledge, for which the robustness problem is addressed against initial state shifts, disturbances, and switching topologies. These uncertainties are dynamically changing not only along the time axis but also the iteration axis. It is shown that the matrix norm conditions can be developed to achieve the convergence of the considered consensus tracking objectives, for which necessary and sufficient conditions are presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities to guarantee their feasibility in the sense of the spectral norm. Furthermore, simulation examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness and robustness of the obtained consensus tracking results.

  18. A bistable switch and anatomical site control Vibrio cholerae virulence gene expression in the intestine.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alex T Nielsen

    Full Text Available A fundamental, but unanswered question in host-pathogen interactions is the timing, localization and population distribution of virulence gene expression during infection. Here, microarray and in situ single cell expression methods were used to study Vibrio cholerae growth and virulence gene expression during infection of the rabbit ligated ileal loop model of cholera. Genes encoding the toxin-coregulated pilus (TCP and cholera toxin (CT were powerfully expressed early in the infectious process in bacteria adjacent to epithelial surfaces. Increased growth was found to co-localize with virulence gene expression. Significant heterogeneity in the expression of tcpA, the repeating subunit of TCP, was observed late in the infectious process. The expression of tcpA, studied in single cells in a homogeneous medium, demonstrated unimodal induction of tcpA after addition of bicarbonate, a chemical inducer of virulence gene expression. Striking bifurcation of the population occurred during entry into stationary phase: one subpopulation continued to express tcpA, whereas the expression declined in the other subpopulation. ctxA, encoding the A subunit of CT, and toxT, encoding the proximal master regulator of virulence gene expression also exhibited the bifurcation phenotype. The bifurcation phenotype was found to be reversible, epigenetic and to persist after removal of bicarbonate, features consistent with bistable switches. The bistable switch requires the positive-feedback circuit controlling ToxT expression and formation of the CRP-cAMP complex during entry into stationary phase. Key features of this bistable switch also were demonstrated in vivo, where striking heterogeneity in tcpA expression was observed in luminal fluid in later stages of the infection. When this fluid was diluted into artificial seawater, bacterial aggregates continued to express tcpA for prolonged periods of time. The bistable control of virulence gene expression points to a

  19. Switching Controller Design for a Class of Markovian Jump Nonlinear Systems Using Stochastic Small-Gain Theorem

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin Zhu

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available Switching controller design for a class of Markovian jump nonlinear systems with unmodeled dynamics is considered in this paper. Based on the differential equation and infinitesimal generator of jump systems, the concept of Jump Input-to-State practical Stability (JISpS in probability and stochastic Lyapunov stability criterion are put forward. By using backsetpping technology and stochastic small-gain theorem, a switching controller is proposed which ensures JISpS in probability for the jump nonlinear system. A simulation example illustrates the validity of this design.

  20. Finite-time H∞ control for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems with quantized feedback

    Science.gov (United States)

    Song, Haiyu; Yu, Li; Zhang, Dan; Zhang, Wen-An

    2012-12-01

    This paper is concerned with the finite-time quantized H∞ control problem for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems with time-varying exogenous disturbances. By using the sector bound approach and the average dwell time method, sufficient conditions are derived for the switched system to be finite-time bounded and ensure a prescribed H∞ disturbance attenuation level, and a mode-dependent quantized state feedback controller is designed by solving an optimization problem. Two illustrative examples are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed theoretical results.

  1. Final report for the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) control plane security LDRD project.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Torgerson, Mark Dolan; Michalski, John T.; Tarman, Thomas David; Black, Stephen P.; Pierson, Lyndon George

    2003-09-01

    As rapid Internet growth continues, global communications becomes more dependent on Internet availability for information transfer. Recently, the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) introduced a new protocol, Multiple Protocol Label Switching (MPLS), to provide high-performance data flows within the Internet. MPLS emulates two major aspects of the Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM) technology. First, each initial IP packet is 'routed' to its destination based on previously known delay and congestion avoidance mechanisms. This allows for effective distribution of network resources and reduces the probability of congestion. Second, after route selection each subsequent packet is assigned a label at each hop, which determines the output port for the packet to reach its final destination. These labels guide the forwarding of each packet at routing nodes more efficiently and with more control than traditional IP forwarding (based on complete address information in each packet) for high-performance data flows. Label assignment is critical in the prompt and accurate delivery of user data. However, the protocols for label distribution were not adequately secured. Thus, if an adversary compromises a node by intercepting and modifying, or more simply injecting false labels into the packet-forwarding engine, the propagation of improperly labeled data flows could create instability in the entire network. In addition, some Virtual Private Network (VPN) solutions take advantage of this 'virtual channel' configuration to eliminate the need for user data encryption to provide privacy. VPN's relying on MPLS require accurate label assignment to maintain user data protection. This research developed a working distributive trust model that demonstrated how to deploy confidentiality, authentication, and non-repudiation in the global network label switching control plane. Simulation models and laboratory testbed implementations that demonstrated this concept

  2. Model predictive control of an air suspension system with damping multi-mode switching damper based on hybrid model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Xiaoqiang; Yuan, Chaochun; Cai, Yingfeng; Wang, Shaohua; Chen, Long

    2017-09-01

    This paper presents the hybrid modeling and the model predictive control of an air suspension system with damping multi-mode switching damper. Unlike traditional damper with continuously adjustable damping, in this study, a new damper with four discrete damping modes is applied to vehicle semi-active air suspension. The new damper can achieve different damping modes by just controlling the on-off statuses of two solenoid valves, which makes its damping adjustment more efficient and more reliable. However, since the damping mode switching induces different modes of operation, the air suspension system with the new damper poses challenging hybrid control problem. To model both the continuous/discrete dynamics and the switching between different damping modes, the framework of mixed logical dynamical (MLD) systems is used to establish the system hybrid model. Based on the resulting hybrid dynamical model, the system control problem is recast as a model predictive control (MPC) problem, which allows us to optimize the switching sequences of the damping modes by taking into account the suspension performance requirements. Numerical simulations results demonstrate the efficacy of the proposed control method finally.

  3. Integrated mixed signal control IC for 500-kHz switching frequency buck regulator

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Keng; Zhang, Hong

    2015-12-01

    The main purpose for this work is to study the challenges of designing a digital buck regulator using pipelined analog to digital converter (ADC). Although pipelined ADC can achieve high sampling speed, it will introduce additional phase lag to the buck circuit. Along with the latency brought by processing time of additional digital circuits, as well as the time delay associated with the switching frequency, the closed loop will be unstable; moreover, raw ADC outputs have low signal-to-noise ratio, which usually need back-end calibration. In order to compensate these phase lag and make control loop unconditional stable, as well as boost up signal-to-noise ratio of the ADC block with cost-efficient design, a finite impulse response filter followed by digital proportional-integral-derivative blocks were designed. All these digital function blocks were optimised with processing speed. In the system simulation, it can be found that this controller achieved output regulation within 10% of nominal 5 V output voltage under 1 A/µs load transient condition; moreover, with the soft-start method, there is no turn-on overshooting. The die size of this controller is controlled within 3 mm2 by using 180 nm CMOS technology.

  4. Methodology for allocation of remotely controlled switches in distribution networks based on a fuzzy multi-criteria decision making algorithm

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bernardon, D.P.; Sperandio, M.; Garcia, V.J.; Russi, J. [UNIPAMPA - Federal University of Pampa (Brazil); Canha, L.N.; Abaide, A.R. [UFSM - Federal University of Santa Maria (Brazil); Daza, E.F.B. [AES Sul (Brazil)

    2011-02-15

    Continuity in power supply for the consumers is a permanent concern from the utilities, pursued with the development of technological solutions in order to improve the performance of network restoration conditions. Using remotely controlled switches corresponds to one possible approach to reach such an improvement and giving some convenient remote resources such as the fault detect, isolation and transfer loads. This paper presents a methodology implemented in a computer programming language for allocation these devices in electric distribution systems based on multi-criteria fuzzy analysis. The main contributions are focus on considering the impact of installing remote-controlled switches in the reliability indexes and algorithm of fuzzy multi-criteria decision making for the switches allocation. The effectiveness of the proposed algorithm is demonstrated with case studies involving actual systems of the AES Sul utility located in the south of Brazil. (author)

  5. Voltage-controlled magnetization switching in MRAMs in conjunction with spin-transfer torque and applied magnetic field

    Science.gov (United States)

    Munira, Kamaram; Pandey, Sumeet C.; Kula, Witold; Sandhu, Gurtej S.

    2016-11-01

    Voltage-controlled magnetic anisotropy (VCMA) effect has attracted a significant amount of attention in recent years because of its low cell power consumption during the anisotropy modulation of a thin ferromagnetic film. However, the applied voltage or electric field alone is not enough to completely and reliably reverse the magnetization of the free layer of a magnetic random access memory (MRAM) cell from anti-parallel to parallel configuration or vice versa. An additional symmetry-breaking mechanism needs to be employed to ensure the deterministic writing process. Combinations of voltage-controlled magnetic anisotropy together with spin-transfer torque (STT) and with an applied magnetic field (Happ) were evaluated for switching reliability, time taken to switch with low error rate, and energy consumption during the switching process. In order to get a low write error rate in the MRAM cell with VCMA switching mechanism, a spin-transfer torque current or an applied magnetic field comparable to the critical current and field of the free layer is necessary. In the hybrid processes, the VCMA effect lowers the duration during which the higher power hungry secondary mechanism is in place. Therefore, the total energy consumed during the hybrid writing processes, VCMA + STT or VCMA + Happ, is less than the energy consumed during pure spin-transfer torque or applied magnetic field switching.

  6. ERP indices of persisting and current inhibitory control: a study of saccadic task switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mueller, S C; Swainson, R; Jackson, G M

    2009-03-01

    Previous studies have found that inhibition of a biologically dominant prepotent response tendency is required during the execution of a less familiar, non-prepotent response. However, the lasting impact of this inhibition and the cognitive mechanisms to flexibly switch between prepotent and non-prepotent responses are poorly understood. We examined the neurophysiological (ERP) correlates of switching between prosaccade and antisaccade responses in 22 healthy volunteers. The behavioural data showed significant switch costs in terms of response latency for the prosaccade task only. These costs occurred exclusively in trials when preparation for the switch was limited to 300 ms, suggesting that inhibition of the prepotent prosaccade task either passively dissipated or was actively overcome during the longer 1000 ms preparation interval. In the neurophysiological data, a late frontal negativity (LFN) was visible during preparation for a switch to the prosaccade task that was absent when switching to the antisaccade task, which may reflect the overcoming of persisting inhibition. During task implementation both saccade types were associated with a late parietal positivity (LPP) for switch relative to repetition trials, possibly indicating attentional reorienting to the switched-to task, and visible only with short preparation intervals. When the prosaccade and antisaccade task were contrasted directly during task implementation, the antisaccade task exhibited increased stimulus-locked N2 and decreased P3 amplitudes indicative of active inhibition. The present findings indicate that neurophysiological markers of persisting and current inhibition can be revealed using a prosaccade/antisaccade-switching task.

  7. A new high-performance AC/DC power factor correction switching converter based on one-cycle control technology and active floating-charge technology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GAO Chao

    2008-01-01

    A new family of converters, high-performance AC/DC power factor correction (PFC) switching converters with one-cycle control technology and active floating-charge technology, was derived and experimentally verified. The topology of a single-phase CCM and DCM Boost-PFC switching converter was also analyzed. Its operating prniciples and control methods were expounded. Based on these, a new type of AC/DC switching converter circuits for PFC combined with one-cycle control technology was presented herein. The proposed AC/DC switching converter significantly helps improve the converter efficiency and its power factor value.

  8. Direct Adaptive Fuzzy Sliding Mode Control with Variable Universe Fuzzy Switching Term for a Class of MIMO Nonlinear Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Guo Haigang

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Combining adaptive fuzzy sliding mode control with fuzzy or variable universe fuzzy switching technique, this study develops two novel direct adaptive schemes for a class of MIMO nonlinear systems with uncertainties and external disturbances. The proposed control schemes consist of fuzzy equivalent control terms, fuzzy switching control terms (in scheme one or variable universe fuzzy switching control terms (in scheme two, and compensation control terms. The compensation control terms are used to relax the assumption on fuzzy approximation error. Based on Lyapunov stability theory, the parameters update laws are adaptively tuned online and the global asymptotic stability of the closed-loop system can be guaranteed. The major contribution of this study is to develop a novel framework for designing direct adaptive fuzzy sliding mode control scheme facing model uncertainties and external disturbances. The derived schemes can effectively solve the chattering problem and the equivalent control calculation in that environment. Simulation results performed on a two-link robotic manipulator demonstrate the feasibility of the proposed control schemes.

  9. A tuneable switch for controlling environmental degradation of bioplastics: addition of isothiazolinone to polyhydroxyalkanoates.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Catherine Anne Woolnough

    Full Text Available Controlling the environmental degradation of polyhydroxybutyrate (PHB and polyhydroxyvalerate (P(HB-co-HV bioplastics would expand the range of their potential applications. Combining PHB and P(HB-co-HV films with the anti-fouling agent 4,5-dichloro-2-n-octyl-4-isothiazolin-3-one (DCOI, <10% w/w restricted microbial colonisation in soil, but did not significantly affect melting temperature or the tensile strength of films. DCOI films showed reduced biofouling and postponed the onset of weight loss by up to 100 days, a 10-fold increase compared to unmodified films where the microbial coverage was significant. In addition, the rate of PHA-DCOI weight loss, post-onset, reduced by about 150%; in contrast a recorded weight loss of only 0.05% per day for P(HB-co-HV with a 10% DCOI loading was observed. This is in stark contrast to the unmodified PHB film, where a recorded weight loss of only 0.75% per day was made. The 'switch' that initiates film weight loss, and its subsequent reduced rate, depended on the DCOI loading to control biofouling. The control of biofouling and environmental degradation for these DCOI modified bioplastics increases their potential use in biodegradable applications.

  10. Single-photon switch: Controllable scattering of photons inside a one-dimensional resonator waveguide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, L.; Gong, Z. R.; Liu, Y. X.; Sun, C. P.; Nori, F.

    2010-03-01

    We analyze the coherent transport of a single photon, which propagates in a one-dimensional coupled-resonator waveguide and is scattered by a controllable two-level system located inside one of the resonators of this waveguide. Our approach, which uses discrete coordinates, unifies low and high energy effective theories for single-photon scattering. We show that the controllable two-level system can behave as a quantum switch for the coherent transport of a single photon. This study may inspire new electro-optical single-photon quantum devices. We also suggest an experimental setup based on superconducting transmission line resonators and qubits. References: L. Zhou, Z.R. Gong, Y.X. Liu, C.P. Sun, F. Nori, Controllable scattering of photons inside a one-dimensional resonator waveguide, Phys. Rev. Lett. 101, 100501 (2008). L. Zhou, H. Dong, Y.X. Liu, C.P. Sun, F. Nori, Quantum super-cavity with atomic mirrors, Phys. Rev. A 78, 063827 (2008).

  11. An electrochemically switched smart surface for peptide immobilization and conformation control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Jun; Sun, Chun-Lin; Shen, Rong; Cao, Xiao-Yan; Zhou, Bo; Bai, De-Cheng; Zhang, Hao-Li

    2014-08-06

    We report an electrochemically switched smart surface for controlled peptide immobilization and conformation control. This dynamic surface is based on self-assembled monolayers (SAMs) containing surface-bound trimethoxybenzene moieties, which can undergo electrochemically modulated surface activation to be stepwisely converted to two catechol derivatives. This new smart surface can be used to realize stepwise immobilization of a peptide, and more importantly, to control peptide conformation on a surface. We demonstrate herein that with one electrochemical activation step, a linear peptide containing an RGD sequence can be attached onto the SAMs. With the subsequence activation step, the attached linear RGD peptide can be converted into cyclic conformation. The SAMs bounded with linear and cyclic RGD exhibit different adhesion behaviors to fibroblasts cells. The reaction procedure can be well-monitored by cyclic voltammetry (CV), electrochemical surface enhanced Raman microscopy (EC-SERS), and X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS). It is believed this robust smart surface can find wide applications in surface immobilization of bioactive moieties.

  12. Sto chastic Maximum Principle for Optimal Control of Forward-backward Sto chastic Pantograph Systems with Regime Switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Shao Dian-guo

    2016-01-01

    In this paper, we derive the stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems of the forward-backward Markovian regime-switching system. The control system is described by an anticipated forward-backward stochastic pantograph equation and modulated by a continuous-time finite-state Markov chain. By virtue of classical variational approach, duality method, and convex analysis, we obtain a stochastic maximum principle for the optimal control.

  13. Cognitive control mechanisms revealed by ERP and fMRI: evidence from repeated task-switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Swainson, R; Cunnington, R; Jackson, G M; Rorden, C; Peters, A M; Morris, P G; Jackson, S R

    2003-08-15

    We investigated the extent to which a common neural mechanism is involved in task set-switching and response withholding, factors that are frequently confounded in task-switching and go/no-go paradigms. Subjects' brain activity was measured using event-related electrical potentials (ERPs) and event-related functional MRI (fMRI) neuroimaging in separate studies using the same cognitive paradigm. Subjects made compatible left/right keypress responses to left/right arrow stimuli of 1000 msec duration; they switched every two trials between responding at stimulus onset (GO task-green arrows) and stimulus offset (WAIT task-red arrows). With-holding an immediate response (WAIT vs. GO) elicited an enhancement of the frontal N2 ERP and lateral PFC activation of the right hemisphere, both previously associated with the "no-go" response, but only on switch trials. Task-switching (switch vs. nonswitch) was associated with frontal N2 amplification and right hemisphere ventrolateral PFC activation, but only for the WAIT task. The anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) was the only brain region to be activated for both types of task switch, but this activation was located more rostrally for the WAIT than for the GO switch trials. We conclude that the frontal N2 ERP and lateral PFC activation are not markers for withholding an immediate response or switching tasks per se, but are associated with switching into a response-suppression mode. Different regions within the ACC may be involved in two processes integral to task-switching: processing response conflict (rostral ACC) and overcoming prior response suppression (caudal ACC).

  14. The Development of the Electrically Controlled High Power RF Switch and Its Application to Active RF Pulse Compression Systems

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Guo, Jiquan [Stanford Univ., CA (United States)

    2008-12-01

    In the past decades, there has been increasing interest in pulsed high power RF sources for building high-gradient high-energy particle accelerators. Passive RF pulse compression systems have been used in many applications to match the available RF sources to the loads requiring higher RF power but a shorter pulse. Theoretically, an active RF pulse compression system has the advantage of higher efficiency and compactness over the passive system. However, the key component for such a system an element capable of switching hundreds of megawatts of RF power in a short time compared to the compressed pulse width is still an open problem. In this dissertation, we present a switch module composed of an active window based on the bulk effects in semiconductor, a circular waveguide three-port network and a movable short plane, with the capability to adjust the S-parameters before and after switching. The RF properties of the switch module were analyzed. We give the scaling laws of the multiple-element switch systems, which allow the expansion of the system to a higher power level. We present a novel overmoded design for the circular waveguide three-port network and the associated circular-to-rectangular mode-converter. We also detail the design and synthesis process of this novel mode-converter. We demonstrate an electrically controlled ultra-fast high power X-band RF active window built with PIN diodes on high resistivity silicon. The window is capable of handling multi-megawatt RF power and can switch in 2-300ns with a 1000A current driver. A low power active pulse compression experiment was carried out with the switch module and a 375ns resonant delay line, obtaining 8 times compression gain with a compression ratio of 20.

  15. Controlling the color of cholesteric liquid-crystalline films by photoirradiation of a chiroptical molecular switch used as dopant

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    van Delden, RA; Huck, NPM; Feringa, BL; Delden, Richard A. van; Gelder, Marc B. van; Huck, Nina P.M.

    2003-01-01

    Using thin films of a cholesteric mixture of acrylates 2 and 3 doped with the chiroptical molecular switch (M)-trans-1, photo-control of the reflection color between red and green is possible. This doped liquid-crystal (LC) film can be used for photoinduced writing, color reading, and photoinduced l

  16. Chiral induction in phenanthroline-derived oligoamide foldamers: an acid- and base-controllable switch in helical molecular strands.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Hai-Yu; Xiang, Jun-Feng; Yang, Yong; Chen, Chuan-Feng

    2008-03-20

    A series of phenanthroline-derived oligoamides bearing a chiral (R)-phenethylamino end group were synthesized that displayed chiral helical induction and subsequently formed one-hand helical foldamers in solution. Moreover, an acid- and base-controllable switch in the helical molecular strands was observed, which has been demonstrated by NMR, UV-vis, and circular dichroism spectroscopy.

  17. Compact Hybrid Subsystem of 16 Channel Optical Demultiplexer, 2x2 Switches, Optical Power Monitors and Control Circuit

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Kenichiro Takahashi; Toshihiko Kishimoto; Shintaro Mouri; Youichi Hata; Hideaki Yusa; Mitsuaki Tamura; Kazuhito Saito; Hisao Maki

    2003-01-01

    A compact hybrid subsystem of 16channel optical demultiplexer, 2x2 switches, optical power monitors and control circuit board is developed. The subsystem is able to add or drop arbitrary optical channels and monitor the optical power level by software commands. The size of the subsystem is 170x200x30(mm).

  18. Microwave control using a high-gain bias-free optoelectronic switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Freeman, J. L.; Ray, S.; West, D. L.; Thompson, A. G.; Lagasse, M. J.

    1991-08-01

    We describe an optoelectronic microwave switch that exploits the high optical sensitivity of the air-GaAs interface. With an optical power of 100 micro-W, the switch has an insertion loss of 3.4 dB and an isolation of greater than 20 dB from 0 to 10 GHz. No electrical power is needed.

  19. Trade-offs between Control and Mode-Observability Properties for Switching Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baglietto, Marco; Battistelli, Giorgio; Tesi, Pietro

    2012-01-01

    This paper describes recent progress in the study of switching linear systems i.e. linear systems whose dynamics can switch among a family of possible configurations/modes. We focus the attention on closed-loop mode-observability, namely the problem of identifying the active (unknown) mode of the sy

  20. Light-Triggered Control of Plasmonic Refraction and Group Delay by Photochromic Molecular Switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Großmann, Malte; Klick, Alwin; Lemke, Christoph

    2015-01-01

    An interface supporting plasmonic switching is prepared from a gold substrate coated with a polymerfilm doped with photochromic molecular switches. A reversible light-induced change in the surface plasmon polariton dispersion curve of the interface is experimentally demonstrated, evidencing rever...... complex functionalities based on surface plasmon refraction and group delay....

  1. Coexistence of electric field controlled ferromagnetism and resistive switching for TiO{sub 2} film at room temperature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Ren, Shaoqing; Qin, Hongwei; Bu, Jianpei; Zhu, Gengchang; Xie, Jihao; Hu, Jifan, E-mail: hujf@sdu.edu.cn, E-mail: hu-jf@vip.163.com [School of Physics, State Key Laboratory for Crystal Materials, Shandong University, Jinan 250100 (China)

    2015-08-10

    The Ag/TiO{sub 2}/Nb:SrTiO{sub 3}/Ag device exhibits the coexistence of electric field controlled ferromagnetism and resistive switching at room temperature. The bipolar resistive switching in Ag/TiO{sub 2}/Nb:SrTiO{sub 3}/Ag device may be dominated by the modulation of Schottky-like barrier with the electron injection-trapped/detrapped process at the interface of TiO{sub 2}/Nb:SrTiO{sub 3}. We suggest that the electric field-induced magnetization modulation originates mainly from the creation/annihilation of lots of oxygen vacancies in TiO{sub 2}.

  2. Blood Pressure Control in Smokers with Arterial Hypertension Who Switched to Electronic Cigarettes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Riccardo Polosa

    2016-11-01

    Full Text Available Electronic cigarettes (ECs are battery-operated devices designed to vaporise nicotine, which may help smokers with quitting or reducing their tobacco consumption. No data is available regarding the health effects of ECs use among smokers with arterial hypertension and whether regular use results in blood pressure (BP changes. We investigated long-term changes in resting BP and level of BP control in hypertensive smokers who quit or reduced substantially their tobacco consumption by switching to ECs. A medical records review of patients with hypertension was conducted to identify patients reporting regular daily use of ECs on at least two consecutive follow-up visits. Regularly smoking hypertensive patients were included as a reference group. A marked reduction in cigarette consumption was observed in ECs users (n = 43 though consumption remained unchanged in the control group (n = 46. Compared to baseline, at 12 months (follow-up visit 2 decline in cigarette consumption was associated with significant reductions in median (25th-, 75th-centile systolic BP (140 (134.5, 144 to 130 (123.5, 138.5 mmHg; p < 0.001 and diastolic BP (86 (78, 90 to 80 (74.5, 90 mmHg; p = 0.006. No significant changes were observed in the control group. As expected, decline in cigarette consumption in the ECs users was also associated with improved BP control. The study concludes that regular ECs use may aid smokers with arterial hypertension reduce or abstain from cigarette smoking, with only trivial post-cessation weight gain. This resulted in improvements in systolic and diastolic BP as well as better BP control.

  3. Blood Pressure Control in Smokers with Arterial Hypertension Who Switched to Electronic Cigarettes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Polosa, Riccardo; Morjaria, Jaymin B.; Caponnetto, Pasquale; Battaglia, Eliana; Russo, Cristina; Ciampi, Claudio; Adams, George; Bruno, Cosimo M.

    2016-01-01

    Electronic cigarettes (ECs) are battery-operated devices designed to vaporise nicotine, which may help smokers with quitting or reducing their tobacco consumption. No data is available regarding the health effects of ECs use among smokers with arterial hypertension and whether regular use results in blood pressure (BP) changes. We investigated long-term changes in resting BP and level of BP control in hypertensive smokers who quit or reduced substantially their tobacco consumption by switching to ECs. A medical records review of patients with hypertension was conducted to identify patients reporting regular daily use of ECs on at least two consecutive follow-up visits. Regularly smoking hypertensive patients were included as a reference group. A marked reduction in cigarette consumption was observed in ECs users (n = 43) though consumption remained unchanged in the control group (n = 46). Compared to baseline, at 12 months (follow-up visit 2) decline in cigarette consumption was associated with significant reductions in median (25th-, 75th-centile) systolic BP (140 (134.5, 144) to 130 (123.5, 138.5) mmHg; p < 0.001) and diastolic BP (86 (78, 90) to 80 (74.5, 90) mmHg; p = 0.006). No significant changes were observed in the control group. As expected, decline in cigarette consumption in the ECs users was also associated with improved BP control. The study concludes that regular ECs use may aid smokers with arterial hypertension reduce or abstain from cigarette smoking, with only trivial post-cessation weight gain. This resulted in improvements in systolic and diastolic BP as well as better BP control. PMID:27845734

  4. Simultaneous Kerr and Faraday investigations of boundary magnetization and order parameter switching in voltage-controllable exchange bias films

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Junlei; Echtenkamp, Will; Street, Mike; Binek, Christian

    2015-03-01

    Magnetoelectric oxides are of great interest for ultra-low power spintronics with memory and logic function. A key property for the realization of electrically switchable state variables is the voltage-controlled boundary magnetization in magnetoelectric antiferromagnets. It allows electric switching of an adjacent exchange coupled ferromagnetic layer in the absence of dissipative currents. Previous surface sensitive measurements of boundary magnetization in thin films of the archetypical magnetoelectric antiferromagnet chromia lacked explicit demonstration of the predicted rigid coupling between the bulk antiferromagnetic order parameter and the boundary magnetization. We designed a magneto-optical setup allowing simultaneous measurement of Kerr and Faraday rotation. Our experiments correlate electric field induced bulk magneto-optical effects (non-reciprocal rotation), including the response on switching of the antiferromagnetic order parameter, with the boundary magnetization. Our results suggest that switching of a ferromagnetic film strongly exchange coupled to a magnetoelectric antiferromagnetic ultra-thin film allows switching of the antiferromagnetic order parameter. We investigate the possibility that this switching phenomenon might induce a voltage pulse via a generalized variation of the inverse linear magnetoelectric effect. This project was supported by SRC through CNFD, an SRC-NRI Center, by C-SPIN, part of STARnet, and by the NSF through MRSEC.

  5. Design of High-Voltage Switch-Mode Power Amplifier Based on Digital-Controlled Hybrid Multilevel Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yanbin Hou

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Compared with conventional Class-A, Class-B, and Class-AB amplifiers, Class-D amplifier, also known as switching amplifier, employs pulse width modulation (PWM technology and solid-state switching devices, capable of achieving much higher efficiency. However, PWM-based switching amplifier is usually designed for low-voltage application, offering a maximum output voltage of several hundred Volts. Therefore, a step-up transformer is indispensably adopted in PWM-based Class-D amplifier to produce high-voltage output. In this paper, a switching amplifier without step-up transformer is developed based on digital pulse step modulation (PSM and hybrid multilevel converter. Under the control of input signal, cascaded power converters with separate DC sources operate in PSM switch mode to directly generate high-voltage and high-power output. The relevant topological structure, operating principle, and design scheme are introduced. Finally, a prototype system is built, which can provide power up to 1400 Watts and peak voltage up to ±1700 Volts. And the performance, including efficiency, linearity, and distortion, is evaluated by experimental tests.

  6. Self-assembled oxide films with tailored nanoscale ionic and electronic channels for controlled resistive switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cho, Seungho; Yun, Chao; Tappertzhofen, Stefan; Kursumovic, Ahmed; Lee, Shinbuhm; Lu, Ping; Jia, Quanxi; Fan, Meng; Jian, Jie; Wang, Haiyan; Hofmann, Stephan; MacManus-Driscoll, Judith L.

    2016-01-01

    Resistive switches are non-volatile memory cells based on nano-ionic redox processes that offer energy efficient device architectures and open pathways to neuromorphics and cognitive computing. However, channel formation typically requires an irreversible, not well controlled electroforming process, giving difficulty to independently control ionic and electronic properties. The device performance is also limited by the incomplete understanding of the underlying mechanisms. Here, we report a novel memristive model material system based on self-assembled Sm-doped CeO2 and SrTiO3 films that allow the separate tailoring of nanoscale ionic and electronic channels at high density (∼1012 inch−2). We systematically show that these devices allow precise engineering of the resistance states, thus enabling large on–off ratios and high reproducibility. The tunable structure presents an ideal platform to explore ionic and electronic mechanisms and we expect a wide potential impact also on other nascent technologies, ranging from ionic gating to micro-solid oxide fuel cells and neuromorphics. PMID:27491392

  7. A Phosphotyrosine Switch Controls the Association of Histone Mark Readers with Methylated Proteins.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Irving-Hooper, Bronwyn Kate; Binda, Olivier

    2016-03-22

    Although histone post-translational modifications play a paramount role in controlling access to genetic information, our understanding of the precise mechanisms regulating chromatin signaling remains superficial. For instance, histone H3 trimethylated on lysine 9 (H3K9(me3)) favors the association of chromodomain proteins such as heterochromatin protein 1α (HP1α) with chromatin. However, HP1α and other such chromatin proteins are not covering all specific histone marks at all times. Thus, how are these reader-histone interactions regulated? We propose tyrosine phosphorylation within the aromatic cage of histone mark readers as a molecular switch that can either turn ON or OFF and even alter the specificity of reader-histone interactions. We have identified tyrosine phosphorylation events on the chromatin proteins HP1α and M-phase phosphoprotein 8 that regulate their association with methylated histones in vitro (synthetic peptides, calf thymus purified histones, and nucleosomes), but also in cells, thus controlling access to genetic information.

  8. Nonlinear switched models for control of unsteady forces on a rapidly pitching airfoil

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dawson, Scott; Brunton, Steven; Rowley, Clarence

    2013-11-01

    The unsteady aerodynamic forces incident on a pitching flat plate airfoil at a Reynolds number of 100 are investigated through direct numerical simulation. Linear state-space models, identified from impulse response data via the eigensystem realization algorithm, are used to accurately track rapid changes in lift coefficient through either feedback or feedforward control, even in the presence of gust disturbances. We develop a technique to project between states of linear models obtained at different angles of attack using primal and pseudo-adjoint balanced POD modes. This allows for the formation of a nonlinear switched model that is accurate over a wide range of angles of attack, in both pre- and post-stall regimes. We additionally investigate phenomena that are not captured by linear models, such as an increase in mean lift that occurs when vortex shedding frequencies are excited. The effect of changing the pitch axis is also investigated, where it is found that pitching aft of the mid-chord results in right half plane zeros that increase the difficulty of the control problem. This work was supported by AFOSR grant FA9550-12-1-0075.

  9. Self-assembled oxide films with tailored nanoscale ionic and electronic channels for controlled resistive switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cho, Seungho; Yun, Chao; Tappertzhofen, Stefan; Kursumovic, Ahmed; Lee, Shinbuhm; Lu, Ping; Jia, Quanxi; Fan, Meng; Jian, Jie; Wang, Haiyan; Hofmann, Stephan; MacManus-Driscoll, Judith L.

    2016-08-01

    Resistive switches are non-volatile memory cells based on nano-ionic redox processes that offer energy efficient device architectures and open pathways to neuromorphics and cognitive computing. However, channel formation typically requires an irreversible, not well controlled electroforming process, giving difficulty to independently control ionic and electronic properties. The device performance is also limited by the incomplete understanding of the underlying mechanisms. Here, we report a novel memristive model material system based on self-assembled Sm-doped CeO2 and SrTiO3 films that allow the separate tailoring of nanoscale ionic and electronic channels at high density (~1012 inch-2). We systematically show that these devices allow precise engineering of the resistance states, thus enabling large on-off ratios and high reproducibility. The tunable structure presents an ideal platform to explore ionic and electronic mechanisms and we expect a wide potential impact also on other nascent technologies, ranging from ionic gating to micro-solid oxide fuel cells and neuromorphics.

  10. Biomimetics Micro Robot with Active Hardware Neural Networks Locomotion Control and Insect-Like Switching Behaviour

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ken Saito

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we presented the 4.0, 2.7, 2.5 mm, width, length, height size biomimetics micro robot system which was inspired by insects. The micro robot system was made from silicon wafer fabricated by micro electro mechanical systems (MEMS technology. The mechanical system of the robot was equipped with small size rotary type actuators, link mechanisms and six legs to realize the insect‐like switching behaviour. In addition, we constructed the active hardware neural networks (HNN by analogue CMOS circuits as a locomotion controlling system. The HNN utilized the pulse‐type hardware neuron model (P‐HNM as a basic component. The HNN outputs the driving pulses using synchronization phenomena such as biological neural networks. The driving pulses can operate the actuators of the biomimetics micro robot directly. Therefore, the HNN realized the robot control without using any software programs or A/D converters. The micro robot emulated the locomotion method and the neural networks of an insect with rotary type actuators, link mechanisms and HNN. The micro robot performed forward and backward locomotion, and also changed direction by inputting an external trigger pulse. The locomotion speed was 26.4 mm/min when the step width was 0.88 mm.

  11. Temperature control of molecular circuit switch responsible for virulent phenotype expression in uropathogenic Escherichia coli

    Science.gov (United States)

    Samoilov, Michael

    2010-03-01

    The behavior and fate of biological organisms are to a large extent dictated by their environment, which can be often viewed as a collection of features and constraints governed by physics laws. Since biological systems comprise networks of molecular interactions, one such key physical property is temperature, whose variations directly affect the rates of biochemical reactions involved. For instance, temperature is known to control many gene regulatory circuits responsible for pathogenicity in bacteria. One such example is type 1 fimbriae (T1F) -- the foremost virulence factor in uropathogenic E. coli (UPEC), which accounts for 80-90% of all community-acquired urinary tract infections (UTIs). The expression of T1F is randomly `phase variable', i.e. individual cells switch between virulent/fimbriate and avirulent/afimbriate phenotypes, with rates regulated by temperature. Our computational investigation of this process, which is based on FimB/FimE recombinase-mediated inversion of fimS DNA element, offers new insights into its discrete-stochastic kinetics. In particular, it elucidates the logic of T1F control optimization to the host temperature and contributes further understanding toward the development of novel therapeutic approaches to UPEC-caused UTIs.

  12. DC Injection Elimination Using Modified Resonant Controller in Unipolar Switched Transformerless H-Bridge PV Inverter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Anjali Varghese C

    2013-08-01

    Full Text Available The necessity of efficient topologies for photovoltaic (PV inverters is a concern presently. With the advent of transformerless inverters, the size, volume and cost of PV inverters can be decreased. Efficiency can be increased nearly by 2% by avoiding the galvanic connection. With no galvanic isolation comes the problem of dc injection which pauses serious problems to core saturation of distribution transformers and cable corrosion and has to be limited as per IEEE, IEC standards. This paper presents a proportional resonant controller and is used along with a modelled series capacitance to limit DC injection. This avoids the use of a real capacitor in the output of the inverter used conventionally toprevent dc injection and hence overcomes the drawbacks of series voltage drops and reverse polarity effects. The topology of inverter chosen is the H-Bridge and switching scheme used is unipolar PWMconsidering the advantages of the same . A comparison of the dc injection values with and without the controller is presented for unipolar pulse width modulated (PWM inverters.

  13. Hormone-Inspired Behaviour Switching for the Control of Collective Robotic Organisms

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ivan Tanev

    2013-07-01

    Full Text Available Swarming and modular robotic locomotion are two disconnected behaviours that a group of small homogeneous robots can be used to achieve. The use of these two behaviours is a popular subject in robotics research involving search, rescue and exploration. However, they are rarely addressed as two behaviours that can coexist within a single robotic system. Here, we present a bio-inspired decision mechanism, which provides a convenient way for evolution to configure the conditions and timing of behaving as a swarm or a modular robot in an exploration scenario. The decision mechanism switches among two behaviours that are previously developed (a pheromone-based swarm control and a sinusoidal rectilinear modular robot movement. We use Genetic Programming (GP to evolve the controller for these decisions, which acts without a centralized mechanism and with limited inter-robot communication. The results show that the proposed bio-inspired decision mechanism provides an evolvable medium for the GP to utilize in evolving an effective decision-making mechanism.

  14. Power grid current harmonics mitigation drawn on low voltage rated switching devices with effortless control

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Marques, Hugo S.; Anunciada, Victor; Borges, Beatriz V. [Power Electronics Group, Instituto de Telecomunicacoes, Lisbon (Portugal); Instituto Superior Tecnico - Universidade Tecnica de Lisboa, Lisbon (Portugal)

    2010-01-15

    The great majority of the existing hybrid active power filter solutions is normally focused in 3{phi} systems and, in general, concentrates its domain of application in specific loads with deterministic behavior. Because common use grids do not exhibit these characteristics, it is mandatory to develop solutions for more generic scenarios, encouraging the use of less classical hybrid solutions. In fact, due to the widely use of switch mode converters in a great variety of consumer electronics, the problematic of mains current harmonic mitigation is no longer an exclusive matter of 3{phi} systems. The contribution of this paper is to present a shunt hybrid active power filter topology, initially conceived to work in 1{phi} domestic grids, able to operate the inverter at a voltage rate that can be lower than 10% of the mains voltage magnitude, even under nonspecific working conditions. In addition, the results shown in this paper demonstrate that this topology can, without lack of generality, be suitable to medium voltage (1{phi} or 3{phi}) systems. A new control approach for the proposed topology is discussed in this paper. The control method exhibits an extremely simple architecture requiring single point current sensing only, with no need for any kind of reference. Its practical implementation can be fulfilled by using very few, common use, operational amplifiers. The principle of operation, design criteria, simulation predictions and experimental results are presented and discussed. (author)

  15. Experimental Validation of Switching Strategy for Tracking Control with Collision Avoidance in Non-Cooperative Situation Using Toy Model Cars

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kogiso, Kiminao; Noguchi, Makoto; Hatada, Kazuyoshi; Kida, Naoki; Hirade, Naofumi; Sugimoto, Kenji

    This paper presents some experimental validation results of an already-proposed switching control method for simultaneous achievement of collision avoidance and tracking control for a vehicle in a non-cooperative situation. To validate the method, an experimental control system is made, in which the vehicle is a toy model car possible to remotely control via infrared ray and a camera is used to measure the vehicle's state. After presenting the constructed control system, the effectiveness of the method is investigated with the results obtained from the several control experiments.

  16. The Control of Fluxes of Electric Power in Networks by Means of Phase-switching Booster Transformers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Govorov F.P.

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available roblems of increasing the efficiency of the operation of electrical networks based on the utilization of booster transformers (BT with electronic control, applied on the base of active elements in smart electric grids of power systems and giving the function of automatic correction of the parameters of the network, assuring the conditions of optimal common operation are studied in the paper. The mathematic model of the processes in the electric networks with booster transformer has been developed; the opportunity of control by means of the phase-switching BT for power fluxes in the networks has been established. It has been shown that for the groups of switching the windings 1-5 of BT occurs additional consumption of power from the supply network, but for the groups 7-11 its recuperation to the load network. Respectively, switching the windings of BT to the group 1-5 assures the shift of load current to the direction of lag, but in the case of switching to the group 7-11 – towards the outrunning. Wherein, for the groups of switching 10-11 and 1-2 one can observe the increasing of the voltage at the output of BT, but for the groups 7-8 and 4-5 it is decreasing. Based on the analysis of the results of research the diagram and constructive models of the transformer have been proposed. The quasi-stationary and transient regimes were investigated and the conditions of reliable operation at these the regimes have been determined. The ways for increasing the efficient common operation for the transformer and network in the case of switching the thyristors into the circuit of the primary winding of the transformer have been proposed.

  17. A closer look at cognitive control: Differences in resource allocation during updating, inhibition and switching as revealed by pupillometry

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Eefje eRondeel

    2015-09-01

    Full Text Available The present study investigated resource allocation, as measured by pupil dilation, in tasks measuring updating (2-Back task, inhibition (Stroop task and switching (Number Switch task. Because each cognitive control component has unique characteristics, differences in patterns of resource allocation were expected. Pupil and behavioral data from 35 participants were analysed. In the 2-Back task (requiring correct matching of current stimulus identity at trial p with the stimulus two trials back, p-2 we found that better performance (low total of errors made in the task was positively correlated to the mean pupil dilation during correctly responding to targets. In the Stroop task, pupil dilation on incongruent trials was higher than those on congruent trials. Incongruent versus congruent trial pupil dilation differences were positively related to reaction time differences between incongruent and congruent trials. Furthermore, on congruent Stroop trials, pupil dilation was negatively related to reaction times, presumably because more effort allocation paid off in terms of faster responses. In addition, pupil dilation on correctly-responded-to congruent trials predicted a weaker Stroop interference effect in terms of errors, probably because pupil dilation on congruent trials were diagnostic of task motivation, resulting in better performance. In the Number Switch task we found higher pupil dilation in switch as compared to non-switch trials. On the Number Switch task, pupil dilation was not related to performance. We also explored error-related pupil dilation in all tasks. The results provide new insights in the diversity of the cognitive control components in terms of resource allocation as a function of individual differences, task difficulty and error processing.

  18. Short-term language switching training tunes the neural correlates of cognitive control in bilingual language production.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kang, Chunyan; Fu, Yongben; Wu, Junjie; Ma, Fengyang; Lu, Chunming; Guo, Taomei

    2017-09-03

    The present study investigated how language switching experience would modulate the neural correlates of cognitive control involved in bilingual language production. A group of unbalanced Chinese-English bilinguals undertook an 8-day cued picture naming training during which they named pictures in either of their languages based on visually presented cues. Participants' brain activation was scanned before and after the training in the same task. Behavioral results revealed a significant training effect such that switch costs were reduced after training. fMRI results showed that after training, activation of brain areas associated with cognitive control including the anterior cingulated cortex and the caudate was reduced. Besides, the activation reduction in the left dorsal anterior cingulated cortex positively correlated with the reduction in switch costs in response time and this training effect could be transferred to untrained stimuli. These findings suggest that neural correlates of cognitive control, especially that of the conflict monitoring process, in bilingual language production could be modulated by short-term language switching training. Hum Brain Mapp, 2017. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc. © 2017 Wiley Periodicals, Inc.

  19. Highly compact (4F2) and well behaved nano-pillar transistor controlled resistive switching cell for neuromorphic system application.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Bing; Wang, Xinpeng; Gao, Bin; Fang, Zheng; Kang, Jinfeng; Liu, Lifeng; Liu, Xiaoyan; Lo, Guo-Qiang; Kwong, Dim-Lee

    2014-10-31

    To simplify the architecture of a neuromorphic system, it is extremely desirable to develop synaptic cells with the capacity of low operation power, high density integration, and well controlled synaptic behaviors. In this study, we develop a resistive switching device (ReRAM)-based synaptic cell, fabricated by the CMOS compatible nano-fabrication technology. The developed synaptic cell consists of one vertical gate-all-around Si nano-pillar transistor (1T) and one transition metal-oxide based resistive switching device (1R) stacked on top of the vertical transistor directly. Thanks to the vertical architecture and excellent controllability on the ON/OFF performance of the nano-pillar transistor, the 1T1R synaptic cell shows excellent characteristics such as extremely high-density integration ability with 4F(2) footprint, ultra-low operation current (<2 nA), fast switching speed (<10 ns), multilevel data storage and controllable synaptic switching, which are extremely desirable for simplifying the architecture of neuromorphic system.

  20. Spin Switch and Qubit Register from a Spin Particle Controlled by a Time-Dependent Magnetic Field

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Shun-Jin; JIA Cheng-Long; AN Jun-Hong; LUO Hong- Gang

    2004-01-01

    @@ A spin particle subjected to any time-dependent magnetic field is investigated in detail at different magnetic field configurations. Spin flip probability, spin alignment, cyclic and noncyclic nonadiabatic geometric phases are calculated exactly and their analytical expressions are presented. Our theoretical study shows that a spin particle controlled by a resonant time-dependent magnetic field can be used as efficient controllable devices of spin switch or qubit register.

  1. High-temperature optically activated GaAs power switching for aircraft digital electronic control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Berak, J. M.; Grantham, D. H.; Swindal, J. L.; Black, J. F.; Allen, L. B.

    1983-01-01

    Gallium arsenide high-temperature devices were fabricated and assembled into an optically activated pulse-width-modulated power control for a torque motor typical of the kinds used in jet engine actuators. A bipolar heterojunction phototransistor with gallium aluminum arsenide emitter/window, a gallium arsenide junction field-effect power transistor and a gallium arsenide transient protection diode were designed and fabricated. A high-temperature fiber optic/phototransistor coupling scheme was implemented. The devices assembled into the demonstrator were successfully tested at 250 C, proving the feasibility of actuator-located switching of control power using optical signals transmitted by fibers. Assessments of the efficiency and technical merits were made for extension of this high-temperature technology to local conversion of optical power to electrical power and its control at levels useful for driving actuators. Optical power sources included in the comparisons were an infrared light-emitting diode, an injection laser diode, tungsten-halogen lamps and arc lamps. Optical-to-electrical power conversion was limited to photovoltaics located at the actuator. Impedance matching of the photovoltaic array to the load was considered over the full temperature range, -55 C to 260 C. Loss of photovoltaic efficiency at higher temperatures was taken into account. Serious losses in efficiency are: (1) in the optical source and the cooling which they may require in the assumed 125 C ambient, (2) in the decreased conversion efficiency of the gallium arsenide photovoltaic at 260 C, and (3) in impedance matching. Practical systems require improvements in these areas.

  2. A New Fixed Switching Frequency Direct Torque Controlled PMSM Drives with Low Ripple in Flux and Torque

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tole Sutikno

    2011-11-01

    Full Text Available Direct Torque Control (DTC has gained popularity for development of advanced motor control due to its simplicity and offers fast instantaneous torque and flux controls. However, the conventional DTC which is based on hysteresis controller has major drawbacks, namely high torque ripple and variable inverter switching frequency. This paper presents an improved switching strategy for reducing flux and torque ripples in DTC of PMSM drives; wherein the torque hysteresis controller and the look-up table used in the conventional DTC are replaced with a constant frequency torque controller (CFTC and an optimized look-up table, respectively. It can be shown that a constant switching frequency is established due to the use of the CFTC while the reduction of torque and flux ripples is achieved mainly because of the selection of optimized voltage vector (i.e. with an optimized look-up table. This paper also will explain the construction of DTC schemes implemented using MATLAB-Simulink blocks. Simulation results were shown that a significant reduction of flux and torque ripples which is about 90% can be achieved through the proposed DTC scheme.

  3. A High-Precision Control for a ZVT PWM Soft-Switching Inverter to Eliminate the Dead-Time Effect

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Baoquan Kou

    2016-07-01

    Full Text Available Attributing to the advantages of high efficiency, low electromagnetic interference (EMI noise and closest to the pulse-width-modulation (PWM converter counterpart, zero-voltage-transition (ZVT PWM soft-switching inverters are very suitable for high-performance applications. However, the conventional control algorithms intended for high efficiency generally results in voltage distortion. Thus, this paper, for the first time, proposes a high-precision control method to eliminate the dead-time effect through controlling the auxiliary current in the auxiliary resonant snubber inverter (ARSI, which is a typical ZVT PWM inverter. The dead-time effect of ARSI is analyzed, which is distinguished from hard-switching inverters. The proposed high-precision control is introduced based on the investigation of dead-time effect. A prototype was developed to verify the effectiveness of the proposed control. The experimental results shows that the total harmonic distortion (THD of the output current of the ARSI can be reduced compared with that of the hard-switching inverter, because the blanking delay error is eliminated. The quality of the output current and voltage can be further improved by utilizing the proposed control method.

  4. Equivalent Circuit for Cavity Discharges Including Controlled Current Source and Controlled Switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CHEN Weigen; CHEN Xi; XIE Bo; LIU Jun

    2013-01-01

    Numerous equivalent circuits for cavity discharges have been developed,yet most of these models cannot provide simulated signals that precisely reveal the variability of the discharge's characteristic parameters,such as repetition rate,magnitude and phase of discharges,which makes them not suitable for intensive studies of discharge process.Therefore,using Simulink code,we theoretically analyzed and studied the classical equivalent circuits of cavity discharges,as well as the influence of circuit components on simulation results,and then proposed a novel equivalent circuit,the key parameters of which were determined according to the physical behavior of cavity discharges.In the novel equivalent circuit,the repetition rate can be changed by discharge resistance,inception and residual voltages;meanwhile the phase of discharge can be controlled by adjusting the parameters of shunt resistance.Furthermore,a controlled current source as a function of space charge is introduced in the equivalent circuit.Compared with the former ones,the simulated signals obtained by this novel model are better approximation of real signals.This work could be referred by latter studies of the characteristics and the mechanisms of cavity discharge in oil-paper insulation.

  5. Purification of reversibly oxidized proteins (PROP reveals a redox switch controlling p38 MAP kinase activity.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Dennis J Templeton

    Full Text Available Oxidation of cysteine residues of proteins is emerging as an important means of regulation of signal transduction, particularly of protein kinase function. Tools to detect and quantify cysteine oxidation of proteins have been a limiting factor in understanding the role of cysteine oxidation in signal transduction. As an example, the p38 MAP kinase is activated by several stress-related stimuli that are often accompanied by in vitro generation of hydrogen peroxide. We noted that hydrogen peroxide inhibited p38 activity despite paradoxically increasing the activating phosphorylation of p38. To address the possibility that cysteine oxidation may provide a negative regulatory effect on p38 activity, we developed a biochemical assay to detect reversible cysteine oxidation in intact cells. This procedure, PROP, demonstrated in vivo oxidation of p38 in response to hydrogen peroxide and also to the natural inflammatory lipid prostaglandin J2. Mutagenesis of the potential target cysteines showed that oxidation occurred preferentially on residues near the surface of the p38 molecule. Cysteine oxidation thus controls a functional redox switch regulating the intensity or duration of p38 activity that would not be revealed by immunodetection of phosphoprotein commonly interpreted as reflective of p38 activity.

  6. Electrodynamics analysis on coherent perfect absorber and phase-controlled optical switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Tianjie; Duan, Shaoguang; Chen, Y C

    2012-05-01

    A coherent perfect absorber is essentially a specially designed Fabry-Perot interferometer, which completely extinguishes the incident coherent light. The one- and two-beam coherent perfect absorbers have been analyzed using classical electrodynamics by considering index matching in layered structures to totally suppress reflections. This approach presents a clear and physically intuitive picture for the principle of operation of a perfect absorber. The results show that the incident beam(s) must have correct phases and amplitudes, and the real and imaginary parts of the refractive indices of the media in the interferometer must satisfy a well-defined relation. Our results are in agreement with those obtained using the S-matrix analysis. However, the results were obtained solely based on the superposition of waves from multiple reflections without invoking the concept of time reversal as does the S-matrix approach. Further analysis shows that the two-beam device can be configured to function as a phase-controlled three-state switch.

  7. mGluR7 is a metaplastic switch controlling bidirectional plasticity of feedforward inhibition.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pelkey, Kenneth A; Lavezzari, Gabriela; Racca, Claudia; Roche, Katherine W; McBain, Chris J

    2005-04-07

    Plasticity of feedforward inhibition in the hippocampal mossy fiber (MF) pathway can dramatically influence dentate gyrus-CA3 dialog. Interestingly, MF inputs to CA3 stratum lucidum interneurons (SLINs) undergo long-term depression (LTD) following high-frequency stimulation (HFS), in contrast to MF-pyramid (PYR) synapses, where long-term potentiation (LTP) occurs. Furthermore, activity-induced potentiation of MF-SLIN transmission has not previously been observed. Here we report that metabotropic glutamate receptor subtype 7 (mGluR7) is a metaplastic switch at MF-SLIN synapses, whose activation and surface expression governs the direction of plasticity. In naive slices, mGluR7 activation during HFS generates MF-SLIN LTD, depressing presynaptic release through a PKC-dependent mechanism. Following agonist exposure, mGluR7 undergoes internalization, unmasking the ability of MF-SLIN synapses to undergo presynaptic potentiation in response to the same HFS that induces LTD in naive slices. Thus, selective mGluR7 targeting to MF terminals contacting SLINs and not PYRs provides cell target-specific plasticity and bidirectional control of feedforward inhibition.

  8. Executive Control in Depressive Rumination: Backward Inhibition and Non-inhibitory Switching Performance in a Modified Mixed Antisaccade Task

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lo, Barbara C. Y.; Liu, Jeffrey C. C.

    2017-01-01

    Background and Objectives: The present study examines backward inhibition (BI) and non-inhibitory switching performance among depressed and healthy participants in a modified mixed antisaccade task. Specifically, sad and neutral faces were incorporated in the design to examine executive control difficulties associated with brooding trait. Methods: Thirty-nine participants took part in the study, including 19 depressed patients and 20 healthy control subjects. Participants completed a diagnostic interview and self-report questionnaires, including the Beck Depression Inventory and Ruminative Response Scale-Brooding Subscale. They were then instructed to complete prosaccade and antisaccade trials in the pure and mixed blocks whereby eye gazes were tracked to assess inhibition and switching efficiency. Results: For the switching effects, a significant group × brooding × task type interaction was found as hypothesized when multilevel modeling analysis was employed. Switching deficits associated with brooding was found to be greatest when sad faces were presented to depressed group. No significant results in BI or error rates were observed. Conclusion: The patterns observed suggest that as opposed to BI, set shifting difficulty associated with brooding trait may be modulated by negative mood and cognition. In future research, emotional faces other than sad faces may be used to further explore if the observations could be generalized to other affective conditions.

  9. Enhanced Predictive Current Control of Three-Phase Grid-Tied Reversible Converters with Improved Switching Patterns

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhanfeng Song

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available A predictive current control strategy can realize flexible regulation of three-phase grid-tied converters based on system behaviour prediction and cost function minimization. However, when the predictive current control strategy with conventional switching patterns is adopted, the predicted duration time for voltage vectors turns out to be negative in some cases, especially under the conditions of bidirectional power flows and transient situations, leading to system performance deteriorations. This paper aims to clarify the real reason for this phenomenon under bidirectional power flows, i.e., rectifier mode and inverter mode, and, furthermore, seeks to propose effective solutions. A detailed analysis of instantaneous current variations under different conditions was conducted. An enhanced predictive current control strategy with improved switching patterns was then proposed. An experimental platform was built based on a commercial converter produced by Danfoss, and moreover, relative experiments were carried out, confirming the superiority of the proposed scheme.

  10. Structure of the transcriptional network controlling white-opaque switching in Candida albicans.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hernday, Aaron D; Lohse, Matthew B; Fordyce, Polly M; Nobile, Clarissa J; DeRisi, Joseph L; Johnson, Alexander D

    2013-10-01

    The human fungal pathogen Candida albicans can switch between two phenotypic cell types, termed 'white' and 'opaque'. Both cell types are heritable for many generations, and the switch between the two types occurs epigenetically, that is, without a change in the primary DNA sequence of the genome. Previous work identified six key transcriptional regulators important for white-opaque switching: Wor1, Wor2, Wor3, Czf1, Efg1, and Ahr1. In this work, we describe the structure of the transcriptional network that specifies the white and opaque cell types and governs the ability to switch between them. In particular, we use a combination of genome-wide chromatin immunoprecipitation, gene expression profiling, and microfluidics-based DNA binding experiments to determine the direct and indirect regulatory interactions that form the switch network. The six regulators are arranged together in a complex, interlocking network with many seemingly redundant and overlapping connections. We propose that the structure (or topology) of this network is responsible for the epigenetic maintenance of the white and opaque states, the switching between them, and the specialized properties of each state.

  11. 智能总线式开关的控制设计%Intelligent switching control of the bus design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    黄炳

    2014-01-01

    智能总线式开关是一种新型的控制系统,是一种典型的智能化新技术。与传统控制系统相比,该系统具有可靠性高、功能强、控制方便等特点,具有较高的实用价值和广泛的应用前景。智能家居运行的好坏主要取决于智能总线式开关控制系统的好坏。因此,文章着重地研究了智能总线式开关的控制系统的设计问题。%Intelligent bus switch is a new type of control system, is a typical intelligent new technologies. Compared with the traditional control system, the system has high reliability, strong function and convenience features such as control of high practical value and broad application prospects. Intelligent home run depends largely on the quality of bus switch in-telligent control system is good or bad. Therefore, this study focused on the intelligent bus switch control system design problems.

  12. Non-fragile switching tracking control for a flexible air-breathing hypersonic vehicle based on polytopic LPV model

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Huang Yiqing; Sun Changyin; Qian Chengshan; Wang Li

    2013-01-01

    This article proposes a linear parameter varying (LPV) switching tracking control scheme for a flexible air-breathing hypersonic vehicle (FAHV).First,a polytopic LPV model is constructed to represent the complex nonlinear longitudinal model of the FAHV by using Jacobian linearization and tensor-product (T-P) model transformation approach.Second,for less conservative controller design purpose,the flight envelope is divided into four sub-regions and a non-fragile LPV controller is designed for each parameter sub-region.These non-fragile LPV controllers are then switched in order to guarantee the closed-loop FAHV system to be asymptotically stable and satisfy a specified performance criterion.The desired non-fragile LPV switching controller is found by solving a convex constraint problem which can be efficiently solved using available linear matrix inequality (LMI) techniques,and robust stability analysis of the closed-loop FAHV system is verified based on multiple Lypapunov functions (MLFs).Finally,numerical simulations have demonstrated the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  13. The Let-60 Locus Controls the Switch between Vulval and Nonvulval Cell Fates in Caenorhabditis Elegans

    Science.gov (United States)

    Han, M.; Aroian, R. V.; Sternberg, P. W.

    1990-01-01

    During induction of the Caenorhabditis elegans hermaphrodite vulva by the anchor cell of the gonad, six multipotent vulval precursor cells (VPCs) have two distinct fates: three VPCs generate the vulva and the other three VPCs generate nonspecialized hypodermis. Genes that control the fates of the VPCs in response to the anchor cell signal are defined by mutations that cause all six VPCs to generate vulval tissue (Multivulva or Muv) or that cause all six VPCs to generate hypodermis (Vulvaless or Vul). Seven dominant Vul mutations were isolated as dominant suppressors of a lin-15 Muv mutation. These mutations are dominant alleles of the gene let-60, previously identified only by recessive lethal mutations. Our genetic studies of these dominant Vul recessive lethal mutations, recessive lethal mutations, intragenic revertants of the dominant Vul mutations, and the closely mapping semidominant multivulva lin-34 mutations suggest that: (1) loss-of-function mutations of let-60 are recessive lethal at a larval stage, but they also cause a Vul phenotype if the lethality is rescued maternally by a lin-34 gain-of-function mutation. (2) The dominant Vul alleles of let-60 are dominant negative mutations whose gene products compete with wild-type activity. (3) lin-34 semidominant Muv alleles are either gain-of-function mutations of let-60 or gain-of-function mutations of an intimately related gene that elevates let-60 activity. We propose that let-60 activity controls VPC fates. In a wild-type animal, reception by a VPC of inductive signal activates let-60, and it generates into a vulval cell type; in absence of inductive signal, let-60 activity is low and the VPC generates hypodermal cells. Our genetic interaction studies suggest that let-60 acts downstream of let-23 and lin-15 and upstream of lin-1 and lin-12 in the genetic pathway specifying the switch between vulval and nonvulval cell types. PMID:2076820

  14. The unidirectional prosaccade switch-cost: electroencephalographic evidence of task-set inertia in oculomotor control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Weiler, Jeffrey; Hassall, Cameron D; Krigolson, Olave E; Heath, Matthew

    2015-02-01

    The execution of an antisaccade selectively increases the reaction time (RT) of a subsequent prosaccade (the unidirectional prosaccade switch-cost). To explain this finding, the task-set inertia hypothesis asserts that an antisaccade requires a cognitively mediated non-standard task-set that persists inertially and delays the planning of a subsequent prosaccade. The present study sought to directly test the theoretical tenets of the task-set inertia hypothesis by examining the concurrent behavioural and the event-related brain potential (ERP) data associated with the unidirectional prosaccade switch-cost. Participants pseudo-randomly alternated between pro- and antisaccades while electroencephalography (EEG) data were recorded. As expected, the completion of an antisaccade selectively increased the RT of a subsequent prosaccade, whereas the converse switch did not influence RTs. Thus, the behavioural results demonstrated the unidirectional prosaccade switch-cost. In terms of the ERP findings, we observed a reliable change in the amplitude of the P3 - time-locked to task-instructions - when trials were switched from a prosaccade to an antisaccade; however, no reliable change was observed when switching from an antisaccade to a prosaccade. This is a salient finding because extensive work has shown that the P3 provides a neural index of the task-set required to execute a to-be-completed response. As such, results showing that prosaccades completed after antisaccades exhibited increased RTs in combination with a P3 amplitude comparable to antisaccades provides convergent evidence that the unidirectional prosaccade switch-cost is attributed to the persistent activation of a non-standard antisaccade task-set.

  15. Ultra Low Energy Switching of Ferromagnet with Perpendicular Anisotropy on Topological Insulator by Voltage Controlled Magnetic Anisotropy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ghosh, Bahniman; Pramanik, Tanmoy; Dey, Rik; Roy, Urmimala; Register, Leonard; Banerjee, Sanjay

    2015-03-01

    We propose and demonstrate, through simulation, an ultra low energy memory device on a topological insulator thin film. The device consists of a thin layer of Fe deposited on the surface of a topological insulator, Bi2Se3. The top surface of Fe is covered with MgO so that the ferromagnetic layer has perpendicular anisotropy. Current is passed on the surface of the topological insulator which switches the magnetization of the Fe ferromagnet through strong exchange interaction, between electrons contributing to the surface current on the Bi2Se3 and the d electrons in the ferromagnet, and spin transfer torque due to shunting of current through the ferromagnet. Voltage controlled magnetic anisotropy enables ultra low energy switching. Our micromagnetic simulations, predict switching time of the order of 2.4 ns and switching energy of the order of 0.16 fJ for a ferromagnetic bit with thermal stability of 90 kBT. The proposed structure combines the advantages of both large spin torque from topological insulators and those of perpendicular anisotropy materials. This work is supported by NRI SWAN and NSF NASCENT Center.

  16. Multiphase soft switched DC/DC converter and active control technique for fuel cell ripple current elimination

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lai, Jih-Sheng (Blacksburg, VA); Liu, Changrong (Sunnyvale, CA); Ridenour, Amy (Salem, VA)

    2009-04-14

    DC/DC converter has a transformer having primary coils connected to an input side and secondary coils connected to an output side. Each primary coil connects a full-bridge circuit comprising two switches on two legs, the primary coil being connected between the switches on each leg, each full-bridge circuit being connected in parallel wherein each leg is disposed parallel to one another, and the secondary coils connected to a rectifying circuit. An outer loop control circuit that reduces ripple in a voltage reference has a first resistor connected in series with a second resistor connected in series with a first capacitor which are connected in parallel with a second capacitor. An inner loop control circuit that reduces ripple in a current reference has a third resistor connected in series with a fourth resistor connected in series with a third capacitor which are connected in parallel with a fourth capacitor.

  17. Assessing methods for dealing with treatment switching in randomised controlled trials: a simulation study

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Latimer Nicholas

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background We investigate methods used to analyse the results of clinical trials with survival outcomes in which some patients switch from their allocated treatment to another trial treatment. These included simple methods which are commonly used in medical literature and may be subject to selection bias if patients switching are not typical of the population as a whole. Methods which attempt to adjust the estimated treatment effect, either through adjustment to the hazard ratio or via accelerated failure time models, were also considered. A simulation study was conducted to assess the performance of each method in a number of different scenarios. Results 16 different scenarios were identified which differed by the proportion of patients switching, underlying prognosis of switchers and the size of true treatment effect. 1000 datasets were simulated for each of these and all methods applied. Selection bias was observed in simple methods when the difference in survival between switchers and non-switchers were large. A number of methods, particularly the AFT method of Branson and Whitehead were found to give less biased estimates of the true treatment effect in these situations. Conclusions Simple methods are often not appropriate to deal with treatment switching. Alternative approaches such as the Branson & Whitehead method to adjust for switching should be considered.

  18. A Redox-Controllable Molecular Switch Based on Weak Recognition of BPX26C6 at a Diphenylurea Station

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jia-Cheng Chang

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The Na+ ion–assisted recognition of urea derivatives by BPX26C6 has allowed the construction of a redox-controllable [2]rotaxane-type molecular switch based on two originally very weakly interacting host/guest systems. Using NOBF4 to oxidize the triarylamine terminus into a corresponding radical cation attracted the macrocyclic component toward its adjacent carbamate station; subsequent addition of Zn powder moved the macrocyclic component back to its urea station.

  19. Modeling and control of threshold voltage based on pull-in characteristic for micro self-locked switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Deng, Jufeng; Hao, Yongping; Liu, Shuangjie

    2017-09-01

    Micro self-locked switches (MSS), where execution voltage corresponds to the output signal, are efficient and convenient platforms for sensor applications. The proper functioning of these sensing devices requires driving accurate displacement under execution voltage. In this work, we show how to control the actuating properties of MSSS. This switch comprises microstructures of various shapes with dimensions from 3.5 to 180 μm, which are optimized to encode a desired manufacture deviation by means of mathematical model of threshold voltage. Compared with pull-in voltage, threshold voltage is more easy to control the pull-in instability point by theoretical analysis. With the help of advanced manufacture technology, switch is processed in accordance with the proposed control method. Then, experimental results show that it is better, which have been validated by corresponding experiments. In addition, they can be known from experiments that the manufacturing technology is advanced and feasible, and its high resilience and stably self-locked function can achieve instantaneously sensing.

  20. Electrically controllable molecular spin crossover switching in Fe(phen)2 (NCS)2 thin film

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mondal, Chaitali; Mandal, Swapan K.

    2016-10-01

    Spin crossover molecular complex Fe(phen)2(NCS)2 in thin film form (20-300 nm) is obtained by simple dip-coating technique on glass substrates. The growth of the molecular films is confirmed by optical and X-ray diffraction data. The morphology of the samples shows distributed nanocrystals with an average size ca. 12 nm. We measure the current (I)-voltage (V) characteristics of a device with 300 nm film thickness and show that application of electric field can induce spin state switching. The electric field experienced by individual nanocrystals separated by nanometric gap is supposed to be quite high and is plausibly playing the crucial role in instigating switching in molecular nanocrystals. The result is quite significant towards developing room temperature molecular spin cross-over switching devices in the nanoscale limit.

  1. Analysis, Predictive Modeling and Hoisted Object Impact Control in Hydro-cylinder Stage- Switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. V. Kobyzev

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The paper considers a problem of dynamic impact of hoisting mechanisms, which are based on the multistage hydro-cylinders, on the hoisted object. Hydro-cylinders have high specific characteristics, but there are also some drawbacks. One of them is an impact at the beginning and at the end of hoist and in switching the stages. And in case of switching the stages under certain conditions the impact in nature can be a high impact impulse. The paper explores the impacts at the beginning of hoist and when switching the stages.Numerical modeling is assumed to be a method of study. To build a mathematical model the following factors have been considered: geometrical cylinder parameters, hydraulic liquid compressibility, and friction between cylinder elements. Elasticity of ground, elasticity of rod, and elasticity of cylinder walls have been ignored.The modeling results allowed us to reveal a hydraulic nature of the stage-switching impact, introduce a formula to estimate the impact impulse value, show the friction effect on the impact impulse value and give a proposal to use a counter-pressure chamber to eliminate the stage-switching impact. An expression for the optimal counter-pressure is presented.The results obtained can find application in designing the new and upgrading the existing hoisting multistage hydro-cylinder mechanisms to increase a hoisting speed and simultaneously eliminate the impact on hoisted object.Compared to existing papers in the field concerned, this one concentrates on revealing a specific hydraulic nature of the stage-switching impact, without regard to dynamics and elasticity of the hoisting mechanism parts other than the cylinder itself.The achieved results find confirmation when compared to the numerical and field data published by other authors.

  2. Analysis, Predictive Modeling and Hoisted Object Impact Control in Hydro-cylinder Stage- Switching

    OpenAIRE

    S. V. Kobyzev; V. V. Lomakin

    2016-01-01

    The paper considers a problem of dynamic impact of hoisting mechanisms, which are based on the multistage hydro-cylinders, on the hoisted object. Hydro-cylinders have high specific characteristics, but there are also some drawbacks. One of them is an impact at the beginning and at the end of hoist and in switching the stages. And in case of switching the stages under certain conditions the impact in nature can be a high impact impulse. The paper explores the impacts at the beginning of hoist ...

  3. Infinite horizon optimal control of affine nonlinear discrete switched systems using two-stage approximate dynamic programming

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cao, Ning; Zhang, Huaguang; Luo, Yanhong; Feng, Dezhi

    2012-09-01

    In this article, a novel iteration algorithm named two-stage approximate dynamic programming (TSADP) is proposed to seek the solution of nonlinear switched optimal control problem. At each iteration of TSADP, a multivariate optimal control problem is transformed to be a certain number of univariate optimal control problems. It is shown that the value function at each iteration can be characterised pointwisely by a set of smooth functions recursively obtained from TSADP, and the associated control policy, continuous control and switching control law included, is explicitly provided in a state-feedback form. Moreover, the convergence and optimality of TSADP is strictly proven. To implement this algorithm efficiently, neural networks, critic and action networks, are utilised to approximate the value function and continuous control law, respectively. Thus, the value function is expressed by the weights of critic networks pointwise. Besides, redundant weights are ruled out at each iteration to simplify the exponentially increasing computation burden. Finally, a simulation example is provided to demonstrate its effectiveness.

  4. Simulations and Silicon Wafer Compatibility of a Voltage-Controlled Optical Switch Using ITO/NbOx

    Science.gov (United States)

    Burghardt, Kevin

    The story of optics and processing has always been on of silicon devices making strides faster and cheaper than optics. The idea of creating optical switches has been generally relegated to academic exercises or niche markets. This research takes a view of optical processing that is complimentary to silicon. Silicon wafers produce extremely dense, high quality devices but producing truly 3D integrated circuits has been a challenge. It would be advantageous to not need to bond wafers to create a 3D active structure. An argument for an optical switch that has a simple structure and uses industry established fabrication methods is given. The proposed switch uses the material indium tin oxide nanoparticles in niobum oxide glass (ITO/NbOx) as the active layer. The transmittance through this material is proportional to the electric field applied to it meaning the structure of a capacitor could be used to control it. It uses a metal for one plate of the capacitor and the ITO/NbOx as the other plate with the light running through ITO/NbO x plate. Each of the plates are separated from one another and surrounded by a dielectric material. Simulations show that silicon dioxide (SiO 2) can be used effectively to turn the ITO/NbOx into a light guide with a transmittance controllable using an applied voltage and that the proposed structure can be created using industry established wafer fabrication processes.

  5. Lagrangian Modeling and Control of Switching Networks with Integrated Coupled Magnetics

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Scherpen, Jacquelien M.A.; Jeltsema, Dimitri; Klaassens, J. Ben

    2000-01-01

    In this paper a method is presented to build an Euler-Lagrange model for electrical networks, including switches and integrated (non-ideal) coupled-magnetics, in a structured general way. One of the advantages of emphasizing the physical structure of these systems is its functionality during the

  6. Lagrangian Modeling and Control of Switching Networks with Integrated Coupled Magnetics

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Scherpen, Jacquelien M.A.; Jeltsema, Dimitri; Klaassens, J. Ben

    2000-01-01

    In this paper a method is presented to build an Euler-Lagrange model for electrical networks, including switches and integrated (non-ideal) coupled-magnetics, in a structured general way. One of the advantages of emphasizing the physical structure of these systems is its functionality during the con

  7. Energy harvesting from an exercise bike using a switch-mode converter controlled generator

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Knott, Arnold; Lindberg-Poulsen, Kristian; Andersen, Thomas

    2010-01-01

    This paper investigates the feasibility of using an alternator as means of harvesting energy from a stationary exercise bicycle. A switch mode converter was designed to regulate the current in the alternator rotor winding, thus regulating the power required to pedal, and consequently the power...

  8. Controlled Logic Gates-Switch Gate and Fredkin Gate Based on Enzyme-Biocatalyzed Reactions Realized in Flow Cells.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fratto, Brian E; Katz, Evgeny

    2016-04-04

    Controlled logic gates, where the logic operations on the Data inputs are performed in the way determined by the Control signal, were designed in a chemical fashion. Specifically, the systems where the Data output signals directed to various output channels depending on the logic value of the Control input signal have been designed based on enzyme biocatalyzed reactions performed in a multi-cell flow system. In the Switch gate one Data signal was directed to one of two possible output channels depending on the logic value of the Control input signal. In the reversible Fredkin gate the routing of two Data signals between two output channels is controlled by the third Control signal. The flow devices were created using a network of flow cells, each modified with one enzyme that biocatalyzed one chemical reaction. The enzymatic cascade was realized by moving the solution from one reacting cell to another which were organized in a specific network. The modular design of the enzyme-based systems realized in the flow device allowed easy reconfiguration of the logic system, thus allowing simple extension of the logic operation from the 2-input/3-output channels in the Switch gate to the 3-input/3-output channels in the Fredkin gate. Further increase of the system complexity for realization of various logic processes is feasible with the use of the flow cell modular design. © 2016 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  9. Controllable Optical Switch in a One-Dimensional Resonator Waveguide Coupled to a Whispering-Gallery Resonator

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LANG Jia-Hong

    2011-01-01

    Single photon transport properties in a one-dimensional array of coupled microcavities waveguide coupled to a whispering-gallery resonator interacting with a A-type system are theoretically investigated.The calculations reveal that the transport properties of single photons with arbitrary energy can be controlled by varying the Rabi frequency and detuning the control optical field.This phenomenon can be used for controllable optical switching.Single photon transport properties in a onedimensional waveguide coupled to a two-level[1-10] or multi-level[11-17] system have been studied theoretically and experimentally for their potential applications in quantum information and all-optical devices.A coupled cavity array is considered as a one-dimensional waveguide and the single photon transport properties in such a system coupled to a two-level and multi-level system have been studied.%Single photon transport properties in a one-dimensional array of coupled microcavities waveguide coupled to a whispering-gallery resonator interacting with a A-type system are theoretically investigated. The calculations reveal that the transport properties of single photons with arbitrary energy can be controlled by varying the Rabi frequency and detuning the control optical field. This phenomenon can be used for controllable optical switching.

  10. Developmentally regulated promoter-switch transcriptionally controls Runx1 function during embryonic hematopoiesis

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pozner, Amir; Lotem, Joseph; Xiao, Cuiying; Goldenberg, Dalia; Brenner, Ori; Negreanu, Varda; Levanon, Ditsa; Groner, Yoram

    2007-01-01

    Background Alternative promoters usage is an important paradigm in transcriptional control of mammalian gene expression. However, despite the growing interest in alternative promoters and their role in genome diversification, very little is known about how and on what occasions those promoters are differentially regulated. Runx1 transcription factor is a key regulator of early hematopoiesis and a frequent target of chromosomal translocations in acute leukemias. Mice deficient in Runx1 lack definitive hematopoiesis and die in mid-gestation. Expression of Runx1 is regulated by two functionally distinct promoters designated P1 and P2. Differential usage of these two promoters creates diversity in distribution and protein-coding potential of the mRNA transcripts. While the alternative usage of P1 and P2 likely plays an important role in Runx1 biology, very little is known about the function of the P1/P2 switch in mediating tissue and stage specific expression of Runx1 during development. Results We employed mice bearing a hypomorphic Runx1 allele, with a largely diminished P2 activity, to investigate the biological role of alternative P1/P2 usage. Mice homozygous for the hypomorphic allele developed to term, but died within a few days after birth. During embryogenesis the P1/P2 activity is spatially and temporally modulated. P2 activity is required in early hematopoiesis and when attenuated, development of liver hematopoietic progenitor cells (HPC) was impaired. Early thymus development and thymopoiesis were also abrogated as reflected by thymic hypocellularity and loss of corticomedullary demarcation. Differentiation of CD4/CD8 thymocytes was impaired and their apoptosis was enhanced due to altered expression of T-cell receptors. Conclusion The data delineate the activity of P1 and P2 in embryogenesis and describe previously unknown functions of Runx1. The findings show unequivocally that the role of P1/P2 during development is non redundant and underscore the

  11. Developmentally regulated promoter-switch transcriptionally controls Runx1 function during embryonic hematopoiesis

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Goldenberg Dalia

    2007-07-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Alternative promoters usage is an important paradigm in transcriptional control of mammalian gene expression. However, despite the growing interest in alternative promoters and their role in genome diversification, very little is known about how and on what occasions those promoters are differentially regulated. Runx1 transcription factor is a key regulator of early hematopoiesis and a frequent target of chromosomal translocations in acute leukemias. Mice deficient in Runx1 lack definitive hematopoiesis and die in mid-gestation. Expression of Runx1 is regulated by two functionally distinct promoters designated P1 and P2. Differential usage of these two promoters creates diversity in distribution and protein-coding potential of the mRNA transcripts. While the alternative usage of P1 and P2 likely plays an important role in Runx1 biology, very little is known about the function of the P1/P2 switch in mediating tissue and stage specific expression of Runx1 during development. Results We employed mice bearing a hypomorphic Runx1 allele, with a largely diminished P2 activity, to investigate the biological role of alternative P1/P2 usage. Mice homozygous for the hypomorphic allele developed to term, but died within a few days after birth. During embryogenesis the P1/P2 activity is spatially and temporally modulated. P2 activity is required in early hematopoiesis and when attenuated, development of liver hematopoietic progenitor cells (HPC was impaired. Early thymus development and thymopoiesis were also abrogated as reflected by thymic hypocellularity and loss of corticomedullary demarcation. Differentiation of CD4/CD8 thymocytes was impaired and their apoptosis was enhanced due to altered expression of T-cell receptors. Conclusion The data delineate the activity of P1 and P2 in embryogenesis and describe previously unknown functions of Runx1. The findings show unequivocally that the role of P1/P2 during development is non

  12. A solvent-controlled switch of manganese complex assemblies with a beta-diketonate-based ligand.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aromí, Guillem; Gamez, Patrick; Roubeau, Olivier; Berzal, Paula Carrero; Kooijman, Huub; Spek, Anthony L; Driessen, Willem L; Reedijk, Jan

    2002-07-15

    The coordination properties of the new polynucleating ligand H(3)L1 (1,3-bis(3-oxo-3-phenylpropionyl)-2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzene) with Mn(II/III) are described. Depending on the solvent used, the reaction of H(3)L1 with Mn(OAc)(2) yields either of the two new multinuclear assemblies [Mn(2)(HL1)(2)(py)(4)] (1) and [Mn(3)(HL1)(3)] (2), as revealed by X-ray crystallography. The structure of 2 is remarkable in that it shows a unique asymmetric triple-stranded helicate. Complexes 1 and 2 can be interconverted by controlling the solvent of the reaction system, and therefore, this ensemble constitutes an interesting externally addressable switch. In the presence of Mn(III)/pyridine, partial degradation of H(3)L1 occurs via oxidative cleavage, and the new complex [Mn(2)(L2)(2)(py)(4)] (3) is formed. The crystal structure of this complex has shown the fully deprotonated form of the new donor H(3)L2 (3-(3-oxo-3-phenylpropionyl)-5-methylsalicylic acid). From the same reaction, the Mn(II) complex 1 is also obtained. A rational synthesis of H(3)L2 is reported, and this has been used to prepare 3 in high yields, directly from its components. Variable-temperature magnetic susceptibility (chi(m)) measurements were performed on complexes 1-3 under a magnetic field of 1 kG. The data for each complex were fit to the appropriate chi(m) vs T theoretical equation, respectively. In 1, the Mn(II) ions are uncoupled, with g = 2.01. The data from 2 were fit by assuming the presence of an exchange coupled Mn(II)...Mn(II) pair next to a magnetically isolated Mn(II) center. The fit gave J = -2.75 cm(-1), g(12) = 1.97, and g(3) = 1.92, respectively. In 3, two models fit the experimental data. In the most satisfactory, the Mn(III) ions are coupled antiferromagnetically with J = -1.48 cm(-1) and g = 1.98 and a term for weak ferromagnetic intermolecular exchange is included with zJ' = 0.39 cm(-1). The other model contemplates the presence of two uncoupled zero field split Mn(III) ions.

  13. Robust H_∞ static output feedback control of discrete-time switched polytopic linear systems with average dwell-time

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    QIU JianBin; FENG Gang; YANG Jie

    2009-01-01

    This paper investigates the problem of robust exponential H_∞ static output feedback controller design for a class of discrete-time switched linear systems with polytopic-type time-varying parametric uncertainties.The objective is to design a switched static output feedback controller guaranteeing the exponential stability of the resulting closed-loop system with a minimized exponential H_∞ performance under average dwell-time switching scheme.Based on a parameter-dependent discontinuous switched Lyapunov function combined with Finsler's lemma and Dualization lemma,some novel conditions for exponential H_∞ performance analysis are first proposed and in turn the static output feedback controller designs are developed.It is shown that the controller gains can be obtained by solving a set of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs),which are numerically efficient with commercially available software.Finally,a simulation example is provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approaches.

  14. Informative Property of the Data Set in a Single-input Single-output (SISO) Closed-loop System with a Switching Controller%Informative Property of the Data Set in a Single-input Single-output (SISO) Closed-loop System with a Switching Controller

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张聪; 杨帆; 叶昊

    2012-01-01

    Closed-loop identification is important and necessary to various model-based advanced process control strategies, whose performance depends greatly on the informative property of the data set. Switching control is an important method in process control. Therefore, this paper studies the informative property of a data set in a single-input single-output (SISO) closed-loop system with a switching controller. It is proved that this data set is informative if the controller switches among at least two modes (i.e., feedback laws). Our result does not require any assumption on the way of switch and removes the constraints on the switching manner required in some classical literature. Finally, simulation case studies based on a continuous stirred-tank reactor (CSTR) process are given to validate the results.

  15. Vector Control of Four Switch Three-Phase Inverter Fed Synchronous Reluctance Motor Drive Including Saturation and Iron Losses Effects Based Maximum Torque Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. K. Metwally

    2013-11-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a cost-effective vector control strategy for four switch three phase (FSTP inverter fed a synchronous reluctance motor with conventional rotor (SynRM drive. The reduction of the number of power switches from six to four improves the cost-effectiveness, volume-compactness and reliability of the three phase inverters. In this paper, a simulation model of the drive system is developed and analyzed in order to verify the effectiveness of the approach. The application of vector control to a SynRM at maximum torque control (MTC operation is presented with emphasis on the effects of saturation and iron losses are briefly considered. A PI controller is used to process the speed error. Two independent hysteresis current controllers with a suitable hysteresis band are utilized for inverter switches signals. A simplified steady-state d-q model including saturation and iron losses is presented. Simulation results show that the drive system provides a fast speed response and good disturbance rejection capability.

  16. Saturated Switching Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Benzaouia, Abdellah

    2012-01-01

    Saturated Switching Systems treats the problem of actuator saturation, inherent in all dynamical systems by using two approaches: positive invariance in which the controller is designed to work within a region of non-saturating linear behaviour; and saturation technique which allows saturation but guarantees asymptotic stability. The results obtained are extended from the linear systems in which they were first developed to switching systems with uncertainties, 2D switching systems, switching systems with Markovian jumping and switching systems of the Takagi-Sugeno type. The text represents a thoroughly referenced distillation of results obtained in this field during the last decade. The selected tool for analysis and design of stabilizing controllers is based on multiple Lyapunov functions and linear matrix inequalities. All the results are illustrated with numerical examples and figures many of them being modelled using MATLAB®. Saturated Switching Systems will be of interest to academic researchers in con...

  17. Development and validation of a general-purpose ASIC chip for the control of switched reluctance machines

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chen Haijin [National ASIC System Engineering Research Center, Southeast University, Nanjing 210096 (China); Jiang-Su Provincial Key Lab of ASIC Design, Nantong University, Nantong 226019 (China)], E-mail: chen.hj@ntu.edu.cn; Lu Shengli; Shi Longxing [National ASIC System Engineering Research Center, Southeast University, Nanjing 210096 (China)

    2009-03-15

    A general-purpose application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) chip for the control of switched reluctance machines (SRMs) was designed and validated to fill the gap between the microcontroller capability and the controller requirements of high performance switched reluctance drive (SRD) systems. It can be used for the control of SRM running either in low speed or in high-speed, i.e., either in chopped current control (CCC) mode or in angular position control (APC) mode. Main functions of the chip include filtering and cycle calculation of rotor angular position signals, commutation logic according to rotor cycle and turn-on/turn-off angles ({theta}{sub on}/{theta}{sub off}), controllable pulse width modulation (PWM) waveforms generation, chopping control with adjustable delay time, and commutation control with adjustable delay time. All the control parameters of the chip are set online by the microcontroller through a serial peripheral interface (SPI). The chip has been designed with the standard cell based design methodology, and implemented in the central semiconductor manufacturing corporation (CSMC) 0.5 {mu}m complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) process technology. After a successful automatic test equipment (ATE) test using the Nextest's Maverick test system, the chip was further validated through an experimental three-phase 6/2-pole SRD system. Both the ATE test and experimental validation results show that the chip can meet the control requirements of high performance SRD systems, and simplify the controller construction. For a resolution of 0.36 deg. (electrical degree), the chip's maximum processable frequency of the rotor angular position signals is 10 kHz, which is 300,000 rev/min when a three-phase 6/2-pole SRM is concerned.

  18. Development and validation of a general-purpose ASIC chip for the control of switched reluctance machines

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chen, Hai-Jin [National ASIC System Engineering Research Center, Southeast University, Nanjing 210096 (China)]|[Jiang-Su Provincial Key Lab of ASIC Design, Nantong University, Nantong 226019 (China); Lu, Sheng-Li; Shi, Long-Xing [National ASIC System Engineering Research Center, Southeast University, Nanjing 210096 (China)

    2009-03-15

    A general-purpose application specific integrated circuit (ASIC) chip for the control of switched reluctance machines (SRMs) was designed and validated to fill the gap between the microcontroller capability and the controller requirements of high performance switched reluctance drive (SRD) systems. It can be used for the control of SRM running either in low speed or in high-speed, i.e., either in chopped current control (CCC) mode or in angular position control (APC) mode. Main functions of the chip include filtering and cycle calculation of rotor angular position signals, commutation logic according to rotor cycle and turn-on/turn-off angles ({theta}{sub on}/{theta}{sub off}), controllable pulse width modulation (PWM) waveforms generation, chopping control with adjustable delay time, and commutation control with adjustable delay time. All the control parameters of the chip are set online by the microcontroller through a serial peripheral interface (SPI). The chip has been designed with the standard cell based design methodology, and implemented in the central semiconductor manufacturing corporation (CSMC) 0.5 {mu}m complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) process technology. After a successful automatic test equipment (ATE) test using the Nextest's Maverick test system, the chip was further validated through an experimental three-phase 6/2-pole SRD system. Both the ATE test and experimental validation results show that the chip can meet the control requirements of high performance SRD systems, and simplify the controller construction. For a resolution of 0.36 (electrical degree), the chip's maximum processable frequency of the rotor angular position signals is 10 kHz, which is 300,000 rev/min when a three-phase 6/2-pole SRM is concerned. (author)

  19. Reversible control of kinesin activity and microtubule gliding speeds by switching the doping states of a conducting polymer support

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Martin, Brett D [US Naval Research Laboratory, Code 6930, Washington, DC 20375 (United States); Velea, Luminita M [US Naval Research Laboratory, Code 6930, Washington, DC 20375 (United States); Soto, Carissa M [US Naval Research Laboratory, Code 6930, Washington, DC 20375 (United States); Whitaker, Craig M [US Naval Academy, Department of Chemistry, Annapolis, MD 21402 (United States); Gaber, Bruce P [US Naval Research Laboratory, Code 6930, Washington, DC 20375 (United States); Ratna, Banahalli [US Naval Research Laboratory, Code 6930, Washington, DC 20375 (United States)

    2007-02-07

    We describe a method for reversibly controlling the ATPase activity of streptavidin-linked kinesin by changing the doping states of a conducting polymer support. When the polymer (poly(CH{sub 2}OH-EDOT)) was electrochemically switched from its dedoped (semiconducting) state to its doped (conducting) state, the ATPase activity of the adsorbed kinesin complex decreased by 35% with a concomitant decrease in the gliding speeds of kinesin-driven microtubules. When the polymer was switched back to its original dedoped state, nearly identical increases were observed in the kinesin ATPase activity and microtubule speeds. Use of a fluorescent ATP substrate analogue showed that the total amount of kinesin adsorbed on the poly(CH{sub 2}OH-EDOT) surface remained constant as the doping state of the polymer was switched. The microtubules exhibited nearly identical speed differences on the doped and dedoped surfaces for both chemical and electrochemical doping methods. Michaelis-Menten modelling suggests that the doped surface acts as an 'uncompetitive inhibitor' of kinesin. This work represents an investigation into the phenomenon of an electrically switchable surface exerting a moderating effect on the activity of an adsorbed protein that does not contain a bound, electroactive metal ion.

  20. Single Atom Plasmonic Switch

    OpenAIRE

    Emboras, Alexandros; Niegemann, Jens; Ma, Ping; Haffner, Christian; Luisier, Mathieu; Hafner, Christian; Schimmel, Thomas; Leuthold, Juerg

    2015-01-01

    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moores law in the electronics industry. And while electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling-similar to electronics-is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled single atom plasmonic switch. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocation of an individ...

  1. Atomic Scale Plasmonic Switch

    OpenAIRE

    Emboras, A.; Niegemann, J.; Ma, P.; Haffner, C; Pedersen, A.; Luisier, M.; Hafner, C.; Schimmel, T.; Leuthold, J.

    2016-01-01

    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moore’s law in the electronics industry. While electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling, similar to electronics, is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled plasmonic switch operating at the atomic scale. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocat...

  2. Comparative analysis of techniques for control of switching overvoltages during transmission lines energization

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mestas, P.; Tavares, M.C. [School of Electrical and Computing Engineering, University of Campinas, PO Box: 6101, 13083-970 Campinas, SP (Brazil)

    2010-01-15

    The energization of long transmission lines can cause high overvoltage stresses not only along the transmission line, but also in the rest of the network. The traditional method of limiting switching overvoltages to acceptable levels is the use of circuit breakers equipped with pre-insertion resistors. The present paper describes a study comparing this traditional method with two other alternatives for the limitation of switching overvoltages during line energization in an actual 500 kV transmission system: the use of metal oxide surge arresters at both line closing of circuit breaker poles. Digital simulations were made with PSCAD/EMTDC software and the degree of shunt compensation is considered as an independent parameter. (author)

  3. Electromagnetic polarization controlled perfect switching effect with high refractive index dimers. the beam-splitter configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Barreda, Angela I; Litman, Amelie; Gonzalez, Francisco; Geffrin, Jean-Michel; Moreno, Fernando

    2016-01-01

    High Refractive Index (HRI) dielectric particles smaller than the wavelength, isolated or forming a designed ensemble are ideal candidates as new multifunctional elements for building optical devices. Their directionality effects are traditionally analyzed through forward and backward measurements, even if these directions are not suitable for practical purposes. Here we present unambiguous experimental evidence in the microwave range that, for a dimer of HRI spherical particles, a perfect switching effect (perfect means off = null intensity) is observed out of those directions as a consequence of the mutual particle electric/magnetic interaction. The binary state depends on the excitation polarization (polarization switching). Its analysis is performed through the linear polarization degree of scattered radiation at a detection direction perpendicular to the incident direction: the beam-splitter configuration. The scaling property of Maxwell equations allows generalizing our results to other frequency range ...

  4. Control method of high-speed switched reluctance motor with an asymmetric rotor magnetic circuit

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bogusz Piotr

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available In the paper, the modified (compared to the classical asymmetric half-bridge converter for a switched reluctance machine with an asymmetric rotor magnetic circuit was analysed. An analysis for two various structures of switched reluctance motors was conducted. The rotor shaping was used to obtain required start-up torque or/and to obtain less electromagnetic torque ripple. The discussed converter gives a possibility to turn a phase off much later while reduced time of a current flows in a negative slope of inductance. The results of the research in the form of waveforms of currents, voltages and electromagnetic torque were presented. Conclusions were formulated concerning the comparison of the characteristics of SRM supplied by the classic converter and by the one supplied by the analysed converter.

  5. Electrochemical control of quantum interference in anthraquinone-based molecular switches

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Markussen, Troels; Schiøtz, Jakob; Thygesen, Kristian Sommer

    2010-01-01

    Using first-principles calculations we analyze the electronic transport properties of a recently proposed anthraquinone-based electrochemical switch. Robust conductance on/off ratios of several orders of magnitude are observed due to destructive quantum interference present in the anthraquinone b...... of hopping via the localized orbitals. The topology of the tight-binding model, which is dictated by the symmetries of the molecular orbitals, determines the amount of quantum interference.......Using first-principles calculations we analyze the electronic transport properties of a recently proposed anthraquinone-based electrochemical switch. Robust conductance on/off ratios of several orders of magnitude are observed due to destructive quantum interference present in the anthraquinone...

  6. Electrically controlled terahertz wave switch based on prism/liquid crystal

    Science.gov (United States)

    He, Meng-yao; Hu, Jian-rong; Li, Jiu-sheng

    2016-11-01

    We proposed a simple scheme to manipulate the position of the reflected terahertz wave beam based on the prism/liquid crystal structure. Both the stationary-phase method and finite element method are used to analyze and simulate the characteristics of the proposed device. To give comprehensive understanding, the position of the reflected terahertz wave beam is verified in simulation by using the COMSOL Multiphysics software. Numerical calculation results show that the proposed terahertz wave switch a high extinction ratio (35dB for TE polarization and 30dB for TM polarization). This provides an attractive way for creating a simple structure and compact size terahertz wave switch with acceptable extinction ratio.

  7. System to generate and control levitation, propulsion and guidance of linear switched reluctance machines

    OpenAIRE

    2003-01-01

    A translation system, applicable in trains, elevators, aircraft launchers, rail guns, conveyors, door openers, machine tools and servo drives, includes a first linear switch reluctance machine (“LSRM”) having a stator and a translator each configured, positioned and proportioned for electromagentic engagement with the other. The system further includes an assembly for selectable application of at least one phase of a multiphasic DC excitation to the LSRM to produce a longitudinal or propulsiv...

  8. Laboratory and field tests on photo-electric probes and ultrasonic Doppler flow switch for remote control of turbidity and flowrate of a water-sand mixture flow

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pellegrini, M.; Saccani, C.

    2017-08-01

    The paper describes the experimental apparatus and field tests carried on to remotely control through non-invasive and non-intrusive instruments turbidity and flowrate of a water-sand mixture flow conveyed by a pipeline. The mixture flow was produced by an innovative plant for seabed management. The turbidity was monitored by thru-beam infra-red photo-electric sensors, while flowrate was monitored by an ultrasonic Doppler flow switch. In a first phase, a couple of photo-electric sensors and a mechanical flow switch were preliminary tested in laboratory to verify installations concerns and measurement repeatability and precision. After preliminary test completion, photo-electric sensors and mechanical flow switch were installed in the real scale plant. Since the mechanical flow switch did not reach high reliability, an ultrasonic Doppler flow switch was identified and tested as alternative. Then, two couple of photo-electric sensors and ultrasonic Doppler flow switch were installed and tested on two pipelines of the plant. Turbidity and minimum flow signals produced by the instruments were integrated in the PLC logic for the automatic management of the plant. The paper also shows how ultrasonic Doppler flow switch measurement repeatability was negatively affected by the presence of the other ultrasonic Doppler flow switch working in a close pipeline and installed inside a steel casing.

  9. Electrically controlled optical-mode switch for fundamental mode and first order mode

    Science.gov (United States)

    Imansyah, Ryan; Tanaka, Tatsushi; Himbele, Luke; Jiang, Haisong; Hamamoto, Kiichi

    2016-08-01

    We have proposed an optical mode switch, the principle of which is based on the partial phase shift of injected light; therefore, one important issue is to clarify the proper design criteria for the mode combiner section. We focused on the bending radius of the S-bend waveguide issue that is connected to the multi mode waveguide in the Y-junction section that acts as mode combiner. Long radius leads to undesired mode coupling before the Y-junction section, whereas a short radius causes radiation loss. Thus, we simulated this mode combiner by the beam-propagation method to obtain the proper radius. In addition, we used a trench pin structure to simplify the fabrication process into a single-step dry-etching process. As a result, we successfully fabricated an optical-mode switch with the bending radius R = 610 µm. It showed the successful electrical mode switching and the achieved mode crosstalk was approximately -10 dB for 1550 nm wavelength with the injection current of 60 mA (5.7 V).

  10. Turn-on Angle Control Using Modified Torque Sharing Function for Torque Ripple Reduction in Switched Reluctance Motors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mehrdad Daryanush

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available In the recent years, the use of switched reluctance motors (SRM in industrial applications has been increased. In this regard, a large amount of research studies have been conducted on controlling the speed and torque of the aforementioned motors. These motors not only have a simple and stable structure, but also production cost is low. In addition, these motors take advantage of great power, the ability to work in high speeds and inadequate environments (hot and dusty, reliability, control-ability, and high efficiency. However, discrete torque production of SRM along with enormous magnetic saturation in their cores reduces the variety of their industrial applications and also causes the inappropriate torque ripples. In this paper, a modified logical-rule-based method is proposed which employs the technique of controlling torque sharing function. Moreover, the optimized turn-on angle for conducting each phase is achieved by estimating the inductance curve in the vicinity of unaligned position and based on an analytical solution. Simulation results on a four-phase switched reluctance motor and a comparison with the conventional methods indicates validity and effectiveness of the proposed modified method.

  11. Development of Digital Hysteresis Current Control with PLL Loop Gain Compensation Strategy for PWM Inverters with Constant Switching Frequency

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    N. Belhaouchet

    2008-03-01

    Full Text Available Hysteresis current control is one of the simplest techniques used to control the magnitude and phase angle of motor current for motor drives systems. However, this technique presents several disadvantages such as operation at variable switching frequency which can reveal problems of filtering, interference between the phases in the case of the three-phase systems with insulated neutral connection or delta connection, and irregularity of the modulation pulses which especially causes an acoustic noise on the level of the machine for the high power drive. In this paper, a new technique is proposed for a variable-hysteresis-band controller based on dead beat control applied to three phase voltage source PWM inverters feeding AC motors. Its main aim is firstly ensure a constant switching frequency and secondly the synchronization of modulation pulses using the phase-locked-loop with loop gain compensation in order to ensure a better stability. The behavior of the proposed technique is verified by simulation.

  12. Reliable Mixed H∞ and Passivity-Based Control for Fuzzy Markovian Switching Systems With Probabilistic Time Delays and Actuator Failures.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakthivel, Rathinasamy; Selvi, Subramaniam; Mathiyalagan, Kalidass; Shi, Peng

    2015-12-01

    This paper is concerned with the problem of reliable mixed H ∞ and passivity-based control for a class of stochastic Takagi-Sugeno (TS) fuzzy systems with Markovian switching and probabilistic time varying delays. Different from the existing works, the H∞ and passivity control problem with probabilistic occurrence of time-varying delays and actuator failures is considered in a unified framework, which is more general in some practical situations. The main aim of this paper is to design a reliable mixed H∞ and passivity-based controller such that the stochastic TS fuzzy system with Markovian switching is stochastically stable with a prescribed mixed H∞ and passivity performance level γ > 0 . Based on the Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (LKF) involving lower and upper bound of probabilistic time delay and convex combination technique, a new set of delay-dependent sufficient condition in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs) is established for obtaining the required result. Finally, a numerical example based on the modified truck-trailer model is given to demonstrate the effectiveness and applicability of the proposed design techniques.

  13. Inefficient cognitive control in adult ADHD: evidence from trial-by-trial Stroop test and cued task switching performance

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Heuser Isabella

    2007-08-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Contemporary neuropsychological models of ADHD implicate impaired cognitive control as contributing to disorder characteristic behavioral deficiencies and excesses; albeit to varying degrees. While the traditional view of ADHD postulates a core deficiency in cognitive control processes, alternative dual-process models emphasize the dynamic interplay of bottom-up driven factors such as activation, arousal, alerting, motivation, reward and temporal processing with top-down cognitive control. However, neuropsychological models of ADHD are child-based and have yet to undergo extensive empirical scrutiny with respect to their application to individuals with persistent symptoms in adulthood. Furthermore, few studies of adult ADHD samples have investigated two central cognitive control processes: interference control and task-set coordination. The current study employed experimental chronometric Stroop and task switching paradigms to investigate the efficiency of processes involved in interference control and task-set coordination in ADHD adults. Methods 22 adults diagnosed with persistent ADHD (17 males and 22 matched healthy control subjects performed a manual trial-by-trial Stroop color-word test and a blocked explicitly cued task switching paradigm. Performance differences between neutral and incongruent trials of the Stroop task measured interference control. Task switching paradigm manipulations allowed for measurement of transient task-set updating, sustained task-set maintenance, preparatory mechanisms and interference control. Control analyses tested for the specificity of group × condition interactions. Results Abnormal processing of task-irrelevant stimulus features was evident in ADHD group performance on both tasks. ADHD group interference effects on the task switching paradigm were found to be dependent on the time allotted to prepare for an upcoming task. Group differences in sustained task-set maintenance and

  14. A magnetic iron(III) switch with controlled and adjustable thermal response for solution processing.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gandolfi, Claudio; Morgan, Grace G; Albrecht, Martin

    2012-04-01

    Spin crossover requires cooperative behavior of the metal centers in order to become useful for devices. While cooperativity is barely predictable in solids, we show here that solution processing and the covalent introduction of molecular recognition sites allows the spin crossover of iron(III) sal(2)trien complexes to be rationally tuned. A simple correlation between the number of molecular recognition sites and the spin crossover temperature enabled the fabrication of materials that are magnetically bistable at room temperature. The predictable behavior relies on combining function (spin switching) and structure (supramolecular assembly) through covalent interactions in a single molecular building block.

  15. An ion-controlled four-color fluorescent telomeric switch on DNA origami structures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Olejko, L.; Cywiński, P. J.; Bald, I.

    2016-05-01

    The folding of single-stranded telomeric DNA into guanine (G) quadruplexes is a conformational change that plays a major role in sensing and drug targeting. The telomeric DNA can be placed on DNA origami nanostructures to make the folding process extremely selective for K+ ions even in the presence of high Na+ concentrations. Here, we demonstrate that the K+-selective G-quadruplex formation is reversible when using a cryptand to remove K+ from the G-quadruplex. We present a full characterization of the reversible switching between single-stranded telomeric DNA and G-quadruplex structures using Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET) between the dyes fluorescein (FAM) and cyanine3 (Cy3). When attached to the DNA origami platform, the G-quadruplex switch can be incorporated into more complex photonic networks, which is demonstrated for a three-color and a four-color FRET cascade from FAM over Cy3 and Cy5 to IRDye700 with G-quadruplex-Cy3 acting as a switchable transmitter.The folding of single-stranded telomeric DNA into guanine (G) quadruplexes is a conformational change that plays a major role in sensing and drug targeting. The telomeric DNA can be placed on DNA origami nanostructures to make the folding process extremely selective for K+ ions even in the presence of high Na+ concentrations. Here, we demonstrate that the K+-selective G-quadruplex formation is reversible when using a cryptand to remove K+ from the G-quadruplex. We present a full characterization of the reversible switching between single-stranded telomeric DNA and G-quadruplex structures using Förster resonance energy transfer (FRET) between the dyes fluorescein (FAM) and cyanine3 (Cy3). When attached to the DNA origami platform, the G-quadruplex switch can be incorporated into more complex photonic networks, which is demonstrated for a three-color and a four-color FRET cascade from FAM over Cy3 and Cy5 to IRDye700 with G-quadruplex-Cy3 acting as a switchable transmitter. Electronic supplementary

  16. Switching between manual control and brain-computer interface using long term and short term quality measures

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alex eKreilinger

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Assistive devices for persons with limited motor control translateor amplify remaining functions to allow otherwise impossible actions.These assistive devices usually rely on just one type of input signalwhich can be derived from residual muscle functions or any other kindof biosignal. When only one signal is used, the functionality of theassistive device can be reduced as soon as the quality of the providedsignal is impaired. The quality can decrease in case of fatigue, lack ofconcentration, high noise, spasms, tremors, depending on the type ofsignal. To overcome this dependency on one input signal, a combination of more inputs should be feasible. This work presents a hybridBrain-Computer Interface (hBCI approach where two different inputsignals (joystick and BCI were monitored and only one of them waschosen as a control signal at a time. Users could move a car in agame-like feedback application to collect coins and avoid obstacles viaeither joystick or BCI control. Both control types were constantlymonitored with four different long term quality measures to evaluate the current state of the signals. As soon as the quality droppedbelow a certain threshold, a monitoring system would switch to theother control mode and vice versa. Additionally, short term qualitymeasures were applied to check for strong artifacts that could rendervoluntary control impossible. These measures were used to prohibitactions carried out during times when highly uncertain signals wererecorded. The switching possibility allowed more functionality for theusers. Moving the car was still possible even after one control modewas not working any more. The proposed system serves as a basisthat shows how BCI can be used as an assistive device, especially incombination with other assistive technology.

  17. A unified analysis and design procedure for a standardized control module for dc-dc switching regulators

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, F. C.; Yu, Y.; Mahmoud, M. F.

    1980-01-01

    Three basic switching regulators: buck, boost, and buck/boost, employing a multi-loop control module (SCM) were characterized by a common small signal block diagram. Employing the unified model, regulator performances such as stability, audiosusceptibility, output impedance and step load transient are analyzed and key performance indexes are expressed in simple analytical forms. More importantly, the performance characteristics of all three regulators are shown to enjoy common properties due to the unique SCM control scheme which nullifies the positive zero and provides adaptive compensation to the moving poles of the boost and buck/boost converters. This allows a simple unified design procedure to be devised for selecting the key SCM control parameters for an arbitrarily given power stage configuration and parameter values, such that all regulator performance specifications can be met and optimized concurrently in a single design attempt.

  18. Low-cost sensorless control of four-switch, brushless DC motor drive with direct back-EMF detection

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Abolfazl HALVAEI NIASAR; Abolfazl VAHEDI; Hassan MOGHBELLI

    2009-01-01

    We propose a position sensorless control scheme for a four-switch, three-phase brushless DC motor drive, based on the zero crossing point detection of phase back-EMF voltages using newly defined error functions (EFs). The commutation instants are 30° after detected zero crossing points of the EFs. Developed EFs have greater magnitude rather than phase or line voltages so that the sensorless control can work at a lower speed range. Moreover, EFs have smooth transitions around zero voltage level that reduces the commutation errors. EFs are derived from the filtered terminal voltages Vao and vbo of two low-pass filters, which are used to eliminate high frequency noises for calculation of the average terminal voltages. The feasibility of the proposed sensorless control is demonstrated by simulation and experimental results.

  19. Distributed leader-following finite-time consensus control for linear multiagent systems under switching topology.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xu, Xiaole; Chen, Shengyong; Gao, Lixin

    2014-01-01

    This paper investigates the finite-time consensus problem of leader-following multiagent systems. The dynamical models for all following agents and the leader are assumed the same general form of linear system, and the interconnection topology among the agents is assumed to be switching and undirected. We mostly consider the continuous-time case. By assuming that the states of neighbouring agents are known to each agent, a sufficient condition is established for finite-time consensus via a neighbor-based state feedback protocol. While the states of neighbouring agents cannot be available and only the outputs of neighbouring agents can be accessed, the distributed observer-based consensus protocol is proposed for each following agent. A sufficient condition is provided in terms of linear matrix inequalities to design the observer-based consensus protocol, which makes the multiagent systems achieve finite-time consensus under switching topologies. Then, we discuss the counterparts for discrete-time case. Finally, we provide an illustrative example to show the effectiveness of the design approach.

  20. Bidirectional Control of Generalized Epilepsy Networks via Rapid Real-Time Switching of Firing Mode.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sorokin, Jordan M; Davidson, Thomas J; Frechette, Eric; Abramian, Armen M; Deisseroth, Karl; Huguenard, John R; Paz, Jeanne T

    2017-01-04

    Thalamic relay neurons have well-characterized dual firing modes: bursting and tonic spiking. Studies in brain slices have led to a model in which rhythmic synchronized spiking (phasic firing) in a population of relay neurons leads to hyper-synchronous oscillatory cortico-thalamo-cortical rhythms that result in absence seizures. This model suggests that blocking thalamocortical phasic firing would treat absence seizures. However, recent in vivo studies in anesthetized animals have questioned this simple model. Here we resolve this issue by developing a real-time, mode-switching approach to drive thalamocortical neurons into or out of a phasic firing mode in two freely behaving genetic rodent models of absence epilepsy. Toggling between phasic and tonic firing in thalamocortical neurons launched and aborted absence seizures, respectively. Thus, a synchronous thalamocortical phasic firing state is required for absence seizures, and switching to tonic firing rapidly halts absences. This approach should be useful for modulating other networks that have mode-dependent behaviors.

  1. Distributed Leader-Following Finite-Time Consensus Control for Linear Multiagent Systems under Switching Topology

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaole Xu

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the finite-time consensus problem of leader-following multiagent systems. The dynamical models for all following agents and the leader are assumed the same general form of linear system, and the interconnection topology among the agents is assumed to be switching and undirected. We mostly consider the continuous-time case. By assuming that the states of neighbouring agents are known to each agent, a sufficient condition is established for finite-time consensus via a neighbor-based state feedback protocol. While the states of neighbouring agents cannot be available and only the outputs of neighbouring agents can be accessed, the distributed observer-based consensus protocol is proposed for each following agent. A sufficient condition is provided in terms of linear matrix inequalities to design the observer-based consensus protocol, which makes the multiagent systems achieve finite-time consensus under switching topologies. Then, we discuss the counterparts for discrete-time case. Finally, we provide an illustrative example to show the effectiveness of the design approach.

  2. ERPs dissociate proactive and reactive control: evidence from a task-switching paradigm with informative and uninformative cues.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Czernochowski, Daniela

    2015-03-01

    According to the dual mechanism of control (DMC) framework, cognitive control can be recruited proactively to prevent response conflict when advance preparation is feasible or is up-regulated to overcome response conflict after it is detected. This study aimed at empirically dissociating proactive and reactive control processes proposed by the DMC and identifying corresponding event-related potential (ERP) correlates. Behavioral and electrophysiological indices of cognitive control were measured during a task-switch paradigm with or without informative advance cues, in which proactive control was feasible or not. Proactive control was associated with a (right-) frontal sustained ERP modulation during the cue-target interval. In line with the successful recruitment of proactive control, informative, as compared with uninformative, cue conditions were associated with reduced behavioral and ERP correlates of conflict. ERP correlates of conflict were evident both during conflict detection upon target presentation (N(inc)) and during conflict resolution-in particular, following uninformative cues. Reactive control assumed to support conflict resolution was associated with a (left-) frontal transient preresponse ERP modulation for uninformative, but not informative, cue conditions. Together, these data suggest that complementary proactive and reactive control processes operate in concert to flexibly support goal-directed behavior in response to variable task-demands, by either preventing or resolving response conflicts, as they are detected or anticipated.

  3. Single Atom Plasmonic Switch

    CERN Document Server

    Emboras, Alexandros; Ma, Ping; Haffner, Christian; Luisier, Mathieu; Hafner, Christian; Schimmel, Thomas; Leuthold, Juerg

    2015-01-01

    The atom sets an ultimate scaling limit to Moores law in the electronics industry. And while electronics research already explores atomic scales devices, photonics research still deals with devices at the micrometer scale. Here we demonstrate that photonic scaling-similar to electronics-is only limited by the atom. More precisely, we introduce an electrically controlled single atom plasmonic switch. The switch allows for fast and reproducible switching by means of the relocation of an individual or at most - a few atoms in a plasmonic cavity. Depending on the location of the atom either of two distinct plasmonic cavity resonance states are supported. Experimental results show reversible digital optical switching with an extinction ration of 10 dB and operation at room temperature with femtojoule (fJ) power consumption for a single switch operation. This demonstration of a CMOS compatible, integrated quantum device allowing to control photons at the single-atom level opens intriguing perspectives for a fully i...

  4. An Optic/Proton Dual-Controlled Fluorescence Switch based on Novel Photochromic Bithienylethene Derivatives

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张佳琦; 靳家玉; 张隽佶; 邹雷

    2012-01-01

    A simple method for the synthesis of new bithienylethenes bearing a functional group on the cyclopentene moi- ety is developed. Three new photochromic compounds (4a, 4b, 4c) have been successfully synthesized through this simple method, and exhibit good photochromic properties with alternate irradiation of ultraviolet and visible light. Furthermore, the fluorescence of compound 4a, which bears a quinoline unit on the cyclopentene, can be modulated via optic and proton dual inputs. Upon excitation by 320 nm light, 4a emits a strong fluorescence at 404 nm. After irradiation with 254 nm light, the emission intensity is reduced due to the fluorescence resonance energy transfers (FRET) from quinoline unit to bithienylethene unit. Moreover, on addition of H~, the fluorescence is quenched completely due to the protonation of the quinoline. In addition, both the FRET and protonation process are reversi- ble, which indicates a potential application in molecular switches and logic gates.

  5. Control of magnetic relaxation by electric-field-induced ferroelectric phase transition and inhomogeneous domain switching

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nan, Tianxiang; Emori, Satoru; Wang, Xinjun; Hu, Zhongqiang; Xie, Li; Gao, Yuan; Lin, Hwaider; Sun, Nian, E-mail: n.sun@neu.edu [Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115 (United States); Peng, Bin; Liu, Ming, E-mail: mingliu@mail.xjtu.edu.cn [Electronic Materials Research Laboratory, Xi' an Jiaotong University, Xi' an 710049 (China); Jiao, Jie; Luo, Haosu [Shanghai Institute of Ceramics, Chinese Academy of Sciences, Shanghai 201800 (China); Budil, David [Department of Chemistry, Northeastern University, Boston, Massachusetts 02115 (United States); Jones, John G.; Howe, Brandon M.; Brown, Gail J. [Materials and Manufacturing Directorate, Air Force Research Laboratory, Wright-Patterson AFB, Ohio 45433 (United States)

    2016-01-04

    Electric-field modulation of magnetism in strain-mediated multiferroic heterostructures is considered a promising scheme for enabling memory and magnetic microwave devices with ultralow power consumption. However, it is not well understood how electric-field-induced strain influences magnetic relaxation, an important physical process for device applications. Here, we investigate resonant magnetization dynamics in ferromagnet/ferroelectric multiferroic heterostructures, FeGaB/PMN-PT and NiFe/PMN-PT, in two distinct strain states provided by electric-field-induced ferroelectric phase transition. The strain not only modifies magnetic anisotropy but also magnetic relaxation. In FeGaB/PMN-PT, we observe a nearly two-fold change in intrinsic Gilbert damping by electric field, which is attributed to strain-induced tuning of spin-orbit coupling. By contrast, a small but measurable change in extrinsic linewidth broadening is attributed to inhomogeneous ferroelastic domain switching during the phase transition of the PMN-PT substrate.

  6. Control of magnetic relaxation by electric-field-induced ferroelectric phase transition and inhomogeneous domain switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nan, Tianxiang; Emori, Satoru; Peng, Bin; Wang, Xinjun; Hu, Zhongqiang; Xie, Li; Gao, Yuan; Lin, Hwaider; Jiao, Jie; Luo, Haosu; Budil, David; Jones, John G.; Howe, Brandon M.; Brown, Gail J.; Liu, Ming; Sun, Nian

    2016-01-01

    Electric-field modulation of magnetism in strain-mediated multiferroic heterostructures is considered a promising scheme for enabling memory and magnetic microwave devices with ultralow power consumption. However, it is not well understood how electric-field-induced strain influences magnetic relaxation, an important physical process for device applications. Here, we investigate resonant magnetization dynamics in ferromagnet/ferroelectric multiferroic heterostructures, FeGaB/PMN-PT and NiFe/PMN-PT, in two distinct strain states provided by electric-field-induced ferroelectric phase transition. The strain not only modifies magnetic anisotropy but also magnetic relaxation. In FeGaB/PMN-PT, we observe a nearly two-fold change in intrinsic Gilbert damping by electric field, which is attributed to strain-induced tuning of spin-orbit coupling. By contrast, a small but measurable change in extrinsic linewidth broadening is attributed to inhomogeneous ferroelastic domain switching during the phase transition of the PMN-PT substrate.

  7. Control of internal and external short circuits in lithium batteries using a composite thermal switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mcdonald, Robert C.; Pickett, Jerome; Goebel, Franz

    1991-01-01

    A composite material has been developed, consisting of a blend of metal and fluorocarbon particles, which behaves as an electronic conductor at room temperature and which abruptly becomes an insulator at a predetermined temperature. This switching behavior results from the difference in thermal expansion coefficients between the conductive and non-conductive portions of the composite. This material was applied as a thin film between the carbon cathode in Li/SOCl2 cells, and the metallic cathode current collector. Using test articles incorporating this feature it was shown that lithium cells externally heated or internally heated during a short circuit lost rate capability and the ability to overheat well below the melting point of lithium (180 C). Thus, during an internal or external cell short circuit, the potential for thermal runaway involving reactions of molten lithium is avoided.

  8. Verbal Self-Instructions in Task Switching: A Compensatory Tool for Action-Control Deficits in Childhood and Old Age?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kray, Jutta; Eber, Jutta; Karbach, Julia

    2008-01-01

    This study examined the influence of verbal self-instructions on age differences in task switching. Task-switching ability, measured as the difference between performance in single-task blocks and in mixed-task blocks in which participants switch between two tasks (mixing costs), increases during childhood and decreases in old age. To measure the…

  9. SIMULATION ANALYSIS ON PROPORTIONAL INTEGRAL AND DERIVATIVE CONTROL OF CLOSED LOOP DC MOTOR DRIVE WITH BIPOLAR VOLTAGE SWITCHING

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    P. Karpagavalli

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This study presents the performance of a new four quadrant single phase DC drive closed loop system controlled by proportional integral and derivative controller with Pulse Width Modulation (PWM full bridge DC-DC converter using bipolar voltage switching. The proposed method is found to be more efficient in improving the step response characteristics such as reducing the settling time, rise time, steady state error and maximum overshoot in speed response of the closed loop DC motor drive and also reduced total harmonics distortion in the AC line current when compared to open loop system. The proposed topologies were simulated using MATLAB/Simulink software package and the results were obtained.

  10. Surface plasmon polaritons on soft-boundary graphene nanoribbons and their application as voltage controlled plasmonic switches and frequency demultiplexers

    CERN Document Server

    Forati, Ebrahim

    2013-01-01

    A graphene sheet gated with a ridged ground plane, creating a soft-boundary (SB) graphene nanoribbon, is considered. By adjusting the ridge parameters and bias voltage a channel can be created on the graphene which can guide TM surface plasmon polaritons (SPP). Two types of modes are found; fundemental and higher-order modes with no apparent cutoff frequency and with energy distributed over the created channel, and edge modes with energy concen-trated at the soft-boundary edge. Dispersion curves, electric near-field patterns, and current distributions of these modes are determined. Since the location where energy is concentrated in the edge modes can be easily controlled electronically by the bias voltage and frequency, the edge-mode phenomena is used to propose a novel voltage controlled plasmonic switch and a plasmonic frequency demultiplexer.

  11. Using Unconventional Methods to Control the Chaotic Behavior of Switched Time Systems: Application to a Stepper Motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Y. Miladi

    2013-10-01

    Full Text Available In this paper we suggest a method to control the chaotic behavior of the stepper motor into a periodic one. In fact, using the supply frequency as a bifurcation parameter, we show that as the frequency is increased beyond a critical value the motor steps become irregular and even chaotic hence it becomes unpractical to be controlled in open loop mode. To circumvent the problem we propose a slight perturbation to the frequency in order to regularize the steps for high frequencies. The approach consists in using several heuristic methods such as Practical Swarm Optimization (PSO, Genetic Algorithms (GA and Ant Colony Optimization (ACO to obtain the optimal switching instances which define the change in the supply state (polarization. The numerical simulations performed on a stepper model show that regularization of the motor steps can be achieved for a large range of power supply frequencies ranging from quasiperiodic behavior to chaotic behavior.

  12. Symmetrical dynamics of peak current-mode and valley current-mode controlled switching dc-dc converters with ramp compensation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, Guo-Hua; Xu, Jian-Ping; Bao, Bo-Cheng; Jin, Yan-Yan

    2010-06-01

    The discrete iterative map models of peak current-mode (PCM) and valley current-mode (VCM) controlled buck converters, boost converters, and buck-boost converters with ramp compensation are established and their dynamical behaviours are investigated by using the operation region, parameter space map, bifurcation diagram, and Lyapunov exponent spectrum. The research results indicate that ramp compensation extends the stable operation range of the PCM controlled switching dc-dc converter to D > 0.5 and that of the VCM controlled switching dc-dc converter to D converters with ramp compensation, VCM controlled switching dc-dc converters with ramp compensation exhibit interesting symmetrical dynamics. Experimental results are given to verify the analysis results in this paper.

  13. Research on the Influence of Switching Frequency on Low-Frequency Oscillation in the Voltage-Controlled Buck-Boost Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Faqiang Wang

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available The influence of switching frequency on the low-frequency oscillation in the voltage-controlled buck-boost converter is studied in this paper. Firstly, the mathematical model of this system is derived. And then, a glimpse at the influence of switching frequency on the low-frequency oscillation in this system by MATLAB/Simulink is given. The improved averaged model of the system is established, and the corresponding theoretical analysis is presented. It is found that the switching frequency has an important influence on the low-frequency oscillation in the system, that is, the low-frequency oscillation is easy to occur when the switching frequency is low. Finally, the effectiveness of the improved averaged model and the theoretical analysis are confirmed by circuit experiment.

  14. Enhanced performance of light-controlled conductive switching in hybrid cuprous oxide/reduced graphene oxide (Cusub>2sub>O/rGO) nanocomposites.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wei, Jing; Zang, Zhigang; Zhang, Yubo; Wang, Ming; Du, Jihe; Tang, Xiaosheng

    2017-03-01

    A significant enhancement of photoresponse from the light-controlled conductive switching based on Cusub>2sub>O/rGO nanocomposites was experimentally demonstrated. Cusub>2sub>O/rGO nanocomposites were synthesized via a facile wet-reduced method. The crystalline structure, morphologies, and photoluminescence of the Cusub>2sub>O/rGO nanocomposites were characterized and analyzed. The fabricated conductive switching was measured under the irradiation of a continuous laser. When the laser was turned on and off alternately, the photoconductive switching obviously displayed a state conversion between "on" and "off" reversibly. Furthermore, the typical current-voltage (I-V) and current-time (I-t) curves exhibited a relatively high switching ratio (Isub>onsub>/Isub>offsub>) of 3.25 and a fast response time of 0.45 s. The excellent "on-off" characteristics of the device show promising applications in memory storage and logic circuits.

  15. A Cr4+:YAG passively Q-switched Nd:YVO4 microchip laser for controllable high-order Hermite-Gaussian modes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dong, Jun; He, Yu; Bai, Sheng-Chuang; Ueda, Ken-ichi; Kaminskii, Alexander A.

    2016-09-01

    A nanosecond, high peak power, passively Q-switched laser for controllable Hermite-Gaussian (HG) modes has been achieved by manipulating the saturated inversion population inside the gain medium. The stable HG modes are generated in a Cr4+:YAG passively Q-switched Nd:YVO4 microchip laser by applying a tilted pump beam. The asymmetrical saturated inversion population distribution inside the Nd:YVO4 crystal for desirable HG modes is manipulated by choosing the proper pump beam diameter and varying pump power. A HG9,8 mode passively Q-switched Nd:YVO4 microchip laser with average output power of 265 mW has been obtained. Laser pulses with a pulse width of 7.3 ns and peak power of over 1.7 kW working at 21 kHz have been generated in the passively Q-switched Nd:YVO4 microchip laser.

  16. Frequency-tuning input-shaped manifold-based switching control for underactuated space robot equipped with flexible appendages

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kojima, Hirohisa; Ieda, Shoko; Kasai, Shinya

    2014-08-01

    Underactuated control problems, such as the control of a space robot without actuators on the main body, have been widely investigated. However, few studies have examined attitude control problems of underactuated space robots equipped with a flexible appendage, such as solar panels. In order to suppress vibration in flexible appendages, a zero-vibration input-shaping technique was applied to the link motion of an underactuated planar space robot. However, because the vibrational frequency depends on the link angles, simple input-shaping control methods cannot sufficiently suppress the vibration. In this paper, the dependency of the vibrational frequency on the link angles is measured experimentally, and the time-delay interval of the input shaper is then tuned based on the frequency estimated from the link angles. The proposed control method is referred to as frequency-tuning input-shaped manifold-based switching control (frequency-tuning IS-MBSC). The experimental results reveal that frequency-tuning IS-MBSC is capable of controlling the link angles and the main body attitude to maintain the target angles and that the vibration suppression performance of the proposed frequency-tuning IS-MBSC is better than that of a non-tuning IS-MBSC, which does not take the frequency variation into consideration.

  17. Stabilizing Randomly Switched Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Chatterjee, Debasish

    2008-01-01

    This article is concerned with stability analysis and stabilization of randomly switched systems under a class of switching signals. The switching signal is modeled as a jump stochastic (not necessarily Markovian) process independent of the system state; it selects, at each instant of time, the active subsystem from a family of systems. Sufficient conditions for stochastic stability (almost sure, in the mean, and in probability) of the switched system are established when the subsystems do not possess control inputs, and not every subsystem is required to be stable. These conditions are employed to design stabilizing feedback controllers when the subsystems are affine in control. The analysis is carried out with the aid of multiple Lyapunov-like functions, and the analysis results together with universal formulae for feedback stabilization of nonlinear systems constitute our primary tools for control design

  18. Shape-dependent control of cell growth, differentiation, and apoptosis: switching between attractors in cell regulatory networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huang, S.; Ingber, D. E.

    2000-01-01

    Development of characteristic tissue patterns requires that individual cells be switched locally between different phenotypes or "fates;" while one cell may proliferate, its neighbors may differentiate or die. Recent studies have revealed that local switching between these different gene programs is controlled through interplay between soluble growth factors, insoluble extracellular matrix molecules, and mechanical forces which produce cell shape distortion. Although the precise molecular basis remains unknown, shape-dependent control of cell growth and function appears to be mediated by tension-dependent changes in the actin cytoskeleton. However, the question remains: how can a generalized physical stimulus, such as cell distortion, activate the same set of genes and signaling proteins that are triggered by molecules which bind to specific cell surface receptors. In this article, we use computer simulations based on dynamic Boolean networks to show that the different cell fates that a particular cell can exhibit may represent a preprogrammed set of common end programs or "attractors" which self-organize within the cell's regulatory networks. In this type of dynamic network model of information processing, generalized stimuli (e.g., mechanical forces) and specific molecular cues elicit signals which follow different trajectories, but eventually converge onto one of a small set of common end programs (growth, quiescence, differentiation, apoptosis, etc.). In other words, if cells use this type of information processing system, then control of cell function would involve selection of preexisting (latent) behavioral modes of the cell, rather than instruction by specific binding molecules. Importantly, the results of the computer simulation closely mimic experimental data obtained with living endothelial cells. The major implication of this finding is that current methods used for analysis of cell function that rely on characterization of linear signaling pathways or

  19. Brain circuit for cognitive control is shared by task and language switching

    OpenAIRE

    De Baene, Wouter; Duyck, Wouter; Brass, Marcel; Carreiras, Manuel

    2015-01-01

    Controlling multiple languages during speech production is believed to rely on functional mechanisms that are (at least partly) shared with domain-general cognitive control in early, highly proficient bilinguals. Recent neuroimaging results have indeed suggested a certain degree of neural overlap between language control and nonverbal cognitive control in bilinguals. However, this evidence is only indirect. Direct evidence for neural overlap between language control and nonverbal cognitive co...

  20. A Novel Molecular Switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Daber, Robert; Lewis, Mitchell

    2009-01-01

    Transcriptional regulation is a fundamental process for regulating the flux of all metabolic pathways. For the last several decades, the lac operon has served as a valuable model for studying transcription. More recently, the switch that controls the operon has also been successfully adapted to function in mammalian cells. Here we describe how, using directed evolution, we have created a novel switch that recognizes an asymmetric operator sequence. The new switch has a repressor with altered headpiece domains for operator recognition, and a redesigned dimer interface to create a heterodimeric repressor. Quite unexpectedly, the heterodimeric switch functions better than the natural system. It can repress more tightly than the naturally occurring switch of the lac operon; it is less leaky and can be induced more efficiently. Ultimately these novel repressors could be evolved to recognize eukaryotic promoters and used to regulate gene expression in mammalian systems. PMID:19540845